ML15247A403: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
 
(3 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown)
Line 15: Line 15:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES D-1 ILT4 7 Facility: Oconee   Scenario No.:
{{#Wiki_filter:Appendix D                                 Scenario Outline                         Form ES D-1 ILT47 Facility: Oconee                         Scenario No.: 1                           Op-Test No.: 1 Examiners: ________________________                   Operators: ________________________SRO
1   Op-Test No.: 1 Examiners: ________________________
________________________                             ________________________OATC
Operators:
________________________                             ________________________BOP Initial Conditions:
________________________SRO                    ________________________
* Reactor power is 100% CTP Turnover:
________________________OATC                    ________________________
* 1MS-82 and 1MS-84 closed in support of maintenance. TDEFWP supply from AS only.
________________________BOP Initial Conditions:
* Unit 2 has the AS header.
Reactor power is 10 0% CTP   Turnover:
Event     Malfunction                                                    Event Event Type*                              Description No.           No.
1MS-82 and 1MS
0c       Override                             Standby CC pump auto start N: BOP, SRO 1                                            Pressurize 1A CFT with N2.
-84 closed in support of maintenance. TDEFWP supply from AS only. Unit 2 has the AS header.
(TS)
Event No. Malfunction        No. Event Type*
C: BOP, SRO 2        Override                            Failure of Unit 2 AS Controller (TS) 3       MPS 290         C: BOP, SRO         Operating CC pump trips and standby fails to start 4       MCS008           I: OATC, SRO       1B loop Tcold Fails HIGH R: OATC, SRO       Group 2 Rod 6 Control Rod drops requiring Manual 5        MCR021 (TS)        power reduction 6       Override       C: OATC, SRO,         PZR Spray Valve (1RC-1) Fails OPEN 7       MSS010 MSS020                 M: All       MFDW Pumps trip causing Reactor trip MSS260                              LOHT requiring CBP feed 8       MSS270                 M: All
Event Description 0c Override Standby CC pump auto start N: BOP, SRO (TS) Pressurize 1A CFT with N2.
* EFDW restored from Unit 2 MSS330
2 Override C: BOP, SRO (TS) Failure of Unit 2 AS Controller 3 MPS 290 C: BOP, SRO Operating CC pump trips and standby fails to start 4 MCS008 I: OATC, SRO 1B loop Tcold Fails HIGH 5 MCR021 R: OATC, SRO (TS) Group 2 Rod 6 Control Rod drops requiring Manual power reduction 6 Override C: OATC, SRO, PZR Spray Valve (1RC
* (N)ormal,    (R)eactivity,    (I)nstrument, (C)omponent,     (M)ajor
-1) Fails OPEN 7 MSS010 MSS020 M: All MFDW Pumps trip causing Reactor trip 8 MSS260 MSS270 MSS330 M: All LOHT requiring CBP feed EFDW restored from Unit 2
    * (N)ormal,    (R)eactivity,    (I)nstrument,   (C)omponent,   (M)ajor


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 2 of 44  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.: 1       Event No.:    1               Page 1 of 2 Event
1 Event No.:    1     Page 1 of 2 Event Description
:  Pressurize 1A CFT with N2 Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO        SRO/BOP Crew Response:
The SRO will direct the BOP to pressurize 1A CFT with nitrogen
. OP/1/A/110 4/001 Enclosure 4.
7 1. Initial Conditions


===1.1 Verify===
== Description:==
high pressure nitrogen header in service.
Pressurize 1A CFT with N2 Time      Position                              Applicant's Actions or Behavior Crew Response:
SRO      The SRO will direct the BOP to pressurize 1A CFT with nitrogen.
OP/1/A/1104/001 Enclosure 4.7
: 1. Initial Conditions 1.1 Verify high pressure nitrogen header in service.
1.2 Review Limits and Precautions.
NOTE Nitrogen regulator pressure on N-30 and N-33 should be set at 625 psig while adding nitrogen to CFTs.
SRO/BOP      2. Procedure 2.1 Notify operator to open 1N-137 (CFTs Supply). (A-2-Hallway)
BOOTH CUE: When directed, open 1N-137 using MANUAL VALVES and notify crew 1N-137 is open.
2.2 IF required to increase pressure in 1A CFT:
NOTE TS 3.6.3 Condition 'B' requires penetration flow path to be isolated within one hour. A check valve with flow secured through the valve is considered operable.
2.2.1 Enter Technical Specification 3.6.3 Condition 'A' and 'B'.
2.2.2 Open 1N-298 (N2 FILL CORE FLOOD TANK 1A).
2.2.3 IF 1N-128 (CFT 1A Supply) is closed, throttle 1N-128 (CFT 1A Supply) for a rate of  100 psig per 15 minutes ( 6.6 psig/min). (A                                    409)
BOOTH CUE: If dispatched to determine position of 1N-128, notify crew 1N-128 is throttled.
2.2.4 Monitor 1A CFT pressure.
2.2.5 IF AT ANY TIME ES actuation occurs, close 1N-298 (N2 FILL CORE FLOOD TANK 1A).
2.2.6 IF AT ANY TIME 1N-298 fails to close, notify operator to close 1N-137 (CFTs Supply). (A-2-Hallway).
This event is completed when 1N-137 is closed, or when directed by the lead examiner.
Page 2 of 44


===1.2 Review===
Appendix D                            Required Operator Actions                            Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.: 1        Event No.:   1              Page 2 of 2 Event
Limits and Precautions.
NOTE Nitrogen regulator pressure on N
-30 and N-33 should be set at 625 psig while adding nitrogen to CFTs.
: 2. Procedure


===2.1 Notify===
== Description:==
operator to open 1N
Pressurize 1A CFT with N2 Time      Position                            Applicant's Actions or Behavior 2.2.7 WHEN pressurization of 1A CFT complete, close 1N-298 (N2 FILL SRO                CORE FLOOD TANK 1A).
-137 (CFTs Supply). (A Hallway)  BOOTH CUE: When directed, open 1N
2.2.8 IF 1N-298 leaks past seat, close 1N-128 (CFT 1A Supply). (A-4-409) 2.2.9 Evaluate exiting Technical Specification 3.6.3 Condition 'A' and 'B'.
-137 using MANUAL VALVES and notify crew 1N
2.2.10 IF 1N-128 (CFT 1A Supply) closed in Step 2.2.8, place white tag on 1N-128.
-137 is open.
2.3 IF required to increase pressure in 1B CFT: (not required) 2.4 Notify an operator to close 1N-137 (CFTs Supply). (A-2-Hallway)
2.IF required to increase pressure in 1A CFT:
BOOTH CUE: When directed, close 1N-137 using MANUAL VALVES and notify crew 1N-137 is closed.
NOTE TS 3.6.3 Condition 'B' requires penetration flow path to be isolated within one hour. A check valve with flow secured through the valve is considered operable. 2.2.1  Enter Technical Specification 3.6.3 Condition 'A' and 'B'.
SRO/BOP 2.5 Verify 1A CFT pressure stable.
2.2.2  Open 1N
2.6 Verify 1B CFT pressure stable.
-298 (N2 FILL CORE FLOOD TANK 1A).
This event is completed when 1N-137 is closed, or when directed by the lead examiner.
2.2.3 IF 1N-128 (CFT 1A Supply) is closed, throttle 1N
Page 3 of 44
-128 (CFT 1A Supply) for a 409) BOOTH CUE:
If dispatched to determine position of 1N
-128, notify crew 1N-128 is throttled.


====2.2.4 Monitor====
Appendix D                              Required Operator Actions                            Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.: 1          Event No.: 2                Page 1 of 3 Event
1A CFT pressure.
2.2.5  IF AT ANY TIME ES actuation occurs, close 1N
-298 (N2 FILL CORE FLOOD TANK 1A).
2.2.6  IF AT ANY TIME 1N-298 fails to close, notify operator to close 1N-137 (CFTs Supply). (A Hallway). This event is completed when 1N-137 is closed, or when directed by the lead examiner.


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 3 of 44  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
== Description:==
1 Event No.:    1    Page 2 of 2  Event Description
Failure of Unit 2 AS Controller Time       Position                               Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant response:
:  Pressurize 1A CFT with N2 Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO        SRO/BOP      2.2.7  WHEN pressurization of 1A CFT complete, close 1N
* 1SA-06/C-10, AS HDR PRESS LOW will actuate
-298 (N2 FILL CORE FLOOD TANK 1A).
* 1MS-126 & 1MS-129 MAIN STM TO SU STM PRESS controller will indicate AS pressure < 300 psig and decreasing.
2.2.8  IF 1N-298 leaks past seat, close 1N
-128 (CFT 1A Supply). (A 409)    2.2.9  Evaluate exiting Technical Specification 3.6.3 Condition 'A' and 'B'.
2.2.10  IF 1N-128 (CFT 1A Supply) closed in Step 2.2.8, place white tag on 1N-128.      2.3  IF required to increase pressure in 1B CFT:
  (not required
)      2.4  Notify an operator to close 1N
-137 (CFTs Supply). (A Hallway) BOOTH CUE: When directed, close 1N
-137 using MANUAL VALVES and notify crew 1N
-137 is closed.
 
===2.5 Verify===
1A CFT pressure stable.
 
===2.6 Verify===
1B CFT pressure stable.
This event is completed when 1N-137 is closed, or when directed by the lead examiner.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 4 of 44  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
1 Event No.:  2        Page 1 of  3  Event Description
Failure of Unit 2 AS Controller Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC SRO/BOP Plant response:
1SA-06/C-10, AS HDR PRESS LOW will actuate 1MS-126 & 1MS-129 MAIN STM TO SU STM PRESS controller will indicate AS pressure < 300 psig and decreasing.
Crew response:
Crew response:
During this event the OATC will:
During this event the OATC will:
Monitor the plant Respond to direction from the SRO Provide Peer Checks when requested 1SA06/C-10 ARG BOOTH CUE: While the crew is referring to the ARG, call Unit 1 control room to notify them that Unit 2 AS Controller has failed and Unit 3 cannot take control. The SM is directing you as Unit 1 to take control of AS system pressure.
OATC
3.1 IF excessive steam flow exists, reduce AS load or locate and isolate leak. 3.2 Verify proper operation of MS/AS controller on Unit supplying Auxiliary Steam Header (U2).
* Monitor the plant
(not controlling properly) 3.3 IF necessary, transfer AS Header to another Unit per OP/1/A/1106/22 (Auxiliary Steam System).
* Respond to direction from the SRO
3.4 IF necessary, start auxiliary boiler per OP/0/A/1106/
* Provide Peer Checks when requested 1SA06/C-10 ARG BOOTH CUE: While the crew is referring to the ARG, call Unit 1 control room to notify them that Unit 2 AS Controller has failed and Unit 3 cannot take control. The SM is directing you as Unit 1 to take control of AS system pressure.
04 (Aux Boiler)
3.1 IF excessive steam flow exists, reduce AS load or locate and isolate leak.
Initial Conditions
3.2 Verify proper operation of MS/AS controller on Unit supplying Auxiliary SRO/BOP              Steam Header (U2). (not controlling properly) 3.3 IF necessary, transfer AS Header to another Unit per OP/1/A/1106/22 (Auxiliary Steam System).
 
3.4 IF necessary, start auxiliary boiler per OP/0/A/1106/04 (Aux Boiler)
===1.1 Verify===
Initial Conditions 1.1 Verify Unit 1 in Mode 1 or 2.
Unit 1 in Mode 1 or 2.
EXAMINER NOTE: All conditions of SLC 16.10.9 are met 1.2 Verify all conditions of SLC 16.10.9 will be met with Unit 1 supplying the Aux Steam Header. {15}
EXAMINER NOTE
: All conditions of SLC 16.10.9 are met
 
===1.2 Verify===
all conditions of SLC 16.10.9 will be met with Unit 1 supplying the Aux Steam Header. {15}
NOTE: If ICS is in Manual, supplying Aux Steam Header from MS has the potential to affect core reactivity by changing RCS temperature.
NOTE: If ICS is in Manual, supplying Aux Steam Header from MS has the potential to affect core reactivity by changing RCS temperature.
 
1.3 Verify Unit 1 ICS in "AUTO". (R.M.)
===1.3 Verify===
Unit 1 ICS in "AUTO". (R.M.)
This event is complete when the Unit 1 AS controller is in AUTO and Tech Spec determination has been made or when directed by the lead examiner.
This event is complete when the Unit 1 AS controller is in AUTO and Tech Spec determination has been made or when directed by the lead examiner.
Page 4 of 44


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 5 of 44  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.: 1       Event No.: 2                 Page 2 of 3 Event
1 Event No.: 2       Page 2 of 3 Event Description
:  Failure of Unit 2 AS Controller Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP       


OP/1/A/1106/
== Description:==
0 22 (Auxiliary Steam System) Encl
Failure of Unit 2 AS Controller Time      Position                              Applicant's Actions or Behavior OP/1/A/1106/022 (Auxiliary Steam System) Encl. 4.2 (Transfer Aux Steam From Another Unit to Unit 1)
. 4.2 (Transfer Aux Steam From Another Unit to Unit  
SRO/BOP 1.4 Verify Unit 1 has  100 EFPD Core burnup. {12}
: 1) Core burnup. {12}
1.5 Notify Secondary chemist that the AS header will be transferred Person Notified                  Date 1.6 Review Limits and Precautions.
Procedure 2.1 IF AP/0/A/1700/025 (SSF EOP) NOT in progress, notify Unit 2 to reduce setpoint on AS controller.
BOOTH CUE: No actions from booth are required since pressure is below setpoint due to the failure.
2.2 Ensure 1MS-126 & 1MS-129 (MAIN STM TO SU STM PRESS) controller in MANUAL.
2.3 Ensure closed 1MS-126 & 1MS-129 (MAIN STM TO SU STM PRESS).
2.4 IF AP/0/A/1700/025 (SSF EOP) NOT in progress, verify Unit 2 has reduced setpoint on AS controller.
BOOTH CUE: No actions from booth are required since pressure is below setpoint due to the failure.
NOTE: 1MS-24 is preferred source of MS to AS.
2.5 Perform one of the following: Open 1MS-24 (or Open 1MS-33 )
NOTE: MS to Aux Steam flow should NOT exceed 240,000 lbm/hr on any single unit.
2.6 Manually throttle open 1MS-126 & 1MS-129 (MAIN STM TO SU STM PRESS) to increase Aux Steam Header pressure.
2.7 Continue to throttle 1MS-126 & 1MS-129 (MAIN STM TO SU STM PRESS) to increase Aux Steam Header pressure to  300 psig.
2.8 WHEN Aux Steam Header is  300 psig:
2.8.2 Verify 1MS-126 & 1MS-129 (MAIN STM TO SU STM PRESS) controller setpoint matches Aux Steam Header pressure.
Place 1MS-126 & 1MS-129 (MAIN STM TO SU STM PRESS) controller to AUTO.
This event is complete when the Unit 1 AS controller is in AUTO and Tech Spec determination has been made or when directed by the lead examiner.
Page 5 of 44


===1.5 Notify===
Appendix D                              Required Operator Actions                          Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47  Scenario No.: 1               Event No.: 2                    Page 3 of 3 Event
Secondary chemist that the AS header will be transferred
________________________ _____
Person Notified                        Date


===1.6 Review===
== Description:==
Limits and Precautions.
Failure of Unit 2 AS Controller Time      Position                              Applicant's Actions or Behavior OP/1/A/1106/022 (Auxiliary Steam System) Encl 4.2 (Transfer Aux Steam From Another Unit to Unit One) 2.9 Notify Unit 2 to secure AS supply.
Procedure 2.1 IF AP/0/A/1700/025 (SSF EOP) NOT in progress, notify Unit 2 to reduce setpoint on AS controller.
SRO/BOP 2.10 IF Aux Steam will remain being supplied from Unit 1, align Condensate Returns to Unit 1 per OP/0/A/1104/37 (Plant Heating).
BOOTH CUE:
EXAMINER NOTE: Since AS pressure decreases to < 250 psig and Main Steam is not available to the TDEFWP, the below TS applies. It can be exited once AS pressure returns
No actions from booth are required since pressure is below setpoint due to the failure.
                                                > 250 psig.
 
SRO The SRO should refer to TS:
===2.2 Ensure===
* TS 3.7.5 (Emergency Feedwater (EFW) System) o    Condition B applies. Restore turbine driven EFW pump and EFW flow path to Operable status.
1MS
72 hours AND 10 days from discovery of failure to meet LCO.
-126 & 1MS-129 (MAIN STM TO SU STM PRESS) controller in "MANUAL".
 
===2.3 Ensure===
closed 1MS
-126 & 1MS-129 (MAIN STM TO SU STM PRESS).
2.IF AP/0/A/1700/025 (SSF EOP) NOT in progress, verify Unit 2 has reduced setpoint on AS controller.
BOOTH CUE:
No actions from booth are required since pressure is below setpoint due to the failure. NOTE:  1MS-24 is preferred source of MS to AS.
 
===2.5 Perform===
one of the following: Open 1MS
-24 (or Open 1MS
-33 ) NOTE: MS to Aux Steam flow should NOT exceed 240,000 lbm/hr on any single unit.
 
===2.6 Manually===
throttle open 1MS
-126 & 1MS-129 (MAIN STM TO SU STM PRESS) to increase Aux Steam Header pressure.
 
===2.7 Continue===
to throttle 1MS
-126 & 1MS-129 (MAIN STM TO SU STM  2.8  WHEN  2.8.2  Verify 1MS-126 & 1MS-129 (MAIN STM TO SU STM PRESS) controller setpoint match es Aux Steam Header pressure.
Place 1MS-126 & 1MS-129 (MAIN STM TO SU STM PRESS) controller to "AUTO".
This event is complete when the Unit 1 AS controller is in AUTO and Tech Spec determination has been made or when directed by the lead examiner.
This event is complete when the Unit 1 AS controller is in AUTO and Tech Spec determination has been made or when directed by the lead examiner.
Page 6 of 44


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 6 of 44  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 2                    Page 3 of Event Description
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.: 1       Event No.: 3                  Page 1 of 4 Event
:  Failure of Unit 2 AS Controller Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior


SRO/BOP    SRO OP/1/A/1106/
== Description:==
0 22 (Auxiliary Steam System) Encl 4.2 (Transfer Aux Steam From Another Unit to Unit One)
Operating CC pump trips and standby fails to start Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant response:
 
* 1SA-9/B-1, CC CRD RETURN FLOW LOW
===2.9 Notify===
* 1SA-9/C-1, CC COMP COOLING RETURN FLOW LOW
Unit 2 to secure AS supply.
* 1SA-2/C-1, LETDOWN TEMPERATURE HIGH
2.10  IF Aux Steam will remain being supplied from Unit 1, align Condensate Returns to Unit 1 per OP/0/A/1104/37 (Plant Heating).
* 1HP-5 (Letdown Isolation) will close due to high letdown temperature
EXAMINER NOTE:  Since AS pressure decreases to
* CC Total Flow Low
< 250 psig and Main Steam is not available to the TDEFWP, the below TS applies. It can be exited once AS pressure returns                                  > 250 psig
* Component Cooling Pressure Low Crew Response:
. The SRO should refer to TS:
AP/32 (Loss of Letdown) will be entered to restore letdown once CC flow is restored. See page 9.
TS 3.7.5 (Emergency Feedwater (EFW) System) o Condition "B" applies. Restore turbine driven EFW pump and EFW flow path to Operable status.
OATC      While the BOP responds to the loss of CC, the OATC will:
72 hours AND 10 days from discovery of failure to meet LCO. This event is complete when the Unit 1 AS controller is in AUTO and Tech Spec determination has been made or when directed by the lead examiner.
* Monitor the plant
 
* Respond to direction from the SRO
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 7 of 44  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
* Provide Peer Checks when requested BOP      Refer to ARG 1SA-9/B-1 OR 1SA-9/C-1
1 Event No.:  3      Page 1 of 4  Event Description
* Determine low flow is due to CC Pump failure AND Standby CC Pump did NOT start and perform the following:
Operating CC pump trips and standby fails to start Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior
* Verify CC Surge Tank level > 12" (CT-1)
 
* Start Standby CC Pump (CT-1)
OATC    BOP      (CT-1)    SRO Plant response:
EXAMINER NOTE: The SRO should not initiate AP/20 if the Standby CC Pump is started per the ARG.
1SA-9/B-1, CC CRD RETURN FLOW LOW 1SA-9/C-1, CC COMP COOLING RETURN FLOW LOW 1SA-2/C-1, LETDOWN TEMPERATURE HIGH 1HP-5 (Letdown Isolation) will close due to high letdown temperature CC Total Flow Low Component Cooling Pressure Low Crew Response:
SRO      IF NO CC Pumps are operating, GO TO AP/20 (Loss of Component Cooling)
AP/32 (Loss of Letdown) will be entered to restore letdown once CC flow is restored. See page 9. While the BOP responds to the loss of CC, the OATC will:
Immediate Manual Actions 3.1 IAAT both of the following are lost:
Monitor the plant Respond to direction from the SRO Provide Peer Checks when requested Refer to ARG 1SA
* CC to RCPs
-9/B-1 OR 1SA-9/C-1 Determine low flow is due to CC Pump failure AND Standby CC Pump did NOT start and perform the following:
* RCP seal injection THEN trip the Rx, stop all RCPs, initiate AP/25 (SSF EOP).
Verify CC Surge Tank level > 12" Start Standby CC Pump (CT-1) EXAMINER NOTE: The SRO should not initiate AP/20 if the Standby CC Pump is started per the ARG.
3.2 IAAT  two CRD stator temperatures  180&deg;F, THEN trip RX. (~ 4 minutes)
IF NO CC Pumps are operating, GO TO AP/20 (Loss of Component Cooling) Immediate Manual Actions 3.1 IAAT both of the following are lost:
CC to RCPs RCP seal injection THEN trip the Rx, stop all RCPs, initiate AP/25 (SSF EOP).
3.2 IAAT  THEN trip RX. (~ 4 minutes)
This event is complete when step 4.42 of AP32 performed or when directed by the Lead Examiner.
This event is complete when step 4.42 of AP32 performed or when directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 7 of 44


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 8 of 44  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.: 1       Event No.: 3                 Page 2 of 4 Event
1 Event No.: 3       Page 2 of 4 Event Description
:  Operating CC pump trips and standby fails to start Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior


SRO/BOP AP/20 (Loss of CC) Subsequent Actions  
== Description:==
 
Operating CC pump trips and standby fails to start Time      Position                            Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/20 (Loss of CC) Subsequent Actions 4.1 Verify at least one CC pump is operating 4.2 GO TO Step 4.12 4.12 Announce AP entry SRO/BOP 4.13 Verify leak on CC system is indicated:
===4.1 Verify===
RNO: GO TO Step 4.54 4.54 Verify CC system is operating with indications of flashing RNO: GO TO Step 4.105 4.105 IAAT any RCP radial bearing temperature 225F, THEN perform steps 4.106 - 4.108 RNO: GO TO Step 4.109 4.109 IAAT a RCP has been shut down for 3 hours, THEN close the Associated RCP motor cooler inlet/outlet valve.
at least one CC pump is operating 4.2 GO TO Step 4.12 4.12 Announce AP entry 4.13 Verify leak on CC system is indicated:
4.110 Verify RCP seal injection flow is 6 - 12 gpm / RCP.
RNO: GO TO Step 4.54 4.54 Verify CC system is operating with indications of flashing RNO: GO TO Step 4.105 4.105  IAAT            THEN perform steps 4.106
4.111 Ensure actions have been initiated to restore cause of degradation.
- 4.108 RNO: GO TO Step 4.109 4.109  IAAT            Associated RCP motor cooler inlet/outlet valve.
4.112 IAAT any RCP temperatures exceed limits for Radial Bearing Temperature or Seal Return Temperature, THEN increase seal inlet header flow as necessary to lower temperatures without exceeding 15 gpm / RCP.
4.110 Verify RCP seal injection flow is 6  
4.113 IAAT no CC pumps operating, AND a CC pump is now available to start, THEN perform Steps 4.114 - 4.115 RNO: GO TO Step 4.116.
- 12 gpm / RCP.
4.116 WHEN cause of degradation has been repaired, THEN return CC pumps to desired configuration.
4.111 Ensure actions have been initiated to restore cause of degradation.
4.117 WHEN conditions permit, THEN EXIT.
4.112 IAAT any RCP temperatures exceed limits for Radial Bearing Temperature or Seal Return Temperature, THEN increase seal inlet header flow as necessary to lower temperatures without exceeding 15 gpm / RCP.
4.113 IAAT no CC pumps operating, AND a CC pump is now available to start, THEN perform Steps 4.114  
- 4.115 RNO: GO TO Step 4.116.
4.116 WHEN cause of degradation has been repaired, THEN return CC pumps to desired configuration.
4.117 WHEN conditions permit, THEN EXIT.
This event is complete when step 4.42 of AP32 performed or when directed by the Lead Examiner.
This event is complete when step 4.42 of AP32 performed or when directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 8 of 44


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 9 of 44  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                               Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.: 1         Event No.: 3                   Page 3 of 4 Event
1 Event No.: 3       Page 3 of 4 Event Description
:  Operating CC pump trips and standby fails to start Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/ BOP/ OATC          SRO SRO AP/32 (Loss of Letdown)
Crew Response:
(SRO may direct either the BOP or the OATC to perform steps from this AP) 4.1  Place 1HP
-120 in HAND and reduce demand to zero.


===4.2 Position===
== Description:==
the standby HPI pump switch to OFF.
Operating CC pump trips and standby fails to start Time      Position                              Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/32 (Loss of Letdown)
CAUTION: RCP individual seal return valves will close if seal injection is < 22 gpm with CC flow < 575 gpm.
SRO/      Crew Response:
BOP/ OATC    (SRO may direct either the BOP or the OATC to perform steps from this AP) 4.1 Place 1HP-120 in HAND and reduce demand to zero.
4.2 Position the standby HPI pump switch to OFF.
CAUTION: RCP individual seal return valves will close if seal injection is
                                    < 22 gpm with CC flow < 575 gpm.
4.3 Throttle 1HP-31 to establish 12 - 15 gpm SEAL INLET HDR FLOW.
SRO NOTE: The running HPIP may operate below 65 gpm for up to 4 hours.
HPIP time of operation below minimum flow is cumulative.
4.4 Verify HPI pump flow  65 gpm. (30 gpm Recirc + ___ SI +___ MU)
RNO: Log beginning time for HPI pump flow below minimum.
4.5 Initiate makeup to the LDST as required. (Using EOP Enclosure 5.5 or OP/1/A/1103/004 for batch additions) 4.6 Notify the OSM to reference OMP 1-14 and the Emergency Plan. Notify the STA.
4.7 Verify 1HP-5 closed.
SRO 4.8 Dispatch an operator to 1HP-5 to establish communication with the CR.
TS 3.4.9 applies when PZR level > 260" (corrected value for 285").
Conditions where it is known that letdown CANNOT be restored do not require waiting until 260" to begin a rapid shutdown.
4.9 IAAT either of the following exist:
* PZR level > 260 inches AND letdown cannot be established
* Plant conditions exist such that letdown will not be restored THEN initiate unit shutdown per AP/29 (Rapid Unit Shutdown) 4.10 IAAT PZR level  375 inches, THEN trip Rx.
4.11 Determine the cause of loss of letdown:
* Actual LD Temperature high: GO TO Step 4.28 This event is complete when step 4.42 of AP32 performed or when directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 9 of 44


===4.3 Throttle===
Appendix D                              Required Operator Actions                            Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.: 1        Event No.: 3                  Page 4 of 4 Event
1HP
-31 to establish 12
- 15 gpm SEAL INLET HDR FLOW.
NOTE: The running HPIP may operate below 65 gpm for up to 4 hours
. HPIP time of operation below minimum flow is cumulative.
30 gpm Recirc + ___ SI +___ MU)
RNO: Log beginning time for HPI pump flow below minimum.


===4.5 Initiate===
== Description:==
makeup to the LDST as required.
Operating CC pump trips and standby fails to start Time      Position      Applicant's Actions or Behavior Crew Response:
(Using EOP Enclosure 5.5 or OP/1/A/1103/004 for batch additions)
SRO/          4.28 Notify SPOC to initiate repairs on failed equipment.
BOP/          4.29 IAAT letdown can be re-established, THEN perform Steps 4.30 - 4.44.
OATC 4.30 Place CC System in operation.
4.31 Close 1HP-6 4.32 Close 1HP-7 4.33 Open 1HP-1, 1HP-2, 1HP-3, and 1HP-4.
4.34 Verify letdown temperature < 135 F.
RNO:
* Open 1HP-13
* Close 1HP-8, 1HP-9 & 11
* Verify NO deborating IXs in service
* Select LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch to BYPASS 4.35 Open 1HP-5.
4.36 Throttle open 1HP-7 to establish ~20 gpm 4.37 WHEN letdown temperature < 130 F, THEN place LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch in NORMAL.
4.38 Open 1HP-6 4.39 Adjust 1HP-7 to control desired letdown flow.
4.40 Re-establish normal makeup through 1HP-120 4.41 Re-establish normal RCP seal injection flow 4.42 Position the standby HPI pump switch to AUTO EXAMINER NOTE: This concludes the event. Not required to put Purification IX in service at step 4.43 4.43 Verify any purification IX in service 4.44 EXIT this procedure.
SRO        Tech Spec 3.4.1 (RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow DNB Limits) requires RCS pressure to stay > 2125 psig when in MODE 1 Steady State. During Letdown flow perturbations in this event it is possible that RCS pressure goes below 2125 psig, If that occurs the SRO will enter TS 3.4.1 Condition A (One or more RCS DNB parameters not within limits) which has a 2 hour completion time to restore parameter to within limits.
This event is complete when step 4.42 of AP32 performed or when directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 10 of 44


===4.6 Notify===
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47           Scenario No.: 1         Event No.: 4                  Page 1 of 3 Event
the OSM to reference OMP 1
-14 and the Emergency Plan. Notify the STA.
 
===4.7 Verify===
1HP
-5 closed. 4.8  Dispatch an operator to 1HP
-5 to establish communication with the CR.
TS 3.4.9 applies when PZR level > 260" (corrected value for 285"). Conditions where it is known that letdown CANNOT be restored do not require waiting until 260" to begin a rapid shutdown.
4.9  IAAT either of the following exist:
PZR level > 260 inches AND letdown cannot be established Plant conditions exist such that letdown will not be restored THEN initiate unit shutdown per AP/29 (Rapid Unit Shutdown) 4.10  IAAT THEN trip Rx. 4.11  Determine the cause of loss of letdown:
Actual LD Temperature high:  GO TO Step 4.28  This event is complete when step 4.42 of AP32 performed or when directed by the Lead Examiner.
 
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 10 of 44  Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.:
1 Event No.:
3        Page 4 of Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
Operating CC pump trips and standby fails to start Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/ BOP/ OATC SRO Crew Response
1B loop Tcold Fails HIGH Time       Position                                 Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant Response:
: 4.28  Notify SPOC to initiate repairs on failed equipment.
* Loop "1B" Tc Dixson meter high (620&deg;F)
4.29  IAAT letdown can be re
* Loop "1B" T Dixson meter reads 0&deg;F
-established, THEN perform Steps 4.30
* Tc meter reads low (-10&deg;F; B loop Hot)
- 4.44. 4.30  Place CC System in operation.
* Controlling NR Tave digital display reads 595.5&deg;F
4.31  Close 1HP
* Controlling Tave Chessell display reads  595&deg;F
-6 4.32  Close 1HP
* 1SA-2/B4 (RC Average Temperature High/Low)
-7 4.33  Open 1HP
* 1SA-2/B-5, RC COLD LEG DIFF TEMP HIGH
-1, 1HP-2, 1HP-3, and 1HP
* 1SA-2/A-12, ICS Tracking SRO        EXAMINER NOTE: IF Reactor Power decreases below 85% during this event, the SRO will enter Tech Spec 3.10.1 Conditions A-E which all have a 7 day completion time (SSF OOS).
-4. 4.34  Verify letdown temperature < 135 F.
Crew Response:
RNO:  Open 1HP-13  Close 1HP-8, 1HP-9 & 11  Verify NO deborating IXs in service Select LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch to BYPASS 4.35  Open 1HP
* When the Statalarms are received, the candidates should utilize the Plant Transient Response (PTR) process to stabilize the plant, which should include:
-5. 4.36  Throttle open 1HP
o ICS to HAND (Feedwater Masters and Diamond)
-7 to establish ~20 gpm 4.37  WHEN letdown temperature < 130 F, THEN place LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch in NORMAL.
OATC BOP                o Inserting Control Rods as needed to control RCS pressure (Performed by the BOP)
4.38  Open 1HP
OATC                o Decreasing or re-ratioing feedwater to control Reactor power and (CT-2)                  delta Tcold (Performed by the OATC) (CT-2)
-6 4.39  Adjust 1HP
* The SRO should:
-7 to control desired letdown flow.
SRO Refer to AP/28, ICS Instrument Failures Direct the BOP to review ARGs AP/28 (ICS Instrument Failures) 4.1   Provide control bands as required.
4.40  Re-establish normal makeup through 1HP
4.2   Initiate notification of the following:
-120 4.41  Re-establish normal RCP seal injection flow 4.42  Position the standby HPI pump switch to AUTO EXAMINER NOTE: This conclud es th e event. Not required to put Purification IX in service at step 4.43 4.43  Verify any purification IX in service 4.44  EXIT this procedure.
Tech Spec 3.4.1 (RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow DNB Limits) requires RCS pressure to stay > 212 5 psig when in MODE 1 Steady State. During Letdown flow perturbations in this event it is possible that RCS pressure goes below 2125 psig, If that occurs the SRO will enter TS 3.4.1 Condition A (One or more RCS DNB parameters not within limits) which has a 2 hour completion time to restore parameter to within limits.
This event is complete when step 4.4 2 of AP32 performed or when directed by the Lead Examiner.
 
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 11 of 44  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
1 Event No.:  4      Page 1 of 3  Event Description
1B loop Tcold Fails HIGH Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior
 
SRO        OATC BOP  OATC  (CT-2)  SRO Plant Response
Loop " 1B" Tc   Loop " -   F  Controlling Tave Chessell   F 1SA-2/B4 (RC Average Temperature High/Low) 1SA-2/B-5, RC COLD LEG DIFF TEMP HIGH 1SA-2/A-12, ICS Tracking EXAMINER NOTE: IF Reactor Power decreases below 85% during this event, the SRO will enter Tech Spec 3.10.1 Conditions A-E which all have a 7 day completion time (SSF OOS).
Crew Response
When the Statalarms are received, the candidates should utilize the "Plant Transient Response" (PTR) process to stabilize the plant, which should include: o ICS to HAND (Feedwater Masters and Diamond) o Inserting Control Rods as needed to control RCS pressure (Performed by the BOP) o Decreasing or re
-ratioing feedwater to control Reactor power and delta Tcold (Performed by the OATC
) (CT-2) The SRO should:
Refer to AP/28, ICS Instrument Failures Direct the BOP to review ARG's AP/28 (ICS Instrument Failures
) 4.1 Provide control bands as required.
 
===4.2 Initiate===
notification of the following:
__ OSM to reference the following:
__ OSM to reference the following:
OMP 1-14 (Notifications)
* OMP 1-14 (Notifications)
Emergency Plan
* Emergency Plan
__ STA 4.3 Verify a power transient 5% has occurred.
__ STA 4.3 Verify a power transient 5% has occurred.
RNO: GO TO Step 4.5. 4.4 Notify Rx Engineering and discuss the need for a maneuvering plan
RNO: GO TO Step 4.5.
. BOOTH RESPONSE
4.4 Notify Rx Engineering and discuss the need for a maneuvering plan.
: We will prepare a maneuvering plan.
BOOTH RESPONSE: We will prepare a maneuvering plan.
This event is complete when Section 4A Step 6 is reached, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
This event is complete when Section 4A Step 6 is reached, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 11 of 44


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 12 of 44  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                               Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.: 1         Event No.: 4                   Page 2 of 3 Event
1 Event No.: 4       Page 2 of 3 Event Description
:  1B loop Tcold Fails HIGH Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC 


BOP AP/28 (continued) 4.5 Use the following, as necessary, to determine the applicable section from table in Step 4.6:
== Description:==
OAC alarm video OAC display points Control Board indications SPOC assistance, as needed 4.6 GO TO Section 4A, RCS Temperature AP/1/A/1700/028 Section 4A RCS Temperature Failure
1B loop Tcold Fails HIGH Time      Position                            Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/28 (continued)
SRO/OATC 4.5   Use the following, as necessary, to determine the applicable section from table in Step 4.6:
* OAC alarm video
* OAC display points
* Control Board indications
* SPOC assistance, as needed 4.6   GO TO Section 4A, RCS Temperature AP/1/A/1700/028 Section 4A RCS Temperature Failure
: 1. Ensure the following in HAND:
: 1. Ensure the following in HAND:
__ 1A FDW MASTER
__ 1A FDW MASTER
Line 305: Line 254:
: 2. Ensure DIAMOND in MANUAL.
: 2. Ensure DIAMOND in MANUAL.
: 3. Notify SPOC to perform the following:
: 3. Notify SPOC to perform the following:
Select a valid RCS Tave and Delta Tc input to ICS per AM/1/A/0326/020 (Control of Unit 1 Star Module Signal Selection Function).
* Select a valid RCS Tave and Delta Tc input to ICS per AM/1/A/0326/020 (Control of Unit 1 Star Module Signal Selection Function).
Investigate and repair the failed RCS temperature instrument ation. 4. PERFORM an instrumentation surveillance using applicable table in Encl
* Investigate and repair the failed RCS temperature instrumentation.
. 5.2 (ICS Instrument Surveillances) for the failed instrument.
BOP        4. PERFORM an instrumentation surveillance using applicable table in Encl.
5.2 (ICS Instrument Surveillances) for the failed instrument.
EXAMINER NOTE: This step will require the BOP to refer to Table 1 (RCS Temperature) of Enclosure 5.2 and determine if the surveillance for SR 3.4.1.2 can be met as it is written with the failed temperature instrument. Based on plant response to the failure the BOP will determine either:
EXAMINER NOTE: This step will require the BOP to refer to Table 1 (RCS Temperature) of Enclosure 5.2 and determine if the surveillance for SR 3.4.1.2 can be met as it is written with the failed temperature instrument. Based on plant response to the failure the BOP will determine either:
: 1. The surveillance is not required to be met due to plant conditions
: 1. The surveillance is not required to be met due to plant conditions
Line 313: Line 263:
: 3. The surveillance can NOT be met as written This information will be reported to the SRO when asked in Step 5.
: 3. The surveillance can NOT be met as written This information will be reported to the SRO when asked in Step 5.
This event is complete when Section 4A Step 6 is reached, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
This event is complete when Section 4A Step 6 is reached, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 12 of 44


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 13 of 44  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                               Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.: 1       Event No.: 4                     Page 3 of 3 Event
1 Event No.: 4       Page 3 of 3 Event Description
:  1B loop Tcold Fails HIGH Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior BOP SRO AP/28 (continued)
: 5. Verify instrumentation surveillance in Encl
. 5.2 (ICS Instrument Surveillances) was performed satisfactorily as written.
: 6. WHEN notified by SPOC that a valid RCS Tave and Delta Tc input have been restored to ICS,  THEN GO TO OP/1/A/1102/004 A Encl
. (Placing ICS Stations To Auto).
EXAMINER NOTE:  The ICS will remain in manual for the remainder of the scenario. EXAMINER NOTE:  The crew may initiate EOP Encl
. 5.5 for inventory control. These steps are included beginning on page
: 35. The SRO may elect to perform a Crew Brief at this time
. This event is complete when Section 4A Step 6 is reached, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 14 of 44  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
== Description:==
1 Event No.: 5       Page 1 of 5 Event Description
1B loop Tcold Fails HIGH Time      Position                            Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/28 (continued)
Group 2 Rod 6 Control Rod drops requiring Manual power reduction Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP/ OATC      Plant Response
BOP        5. Verify instrumentation surveillance in Encl. 5.2 (ICS Instrument Surveillances) was performed satisfactorily as written.
Group 2 Rod 6 drops into the core Statalarm 1SA
: 6. WHEN notified by SPOC that a valid RCS Tave and Delta Tc input have been restored to ICS, THEN GO TO OP/1/A/1102/004 A Encl. (Placing ICS Stations To Auto).
-2/A-10 (CRD GLOBAL SYSTEM FAULT
EXAMINER NOTE: The ICS will remain in manual for the remainder of the scenario.
Statalarm 1SA
EXAMINER NOTE: The crew may initiate EOP Encl. 5.5 for inventory control. These steps are included beginning on page 35.
-2/B-10 (CRD ASYMMETRIC ROD POSITION ERROR)
SRO The SRO may elect to perform a Crew Brief at this time.
Statalarm 1SA
This event is complete when Section 4A Step 6 is reached, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
-2/D-9 (CRD OUT INHIBIT)
Page 13 of 44
Statalarm 1SA
 
-4/C-1 (QUADRANT POWER TILT) (in at ) Statalarm 1SA
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.: 1         Event No.: 5                 Page 1 of 5 Event
-5/A-5 (1A RPS TROUBLE)
 
Statalarm 1SA
== Description:==
-5/B-5 (1B RPS TROUBLE)
Group 2 Rod 6 Control Rod drops requiring Manual power reduction Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant Response:
Statalarm 1SA
* Group 2 Rod 6 drops into the core
-5/D-5 (1D RPS TROUBLE)
* Statalarm 1SA-2/A-10 (CRD GLOBAL SYSTEM FAULT)
Crew Response
* Statalarm 1SA-2/B-10 (CRD ASYMMETRIC ROD POSITION ERROR)
: Crew should perform Plant Transient Response (PTR) and determine that a runback condition exists but due to ICS being in manual it is not occurring.
* Statalarm 1SA-2/D-9 (CRD OUT INHIBIT)
OATC reports to the SRO reactor power level and direction of movement.
* Statalarm 1SA-4/C-1 (QUADRANT POWER TILT) (in at 2 minutes)
The BOP reports expected AUTO Runback did not occur, and monitors RCS pressure and inventory and inserts Control Rods as needed.
* Statalarm 1SA-5/A-5 (1A RPS TROUBLE)
The OATC will adjust FDW and/or control rods as necessary to restore reactor power to the desired control band.
* Statalarm 1SA-5/B-5 (1B RPS TROUBLE)
* Statalarm 1SA-5/D-5 (1D RPS TROUBLE)
Crew Response:
SRO/BOP/    Crew should perform Plant Transient Response (PTR) and determine that a OATC      runback condition exists but due to ICS being in manual it is not occurring.
* OATC reports to the SRO reactor power level and direction of movement.
* The BOP reports expected AUTO Runback did not occur, and monitors RCS pressure and inventory and inserts Control Rods as needed.
* The OATC will adjust FDW and/or control rods as necessary to restore reactor power to the desired control band.
SRO should enter AP/1/A/1700/001 (Unit Runback)
SRO should enter AP/1/A/1700/001 (Unit Runback)
AP/1/A/1700/001 4.1 GO TO the most limiting section per the following table:
AP/1/A/1700/001 4.1   GO TO the most limiting section per the following table:
Section Runback 4H Asymmetric Control Rod (1%/min to 55%power)
Section                       Runback 4H         Asymmetric Control Rod (1%/min to 55%power)
Section 4H
Section 4H
: 1. IAAT a more limiting runback occurs, THEN GO TO Subsequent Actions Step 4.1.
: 1. IAAT a more limiting runback occurs, THEN GO TO Subsequent Actions Step 4.1.
: 2. IAAT more than one control rod is dropped or misaligned from the group average, THEN trip the Rx.
: 2. IAAT more than one control rod is dropped or misaligned 6.5% (9) from the group average, THEN trip the Rx.
NOTE NIs should NOT be calibrated per guidelines contained in OP/1/A/1102/004 (Operation at Power) due to actual power re
NOTE NIs should NOT be calibrated per guidelines contained in OP/1/A/1102/004 (Operation at Power) due to actual power re-distribution within the core as a result of a dropped/misaligned rod.
-distribution within the core as a result of a dropped/misaligned rod.
: 3. Verify Rx is critical.
: 3. Verify Rx is critical.
: 4. Verify power > 55% when the rod was dropped or misaligned.
: 4. Verify power > 55% when the rod was dropped or misaligned.
This event is complete when Rx Power has been decreased to 55%, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
This event is complete when Rx Power has been decreased to 55%, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 15 of 44  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
Page 14 of 44
1 Event No.: 5       Page 2 of 5 Event Description
 
Group 2 Rod 6 Control Rod drops requiring Manual power reduction Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC    SRO    SRO/BOP AP/1/A/1700/001 Section 4H (continued)
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                               Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.: 1           Event No.: 5                 Page 2 of 5 Event
EXAMINER NOTE: ICS is in Manual. Candidate will proceed to RNO
 
. 5. Verify Rx runback to 55% core thermal power in progress.
== Description:==
CTPD set at 55%
Group 2 Rod 6 Control Rod drops requiring Manual power reduction Time       Position                               Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/1/A/1700/001 Section 4H (continued)
ASYMETRIC RODS Runback Light lit CTP Demand decreasing Reactor power will decrease when the runback catches up with the initial power decrease from the dropped rod.
EXAMINER NOTE: ICS is in Manual. Candidate will proceed to RNO.
The SRO may perform a Focused Brief prior to initiating the power reduction RNO: 1. Initiate power reduction to  2. IF control rods will not insert manually, THEN perform the following:
SRO/OATC      5. Verify Rx runback to 55% core thermal power in progress.
* CTPD set at 55%
* ASYMETRIC RODS Runback Light lit
* CTP Demand decreasing
* Reactor power will decrease when the runback catches up with the initial power decrease from the dropped rod.
SRO        The SRO may perform a Focused Brief prior to initiating the power reduction RNO: 1. Initiate power reduction to  55% core thermal power at  1%/min.
: 2. IF control rods will not insert manually, THEN perform the following:
A. Trip reactor.
A. Trip reactor.
B. GO TO Unit 1 EOP.
SRO/BOP B. GO TO Unit 1 EOP.
: 6. Initiate Encl
: 6. Initiate Encl. 5.1 (Control of Plant Equipment During Shutdown). (page 17)
. 5.1 (Control of Plant Equipment During Shutdown).
NOTE The following actions should be performed as quickly as possible due to the complexity of resetting RPS trip setpoints and Tech Spec time limits.
(page 1 7) NOTE The following actions should be performed as quickly as possible due to the complexity of resetting RPS trip setpoints and Tech Spec time limits.
: 7. Notify SPOC to perform the following:
: 7. Notify SPOC to perform the following:
Investigate cause of dropped or misaligned control rod. Prepare to reduce the following trip setpoints:
* Investigate cause of dropped or misaligned control rod.
o RPS Flux/Flow
* Prepare to reduce the following trip setpoints:
-Imbalance o RPS High Flux
o RPS Flux/Flow-Imbalance o RPS High Flux
: 8. Notify the OSM to ensure the requirements of the following Tech Specs are met: TS 3.1.4 (Control Rod Group Alignment Limits)
: 8. Notify the OSM to ensure the requirements of the following Tech Specs are met:
TS 3.1.5 (Safety Rod Position Limits)
* TS 3.1.4 (Control Rod Group Alignment Limits)
TS 3.2.3 (Quadrant Power Tilt)
* TS 3.1.5 (Safety Rod Position Limits)
BOOTH CUE:
* TS 3.2.3 (Quadrant Power Tilt)
When SM is contacted, inform the team that the SM is occupied on Unit 3 and cannot verify TS requirements at this time.
BOOTH CUE: When SM is contacted, inform the team that the SM is occupied on Unit 3 and cannot verify TS requirements at this time. See page 17 for specific TS information.
See page 17 for specific TS information
This event is complete when Rx Power has been decreased to 55%, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
. This event is complete when Rx Power has been decreased to 55%, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 15 of 44
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 16 of 44  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
 
1 Event No.: 5       Page 3 of 5 Event Description
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.: 1       Event No.: 5                 Page 3 of 5 Event
:  Group 2 Rod 6 Control Rod drops requiring Manual power reduction Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior  SRO/OATC/BOP     


SRO AP/1/A/1700/001 Section 4H (continued)
== Description:==
: 9. Notify OSM to make notifications as required per OMP 1
Group 2 Rod 6 Control Rod drops requiring Manual power reduction Time      Position                            Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/1/A/1700/001 Section 4H (continued)
-14 (Notifications).
SRO/OATC/      9. Notify OSM to make notifications as required per OMP 1-14 BOP              (Notifications).
: 10. Verify > 1% SDM with allowance for the inoperable control rod per PT/1/A/1103/015 (Enclosure 13.18, Reactivity Balance Calculation) within one hour.
: 10. Verify > 1% SDM with allowance for the inoperable control rod per PT/1/A/1103/015 (Enclosure 13.18, Reactivity Balance Calculation) within one hour.
EXAMINER NOTE: Shutdown Margin will be adequate
EXAMINER NOTE: Shutdown Margin will be adequate.
. 11. Reduce core thermal power the following limits, based on the number of RCPs operating, within two hours
: 11. Reduce core thermal power the following limits, based on the number of RCPs operating, within two hours:
: RCPs Allowable Thermal Power (% FP) 3 45 4 60 12. IAAT the power decrease is complete, AND any NI is > the following:
RCPs         Allowable Thermal Power (% FP) 3                         45 4                         60
RCPs Maximum NI Power (% FP) 3 40 4 55 THEN the operating RCP combination per Encl
: 12. IAAT the power decrease is complete, AND any NI is > the following:
. 5.4 (Power Reduction).
RCPs             Maximum NI Power (% FP) 3                         40 4                         55 THEN reduce power until all NIs are  the Maximum NI Power limit for the operating RCP combination per Encl. 5.4 (Power Reduction).
: 13. WHEN all NIs are  
SRO
< the Maximum NI Power limit for the operating RCP combination, THEN notify SPOC to reduce RPS trip setpoints per AM/1/A/0315/017 (TXS RPS Channel A, B, C, and D Parameter Changes For Abnormal/Normal Operating Conditions).
: 13. WHEN all NIs are < the Maximum NI Power limit for the operating RCP combination, THEN notify SPOC to reduce RPS trip setpoints per AM/1/A/0315/017 (TXS RPS Channel A, B, C, and D Parameter Changes For Abnormal/Normal Operating Conditions).
NOTE Due to the power decrease initiated in this AP, the current plant configuration must be compared to the normal plant configuration in OP/1/A/1102/004 (Operation at Power) power reduction enclosure. Equivalent steps performed by this AP should be signed off as intent met. Any steps NOT performed by this AP must be evaluated in preparation for power increase or continued shutdown.       14. Initiate OP/1/A/1102/004 (Operation at Power) power reduction enclosure.
NOTE Due to the power decrease initiated in this AP, the current plant configuration must be compared to the normal plant configuration in OP/1/A/1102/004 (Operation at Power) power reduction enclosure. Equivalent steps performed by this AP should be signed off as intent met. Any steps NOT performed by this AP must be evaluated in preparation for power increase or continued shutdown.
: 14. Initiate OP/1/A/1102/004 (Operation at Power) power reduction enclosure.
This event is complete when Rx Power has been decreased to 55%, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
This event is complete when Rx Power has been decreased to 55%, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 17 of 44  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
Page 16 of 44
1 Event No.: 5     Page 4 of 5 Event Description
 
Group 2 Rod 6 Control Rod drops requiring Manual power reduction Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior   SRO/BOP Tech. Specs.
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.: 1         Event No.: 5                 Page 4 of 5 Event
TS 3.10.1 (Standby Shutdown Facility  
 
- SSF) Once Reactor Power is reduced below 85% the SSF must be declared inoperable. Conditions A-E apply, all of which have a 7 day completion time.
== Description:==
TS 3.1.4 (Control Rod Group Alignment Limits), Condition A applies which provides 1 hour to restore alignment or verify SDM and be below 60% Thermal Power in 2 hours.
Group 2 Rod 6 Control Rod drops requiring Manual power reduction Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior Tech. Specs.
TS 3.1.5 (Safety Rod Position Limits), Condition A applies (Safety rods are Groups 1  
SRO/BOP
- 4) which requires verification of SDM and declaring the associated rod inoperable within 1 hour.
* TS 3.10.1 (Standby Shutdown Facility - SSF) Once Reactor Power is reduced below 85% the SSF must be declared inoperable. Conditions A-E apply, all of which have a 7 day completion time.
TS 3.2.3 (Quadrant Power Tilt), Condition A applies when Incore QPT exceeds +3.5 (due to misaligned control rod). (If the highest Incore QPT exceeds +7.11 then Condition B would apply)
* TS 3.1.4 (Control Rod Group Alignment Limits), Condition A applies which provides 1 hour to restore alignment or verify SDM and be below 60% Thermal Power in 2 hours.
The power reduction required by Condition A will be met due to the manual power reduction performed by the crew. RPS trip setpoints must be reduced within 10 hours and QPT restored within 24 hours.
* TS 3.1.5 (Safety Rod Position Limits), Condition A applies (Safety rods are Groups 1 - 4) which requires verification of SDM and declaring the associated rod inoperable within 1 hour.
* TS 3.2.3 (Quadrant Power Tilt), Condition A applies when Incore QPT exceeds +3.5 (due to misaligned control rod). (If the highest Incore QPT exceeds +7.11 then Condition B would apply) The power reduction required by Condition A will be met due to the manual power reduction performed by the crew. RPS trip setpoints must be reduced within 10 hours and QPT restored within 24 hours.
AP/1/A/1700/001 Enclosure 5.1
AP/1/A/1700/001 Enclosure 5.1
: 1. IAAT SRO determines all appropriate actions have been taken, AND the runback is complete, THEN EXIT this Enclosure.
: 1. IAAT SRO determines all appropriate actions have been taken, AND the runback is complete, THEN EXIT this Enclosure.
: 2. Notify the WCC SRO to initiate Enclosure 5.2 (WCC SRO Support During Unit Runback
: 2. Notify the WCC SRO to initiate Enclosure 5.2 (WCC SRO Support During Unit Runback).
). 3. Start the following pumps:
: 3. Start the following pumps:
1A FDWP SEAL INJECTION PUMP 1A FDWP AUXILIARY OIL PUMP 1B FDWP AUXILIARY OIL PUMP 1B FDWP SEAL INJECTION PUMP.
* 1A FDWP SEAL INJECTION PUMP
: 4. WHEN  80%, THEN stop the following pumps 1E1 HTR DRN PUMP 1E2 HTR DRN PUMP This event is complete when Rx Power has been decreased to 55%, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
* 1A FDWP AUXILIARY OIL PUMP
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 18 of 44  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
* 1B FDWP AUXILIARY OIL PUMP
1 Event No.: 5       Page 5 of 5 Event Description
* 1B FDWP SEAL INJECTION PUMP.
Group 2 Rod 6 Control Rod drops requiring Manual power reduction Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP AP/1/A/1700/001 Enclosure 5.1 (continued)
: 4. WHEN CTP is 80%,
: 5. WHEN 65%, THEN continue this Enclosure.
THEN stop the following pumps
* 1E1 HTR DRN PUMP
* 1E2 HTR DRN PUMP This event is complete when Rx Power has been decreased to 55%, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 17 of 44
 
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.: 1       Event No.: 5                 Page 5 of 5 Event
 
== Description:==
Group 2 Rod 6 Control Rod drops requiring Manual power reduction Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/1/A/1700/001 Enclosure 5.1 (continued)
SRO/BOP      5. WHEN CTP  65%,
THEN continue this Enclosure.
: 6. Place the following in MANUAL and close:
: 6. Place the following in MANUAL and close:
1FDW-53 1FDW-65 NOTE: 1B FDWP is the preferred pump to shut down first.
* 1FDW-53
* 1FDW-65 NOTE:
1B FDWP is the preferred pump to shut down first.
: 7. Verify both Main FDWPs operating.
: 7. Verify both Main FDWPs operating.
: 8. Verify 1B FDWP to be shut down first.
: 8. Verify 1B FDWP to be shut down first.
: 9. Adjust the FWP bias counter
: 9. Adjust the FWP bias counter-clockwise to lower 1B FWP suction flow 1 x 106 lb/hr < 1A FWP suction flow.
-clockwise to lower 1B FWP suction flow 1 x 10 6 lb/hr < 1A FWP suction flow.
: 10. GO TO Step 12.
: 10. GO TO Step 12. 12. IAAT both Main FDW pumps running, AND both of the following exist:
: 12. IAAT both Main FDW pumps running, AND both of the following exist:
1B Main FDW pump is first pump to be shut down Any of the following alarms occur:
* 1B Main FDW pump is first pump to be shut down
o 1SA-16/A-3 (FWP B FLOW MINIMUM) o 1SA-16/A-4 (FWP B FLOW BELOW MIN), THEN trip 1B Main FDW Pump.
* Any of the following alarms occur:
o 1SA-16/A-3 (FWP B FLOW MINIMUM) o 1SA-16/A-4 (FWP B FLOW BELOW MIN),
THEN trip 1B Main FDW Pump.
: 13. IAAT both Main FDW pumps running, AND both of the following exist:
: 13. IAAT both Main FDW pumps running, AND both of the following exist:
1A Main FDW pump is first pump to be shut down Any of the following alarms occur:
* 1A Main FDW pump is first pump to be shut down
o 1SA-16/A-1 (FWP A FLOW MINIMUM) o 1SA-16/A-2 (FWP A FLOW BELOW MIN), THEN trip 1A Main FDW Pump.
* Any of the following alarms occur:
: 14. IAAT the operating FDWP suction flow < 1.5 x 10 6 lb/hr, THEN slowly throttle the associated recirc control valve to establish 2300 - 6000 gpm total Condensate flow:
o 1SA-16/A-1 (FWP A FLOW MINIMUM) o 1SA-16/A-2 (FWP A FLOW BELOW MIN),
1FDW-53 1FDW-65 15. Maintain P ZR level between 22 0"- 250". This event is complete when Rx Power has been decreased to 55%, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
THEN trip 1A Main FDW Pump.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 19 of 44  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
: 14. IAAT the operating FDWP suction flow < 1.5 x 106 lb/hr, THEN slowly throttle the associated recirc control valve to establish 2300 - 6000 gpm total Condensate flow:
1 Event No.: 6       Page 1 of 3 Event Description
* 1FDW-53
:  PZR Spray Valve (1RC
* 1FDW-65
-1) Fails OPEN Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior
: 15. Maintain PZR level between 220- 250.
This event is complete when Rx Power has been decreased to 55%, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 18 of 44
 
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.: 1         Event No.: 6                 Page 1 of 3 Event


SRO/OATC (CT-3) BOOTH CUE: Call the Control Room as the WCC SRO and tell the BOP that during a key audit you have discovered that one of the RPS shutdown bypass keys is missing and ask the BOP to check all 4 RPS cabinets to determine if the key was inadvertently left in the switch. On ce the BOP is at the RPS cabinets, FIRE TIMER 6 to initiate this event
== Description:==
. Plant Response:
PZR Spray Valve (1RC-1) Fails OPEN Time      Position                              Applicant's Actions or Behavior BOOTH CUE: Call the Control Room as the WCC SRO and tell the BOP that during a key audit you have discovered that one of the RPS shutdown bypass keys is missing and ask the BOP to check all 4 RPS cabinets to determine if the key was inadvertently left in the switch. Once the BOP is at the RPS cabinets, FIRE TIMER 6 to initiate this event.
RCS pressure will decrease 1SA-2/D-3 (RC PRESS HIGH/LOW)
Plant Response:
* RCS pressure will decrease
* 1SA-2/D-3 (RC PRESS HIGH/LOW)
Crew Response:
Crew Response:
Refer to Alarm Response Guide 1SA
Refer to Alarm Response Guide 1SA-2/D-3 (RC PRESS HIGH/LOW) 3.2 Low Alarm 3.2.1 Refer to AP/1/A/1700/044 (Abnormal Pressurizer Pressure Control)
-2/D-3 (RC PRESS HIGH/LOW) 3.2 Low Alarm  
SRO/OATC AP/1/A/1700/044 (Abnormal Pressurizer Pressure Control)
 
====3.2.1 Refer====
to AP/1/A/1700/044 (Abnormal Pressurizer Pressure Control)
AP/1/A/1700/044 (Abnormal Pressurizer Pressure Control)
: 3. Immediate Manual Actions 3.1 IAAT PORV is open AND RC Press < setpoint (2400 psig (High) or 480 psig (Low)
: 3. Immediate Manual Actions 3.1 IAAT PORV is open AND RC Press < setpoint (2400 psig (High) or 480 psig (Low)
THEN close 1RC-4 EXAMINER NOTE: The crew may perform Immediate Manual Action Step 3.2 from memory prior to the SRO entering AP/44.
THEN close 1RC-4 EXAMINER NOTE: The crew may perform Immediate Manual Action Step 3.2 from memory prior to the SRO entering AP/44.
3.2 IAAT RC Pressure < 2155 psig AND 1RC-1 indicates open, THEN select 1RC-1 to close. EXAMINER NOTE: If the block valve (1R C-3) is not closed, the Reactor will trip on variable low pressure and ES actuation will occur 3.3 IAAT all the following exist:
3.2 IAAT RC Pressure < 2155 psig AND 1RC-1 indicates open, THEN select 1RC-1 to close.
___ RC Press < 2155 psig
EXAMINER NOTE: If the block valve (1RC-3) is not closed, the Reactor will trip on variable low pressure and ES actuation will occur 3.3 IAAT all the following exist:
(CT-3)        ___ RC Press < 2155 psig
___ RC Press decreasing without a corresponding decrease in PZR level Then close 1RC-3.
This event is complete when 1RC-3 is re-opened and 1RC-1 is in Auto, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 19 of 44


___ RC Press decreasing without a corresponding decrease in PZR level Then close 1RC
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.: 1       Event No.: 6                   Page 2 of 3 Event
-3. This event is complete when 1RC
-3 is re-opened and 1RC
-1 is in Auto, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 20 of 44  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
1 Event No.: 6       Page 2 of 3 Event Description
:  PZR Spray Valve (1RC
-1) Fails OPEN Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC   


SRO AP/1/A/1700/044 (Abnormal Pressurizer Pressure Control) (continued)
== Description:==
PZR Spray Valve (1RC-1) Fails OPEN Time      Position                              Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/1/A/1700/044 (Abnormal Pressurizer Pressure Control) (continued)
SRO/OATC        4.1  Announce AP entry using the PA system 4.2  GO TO the applicable per the following table:
Failure Caused            Step RCS Pressure Decrease              4.3 Increase            4.18 4.3  Verify 1RC-4 is closed.
RNO: If PORV is open and 1RC-4 has failed to close (N/A) 4.4  Verify 1RC-3 is closed NOTE:
1RC-3 must NOT be allowed to be closed for > 36 minutes at a time to avoid a thermal transient in piping between 1RC-3 and the PZR spray nozzle.
4.5  Position 1RC-3 as required to maintain RC pressure within desired band.
4.6  Go to step 4.13 4.13 Verify PZR heaters maintaining RCS pressure within desired band 4.14 Notify SPOC to repair malfunctioning component 4.15 Ensure requirements of following are met:
* TS 3.4.1 (RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow DNB Limits)
SRO                  (applies during time RCS pressure < 2125 psig)
* TS 3.4.9 (Pressurizer) (applies when level > 260")
* TS 3.4.12 (LTOP System) (N/A)
* SLC 16.5.1 (RCS Vents) (N/A)
This event is complete when 1RC-3 is re-opened and 1RC-1 is in Auto, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 20 of 44


===4.1 Announce===
Appendix D                            Required Operator Actions                            Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.: 1       Event No.: 6                  Page 3 of 3 Event
AP entry using the PA system 4.2 GO TO the applicable per the following table:
Failure Caused RCS Pressure Step  Decrease 4.3  Increase 4.1 8 4.3 Verify 1RC
-4 is closed.
RNO: If PORV is open and 1RC
-4 has failed to close (N/A) 4.4 Verify 1RC
-3 is closed NOTE: 1RC-3 must NOT be allowed to be closed for
> 36 minutes at a time to avoid a thermal transient in piping between 1RC
-3 and the PZR spray nozzle.


===4.5 Position===
== Description:==
1RC-3 as required to maintain RC pressure within desired band
PZR Spray Valve (1RC-1) Fails OPEN Time       Position                           Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC     AP/1/A/1700/044 (Abnormal Pressurizer Pressure Control) (continued) 4.16 WHEN repairs complete, THEN place the following components in desired position for current plant conditions as determined by CR SRO.
. 4.6 Go to step 4.13 4.1 3 Verify PZR heaters maintaining RCS pressure within desired band 4.1 4 Notify SPOC to repair malfunctioning component 4.1 5 Ensure requirements of following are met:
* 1RC-1 (auto)
TS 3.4.1 (RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow DNB Limits)
* 1RC-3 (open)
(applies during time RCS pressure
* 1RC-4 (open)
< 2125 psig)
* PZR heater bank #1   (auto)
TS 3.4.9 (Pressurizer)
* PZR heater bank #2   (auto)
(applies when level > 260")
* PZR heater bank #3   (auto)
TS 3.4.12 (LTOP System)
* PZR heater bank #4   (auto)
(N/A)  SLC 16.5.1 (RCS Vents)
BOOTH CUE: Fire Timer 14 to repair 1RC-1 then call control room as SPOC and inform the crew that the control module for 1RC-1 had failed. It has been replaced and 1RC-1 can be returned to normal operation 4.17 When directed by the CR SRO, THEN EXIT this procedure.
(N/A)  This event is complete when 1RC
This event is complete when 1RC-3 is re-opened and 1RC-1 is in Auto, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
-3 is re-opened and 1RC
Page 21 of 44
-1 is in Auto, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 21 of 44  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
1 Event No.:  6      Page 3 of 3  Event Description
PZR Spray Valve (1RC
-1) Fails OPEN Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC AP/1/A/1700/044 (Abnormal Pressurizer Pressure Control) (continued) 4.1 6 WHEN repairs complete, THEN place the following components in desired position for current plant conditions as determined by CR SRO.
1RC-1 (auto) 1RC-3 (open) 1RC-4 (open) PZR heater bank #1 (auto) PZR heater bank #2 (auto) PZR heater bank #3 (auto) PZR heater bank #4 (auto) BOOTH CUE: Fire Timer 14 to repair 1RC
-1 then call control room as SPOC and inform the crew that the control module for 1RC-1 had failed. It has been replaced and 1RC
-1 can be returned to normal operation 4.1 7 When directed by the CR SRO, THEN EXIT this procedure.
This event is complete when 1RC
-3 is re-opened and 1RC
-1 is in Auto, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 22 of 44   Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
1 Event No.:  7      Page 1 of 4  Event Description
:  Loss of Main Feedwater
- Reactor Trip Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC 


SRO/BOP Plant Response
Appendix D                              Required Operator Actions                            Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.: 1        Event No.: 7                  Page 1 of 4 Event
: When directed by the Lead Examiner, a Loss of Main Feedwater will occur.
Crew Response
: Perform Immediate Manual Actions (IMAs)


===3.1 Depress===
== Description:==
REACTOR TRIP pushbutton.
Loss of Main Feedwater - Reactor Trip Time      Position                              Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant Response:
 
When directed by the Lead Examiner, a Loss of Main Feedwater will occur.
===3.2 Verify===
Crew Response:
reactor power < 5% FP and decreasing.
SRO/OATC Perform Immediate Manual Actions (IMAs) 3.1 Depress REACTOR TRIP pushbutton.
 
3.2 Verify reactor power < 5% FP and decreasing.
===3.3 Depress===
3.3 Depress turbine TRIP pushbutton.
turbine TRIP pushbutton.
3.4 Verify all turbine stop valves closed.
 
3.5 Verify RCP seal injection available.
===3.4 Verify===
all turbine stop valves closed.
 
===3.5 Verify===
RCP seal injection available.
BOP will perform a Symptom Check and initiate Rule 3 (Loss of Main and / or Emergency Feedwater) for a loss of Main FDW only.
BOP will perform a Symptom Check and initiate Rule 3 (Loss of Main and / or Emergency Feedwater) for a loss of Main FDW only.
SRO will transfer to the Subsequent Actions tab of the EOP.
SRO will transfer to the Subsequent Actions tab of the EOP.
SRO will refer to SA PAP (see page 34) to make notifications (plant page/SM).
SRO will refer to SA PAP (see page 34) to make notifications (plant page/SM).
Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW)
SRO/BOP Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW)
: 1. Verify loss of Main FDW/EFDW is due to TBF.
: 1. Verify loss of Main FDW/EFDW is due to TBF.
RNO:GO TO Step 3 3. IAAT NO SGs can be fed with FDW (Main/CBP/Emergency/PSW),       AND any of the following exist:
RNO:GO TO Step 3
RCS pressure reaches 2300 psig or NDT limit.
: 3. IAAT NO SGs can be fed with FDW (Main/CBP/Emergency/PSW),
PZR level reaches 375" (340" acc)
AND any of the following exist:
* RCS pressure reaches 2300 psig or NDT limit.
* PZR level reaches 375 (340 acc)
THEN PERFORM Rule 4 (HPI Forced Cooling)
THEN PERFORM Rule 4 (HPI Forced Cooling)
: 4. Start operable EFDW pumps, as required, to feed all intact SGs.
: 4. Start operable EFDW pumps, as required, to feed all intact SGs.
: 5. Verify any EFDW pump operating.
: 5. Verify any EFDW pump operating.
: 6. GO TO Step 38. This event is complete when step 4.20 is reached in Subsequent Actions, or as directed by the L ead Examiner.
: 6. GO TO Step 38.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 23 of 44   Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
This event is complete when step 4.20 is reached in Subsequent Actions, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
1 Event No.:  7      Page 2 of 4  Event Description
Page 22 of 44
:  Loss of Main Feedwater
- Reactor Trip Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP 


Rule 3 continued:
Appendix D                              Required Operator Actions                              Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.: 1        Event No.: 7                  Page 2 of 4 Event
: 38. IAAT an EFDW valve CANNOT control in AUTO,       OR manual operation of EFDW valve is desired to control flow/level,         THEN perform steps 39  
 
- 43.             RNO: GO TO step 44 44. Verify any SCM <           RNO: IF overcooling, OR exceeding limits in Rule 7 (SG Feed Control),                   THEN throttle EFDW as necessary.
== Description:==
: 45. IAAT Unit 1 EFDW is in operation,         THEN initiate Encl. 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation).
Loss of Main Feedwater - Reactor Trip Time      Position                              Applicant's Actions or Behavior Rule 3 continued:
: 46. WHEN directed by CRS,       THEN EXIT. EOP Enclosure 5.9
: 38. IAAT an EFDW valve CANNOT control in AUTO, OR manual operation of EFDW valve is SRO/BOP          desired to control flow/level, THEN perform steps 39 - 43.
RNO: GO TO step 44
: 44. Verify any SCM < 0&deg;F RNO: IF overcooling, OR exceeding limits in Rule 7 (SG Feed Control),
THEN throttle EFDW as necessary.
: 45. IAAT Unit 1 EFDW is in operation, THEN initiate Encl. 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation).
: 46. WHEN directed by CRS, THEN EXIT.
EOP Enclosure 5.9
: 1. Monitor EFDW parameters on EFW graphic display.
: 1. Monitor EFDW parameters on EFW graphic display.
: 2. IAAT UST level is < 4',     THEN GO TO step 120. 3. IAAT feeding both SGs with one MDEFDWP is desired,     THEN perform steps 4  
: 2. IAAT UST level is < 4',
-7.
THEN GO TO step 120.
RNO: GO TO step 8. 8. Perform as required to maintain UST level > 7.5'
: 3. IAAT feeding both SGs with one MDEFDWP is desired, THEN perform steps 4 -7.
Makeup with demin water Place CST pumps in AUTO
RNO: GO TO step 8.
: 8. Perform as required to maintain UST level > 7.5':
* Makeup with demin water
* Place CST pumps in AUTO This event is complete when step 4.20 is reached in Subsequent Actions, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 23 of 44


This event is complete when step 4.20 is reached in Subsequent Actions, or as directed by the L ead Examiner.
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.: 1         Event No.: 7                 Page 3 of 4 Event
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 24 of 44  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
1 Event No.: 7     Page 3 of 4 Event Description
:  Loss of Main Feedwater
- Reactor Trip Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC 
: 9. IAAT all exist
:  Rapid cooldown NOT in progress MDEFDWP operating for each available SG EFDW flow in each header < 600 gpm THEN place 1 TDEFDW Pump in Pull
-to-Lock. 10. Verify 1 TDEFDW Pump operating.
RNO:  GO TO step 12. 12. Notify CRS to set priority based on NOTE above and EOP activities.
EXAMINER NOTE:  The CRS will most likely have the RO suspend Encl. 5.9 at step 12.


EOP Subsequent Actions
== Description:==
Loss of Main Feedwater - Reactor Trip Time      Position                              Applicant's Actions or Behavior
: 9. IAAT all exist:
* Rapid cooldown NOT in progress
* MDEFDWP operating for each available SG
* EFDW flow in each header < 600 gpm SRO/OATC THEN place 1 TDEFDW Pump in Pull-to-Lock.
: 10. Verify 1 TDEFDW Pump operating.
RNO: GO TO step 12.
: 12. Notify CRS to set priority based on NOTE above and EOP activities.
EXAMINER NOTE: The CRS will most likely have the RO suspend Encl. 5.9 at step 12.
EOP Subsequent Actions 4.1 Verify all control rods in Groups 1-7 fully inserted.
RNO:
: 1. Open 1HP-24 1HP-25
: 2. Secure makeup to LDST 4.2 Verify Main FDW in operation.
RNO:
: 1. Ensure Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW) is in progress or complete. Page 22.
: 2. GO TO Step 4.5 4.5 IAAT Main FDW is operating, AND level in any SG is > 96% on the Operating Range, THEN perform Steps 4.6 - 4.8.
RNO: GO TO Step 4.9.
This event is complete when step 4.20 is reached in Subsequent Actions, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 24 of 44


===4.1 Verify===
Appendix D                              Required Operator Actions                            Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.: 1         Event No.: 7                  Page 4 of 4 Event
all control rods in Groups 1
-7 fully inserted.
RNO: 1. Open    1HP-24    1HP-25 2. Secure makeup to LDST


===4.2 Verify===
== Description:==
Main FDW in operation.
Loss of Main Feedwater - Reactor Trip Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior EOP Subsequent Actions continued:
RNO:  1. Ensure Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW) is in progress or complete. Page 22. 2. GO TO Step 4.5  4.5  IAAT Main FDW is operating, AND level in any SG is > 96% on the Operating Range, THEN perform Steps 4.6
4.9 IAAT TBVs CANNOT control SG pressure at desired setpoint, and TBVs not intentionally isolated:
- 4.8.        RNO: GO TO Step 4.9.        This event is complete when step 4.20 is reached in Subsequent Actions, or as directed by the L ead Examiner.
SRO/OATC            THEN manually control pressure in affected SGs using either :
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 25 of 44  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
__ TBVs
1 Event No.:  7      Page 4 of 4  Event Description
__ Dispatch two operators to perform Encl 5.24 (Operation of ADVs) 4.10 Verify 1RIA-40 operable with CSAE OFF-GAS BLOWER operating.
Loss of Main Feedwater  
RNO: GO TO Step 4.12 4.12 Verify abnormal RCS leakage existed prior to reactor trip.
- Reactor Trip Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC 
RNO: GO TO Step 4.14 4.14 Verify both are closed:
 
1MS-17 1MS-26 RNO: Dispatch operator with Encl. 5.29 (MSRV Locations) to verify all MSRVs have reseated.
EOP Subsequent Actions continued:
4.9 IAAT TBVs CANNOT control SG pressure at desired setpoint, and TBVs not intentionally isolated:
THEN manually control pressure in affected SGs using either : __ TBVs             __ Dispatch two operators to perform Encl 5.24 (Operation of ADVs) 4.10 Verify 1RIA
-40 operable with CSAE OFF
-GAS BLOWER operating.
RNO: GO TO Step 4.12 4.12 Verify abnormal RCS leakage existed prior to reactor trip.
RNO: GO TO Step 4.14 4.14 Verify both are closed:
1MS-17 1MS-26 RNO: Dispatch operator with Encl. 5.29 (MSRV Locations) to verify all MSRVs have reseated.
4.15 Verify ES is required.
4.15 Verify ES is required.
RNO:  
RNO:
: 1. Initiate Encl 5.5 (Pzr and LDST Level Control) (Page 35). 2. GO TO Step 4.17.
: 1. Initiate Encl 5.5 (Pzr and LDST Level Control) (Page 35).
: 2. GO TO Step 4.17.
4.17 Open:
4.17 Open:
PCB 20 PCB 21 4.18 Verify Generator Field Breaker open.
PCB 20 PCB 21 4.18 Verify Generator Field Breaker open.
4.19 Verify EXCITATION is OFF.
4.19 Verify EXCITATION is OFF.
4.20 Verify Aux Bldg and Turbine Bldg Instrument Air pressure  
4.20 Verify Aux Bldg and Turbine Bldg Instrument Air pressure > 90 psig.
> 90 psig. 4.21 Verify ICS/NNI power available.
4.21 Verify ICS/NNI power available.
 
4.22 Verify all 4160V switchgear (1TC, 1TD & 1TE) energized.
4.22 Verify all 4160V switchgear (1TC, 1TD & 1TE) energized.
4.23 Verify both SGs > 550 psig.
This event is complete when step 4.20 is reached in Subsequent Actions, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 25 of 44


4.23 Verify both SGs
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.: 1       Event No.: 8                 Page 1 of 8 Event
> 550 psig.
This event is complete when step 4.20 is reached in Subsequent Actions, or as directed by the L ead Examiner.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 26 of 44  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
1 Event No.: 8       Page 1 of 8 Event Description
:  Loss of Heat Transfer
- CBP feed Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC/BOP   


Plant Response
== Description:==
: 1A and 1B MDEFDW Pumps will trip.
Loss of Heat Transfer - CBP feed Time      Position                            Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant Response:
1A and 1B MDEFDW Pumps will trip.
Crew Response:
Crew Response:
SRO may direct ROs to perform a Symptoms Check.
SRO/OATC/
BOP        SRO may direct ROs to perform a Symptoms Check.
The crew may attempt to start the TDEFDW Pump (will NOT start).
The crew may attempt to start the TDEFDW Pump (will NOT start).
The crew should re
The crew should re-perform Rule 3 for a Loss of Heat Transfer.
-perform Rule 3 for a Loss of Heat Transfer.
The SRO should review the EOP SA Parallel Actions page (see page 34) and transfer to the LOHT tab (page 31).
The SRO should review the EOP SA Parallel Actions page (see page 34) and transfer to the LOHT tab (page 31). Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW)
Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW)
: 1. Verify loss of Main FDW/EFDW is due to TBF.
: 1. Verify loss of Main FDW/EFDW is due to TBF.
RNO:GO TO Step 3 3. IAAT NO SGs can be fed with FDW (Main/CBP/Emergency/PSW),       AND any of the following exist:
RNO:GO TO Step 3
RCS pressure reaches 2300 psig or NDT limit.
: 3. IAAT NO SGs can be fed with FDW (Main/CBP/Emergency/PSW),
PZR level reaches 375" (340" acc)
AND any of the following exist:
* RCS pressure reaches 2300 psig or NDT limit.
* PZR level reaches 375 (340 acc)
THEN PERFORM Rule 4 (HPI Forced Cooling)
THEN PERFORM Rule 4 (HPI Forced Cooling)
: 4. Start operable EFDW pumps, as required, to feed all intact SGs.
: 4. Start operable EFDW pumps, as required, to feed all intact SGs.
: 5. Verify any EFDW pump operating.
: 5. Verify any EFDW pump operating.
RNO: GO TO Step 7 7. Place 1FDW
RNO: GO TO Step 7
-315 and 1FDW
: 7. Place 1FDW-315 and 1FDW-316 in MANUAL and closed.
-316 in MANUAL and closed.
: 8. Verify both:
: 8. Verify both:
Any CBP operating TBVs available on an intact SG
* Any CBP operating
* TBVs available on an intact SG
: 9. Select OFF for both digital channels on AFIS HEADER A.
: 9. Select OFF for both digital channels on AFIS HEADER A.
: 10. Select OFF for both digital channels on AFIS HEADER B.
: 10. Select OFF for both digital channels on AFIS HEADER B.
: 11. Place 1FDW
: 11. Place 1FDW-33 and 1FDW-42 switches in OPEN
-33 and 1FDW
: 12. Simultaneously position 1FDW-35 and 1FDW-44 (Startup Control Valves) to 10 - 20% open.
-42 switches in OPEN
: 13. Perform the following:
: 12. Simultaneously position 1FDW-35 and 1FDW
* Place 1FDW-31 and 1FDW-40 switches in CLOSE.
-44 (Startup Control Valves) to 10  
* Close 1FDW-32 and 1FDW-41.
- 20% open. 13. Perform the following:
This event is complete when heat transfer is verified with EFDW in step 64 of LOHT, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Place 1FDW
Page 26 of 44
-31 and 1FDW
-40 switches in CLOSE. Close 1FDW
-32 and 1FDW
-41. This event is complete when heat transfer is verified with EFDW in step 64 of LOHT , or as directed by the L ead Examiner.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 27 of 44   Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
1 Event No.:  8      Page 2 of 8  Event Description
:  Loss of Heat Transfer
- CBP feed Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC/BOP     


Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW)
Appendix D                              Required Operator Actions                            Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.: 1          Event No.: 8                Page 2 of 8 Event
 
== Description:==
Loss of Heat Transfer - CBP feed Time      Position                              Applicant's Actions or Behavior Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW)
SRO/OATC/
: 14. Verify Rule 4 (HPI Forced Cooling) in progress.
: 14. Verify Rule 4 (HPI Forced Cooling) in progress.
RNO:   Lower SG pressure in available SGs to ~500 psig Control FDW flow to stabilize RCS P/T by throttling the SU CVs and TBVs as necessary Notify CRS that CBP feed is in progress Place 1FDW
BOP RNO:
-38 and 1FDW
CAUTION Until SGs are dry, lower SG pressure slowly to prevent overcooling.
-47 switches to OPEN Place 1FDW
* Lower SG pressure in available SGs to ~500 psig
-36 and 1FDW
* Control FDW flow to stabilize RCS P/T by throttling the SU CVs and TBVs as necessary
-45 switches to CLOSE GO TO Step 16 16. Verify 1TD EFDW Pump is operable and available for manual star
* Notify CRS that CBP feed is in progress
: t. 17. Dispatch an operator to perform Encl
* Place 1FDW-38 and 1FDW-47 switches to OPEN
. 5.26 (Manual Start of TD) (PS)
* Place 1FDW-36 and 1FDW-45 switches to CLOSE
: 18. Verify cross
* GO TO Step 16
-tie with Unit 2 is desired.
: 16. Verify 1TD EFDW Pump is operable and available for manual start.
: 19. Dispatch an operator to open 2FDW
: 17. Dispatch an operator to perform Encl. 5.26 (Manual Start of TD) (PS)
-313 & 2FDW
: 18. Verify cross-tie with Unit 2 is desired.
-314. 20. Dispatch an operator to 1FDW
: 19. Dispatch an operator to open 2FDW-313 & 2FDW-314.
-313 and have them notify the CR when in position.
: 20. Dispatch an operator to 1FDW-313 and have them notify the CR when in position.
: 21. Notify alternate unit to Place both EFDW control valves in MANUAL and closed.
: 21. Notify alternate unit to
Start their TD EFDW Pump
* Place both EFDW control valves in MANUAL and closed.
* Start their TD EFDW Pump
: 22. IAAT SGs are NOT being fed from any source and PSW SG Feed available, THEN establish SG feed from PSW using Encl. 5.45 (PSW Feed and RCP Seals).
: 22. IAAT SGs are NOT being fed from any source and PSW SG Feed available, THEN establish SG feed from PSW using Encl. 5.45 (PSW Feed and RCP Seals).
: 23. When either exists: Operator is in position at 1FDW
: 23. When either exists:
-313 Unit 1 TD EFDW Pump has been manually started THEN continue. BOOTH CUE: Notify crew that AO is in position at 1FDW
* Operator is in position at 1FDW-313
-313. EXAMINER NOTE:
* Unit 1 TD EFDW Pump has been manually started THEN continue.
EFDW will be cross
BOOTH CUE: Notify crew that AO is in position at 1FDW-313.
-connected with Unit 2.
EXAMINER NOTE: EFDW will be cross-connected with Unit 2.
This event is complete when heat transfer is verified with EFDW in step 64 of LOHT, or as directed by the L ead Examiner. CAUTION Until SGs are dry, lower SG pressure slowly to prevent overcooling.
This event is complete when heat transfer is verified with EFDW in step 64 of LOHT, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 27 of 44


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 28 of 44  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.: 1       Event No.: 8                   Page 3 of 8 Event
1 Event No.: 8       Page 3 of 8 Event Description
:  Loss of Heat Transfer
- CBP feed Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC/BOP     


Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW)
== Description:==
: 24. IAAT an operator is in position at 1FDW
Loss of Heat Transfer - CBP feed Time      Position                              Applicant's Actions or Behavior Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW)
-313, AND Unit 1 TDEFDW Pump is NOT operating, THEN notify the operator to open:
SRO/OATC/
1FDW-313 (1A EFDW Line Disch to 1A S/G X
BOP                                            NOTE Procedure must continue while cross connects are being opened.
-conn) 1FDW-314 (1B EFDW Line Disch to 1B S/G X
: 24. IAAT an operator is in position at 1FDW-313, AND Unit 1 TDEFDW Pump is NOT operating, THEN notify the operator to open:
-conn) BOOTH CUE: FIRE TIMER 15 and notify crew 1FDW
* 1FDW-313 (1A EFDW Line Disch to 1A S/G X-conn)
-313/314 and 2FDW
* 1FDW-314 (1B EFDW Line Disch to 1B S/G X-conn)
-313/314 are open.
BOOTH CUE: FIRE TIMER 15 and notify crew 1FDW-313/314 and 2FDW-313/314 are open.
: 25. Verify either exists:
: 25. Verify either exists:
HPI Forced Cooling is maintaining core cooling CBP feed providing SG feed (applies) 26. WHEN either exists:
* HPI Forced Cooling is maintaining core cooling
Unit 1 TDEFDW Pump running Alignment complete from alternate unit THEN notify CRS of the following:
* CBP feed providing SG feed (applies)
Source of EFDW availability Rule 3 actions are continuing
: 26. WHEN either exists:
: 27. IAAT CBPs were feeding the SGs, AND CBP feed has been lost,       THEN: Position TBVs as desired by CRS Close 1FDW
* Unit 1 TDEFDW Pump running
-35 Close 1FDW
* Alignment complete from alternate unit THEN notify CRS of the following:
-44 28. IAAT an EFDW valve CANNOT control in AUTO, OR manual operation of EFDW valve is desired to control flow/level,       THEN perform steps 29  
* Source of EFDW availability
- 33.       RNO: GO TO step 34 34. Verify any SCM <         RNO: IF overcooling, OR exceeding limits in Rule 7 (SG Feed Control),       THEN throttle EFDW , as necessary.
* Rule 3 actions are continuing
This event is complete when heat transfer is verified with EFDW in step 64 of LOHT, or as directed by the L ead Examiner. NOTE Procedure must continue while cross connects are being opened.
: 27. IAAT CBPs were feeding the SGs, AND CBP feed has been lost, THEN:
* Position TBVs as desired by CRS
* Close 1FDW-35
* Close 1FDW-44
: 28. IAAT an EFDW valve CANNOT control in AUTO, OR manual operation of EFDW valve is desired to control flow/level, THEN perform steps 29 - 33.
RNO: GO TO step 34
: 34. Verify any SCM < 0 &deg;F.
RNO: IF overcooling, OR exceeding limits in Rule 7 (SG Feed Control),
THEN throttle EFDW , as necessary.
This event is complete when heat transfer is verified with EFDW in step 64 of LOHT, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 28 of 44


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 29 of 44  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.: 1       Event No.: 8                 Page 4 of 8 Event
1 Event No.: 8       Page 4 of 8 Event Description
:  Loss of Heat Transfer
- CBP feed Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC/BOP     


Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW) continued.
== Description:==
Loss of Heat Transfer - CBP feed Time      Position                            Applicant's Actions or Behavior Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW) continued.
SRO/OATC/
BOP
: 35. Notify the alternate unit to:
: 35. Notify the alternate unit to:
Monitor EFDW parameters Maintain UST level > 7.5'.
* Monitor EFDW parameters
Enter appropriate TS/SLC for EFDW valves closed in manual.
* Maintain UST level > 7.5'.
* Enter appropriate TS/SLC for EFDW valves closed in manual.
: 36. IAAT Unit 1 EFDW is in operation, THEN initiate Encl. 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation). (applies if Unit 1 TDEFDW Pump running).
: 36. IAAT Unit 1 EFDW is in operation, THEN initiate Encl. 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation). (applies if Unit 1 TDEFDW Pump running).
: 37. WHEN directed by CRS, THEN EXIT. Encl. 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation)
: 37. WHEN directed by CRS, THEN EXIT.
: 1. Monitor E F DW para m e t ers on E F W g raphic displ a y. 2. IAAT U S T l e v el is < 4',       T H E N G O T O S t ep 120. 3. IAAT feeding both SGs with one MD E F D W P is d e si re d,       T H E N perf o r m S t eps 4 - 7.       RNO: GO TO step 8. 8. Perf o r m a s requi red to m aint ain U S T l e v e l > 7.5':       M a k eup with d emin w a t er.               P l ac e CST pumps in AUTO.
Encl. 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation)
: 9. IAAT a ll e xist:       R apid cooldown NOT in p r o g re ss MD E F D W P operating f or each a v a il able SG E F DW flow in eac h h ea d er < 600 g pm T H E N pl ac e 1 TD E F DW PUMP               swit ch in P U L L TO L O C K. This event is complete when heat transfer is verified with EFDW in step 64 of LOHT, or as directed by the L ead Examiner.
: 1. Monitor EFDW parameters on EFW graphic display.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 30 of 44   Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
: 2. IAAT UST level is < 4',
1 Event No.:  8      Page 5 of 8  Event Description
THEN GO TO Step 120.
:  Loss of Heat Transfer
: 3. IAAT feeding both SGs with one MD EFDWP is desired, THEN perform Steps 4 - 7.
- CBP feed Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC/BOP     
RNO: GO TO step 8.
: 8. Perform as required to maintain UST level
                              > 7.5':
Makeup with demin water.
Place CST pumps in AUTO.
: 9. IAAT all exist:
Rapid cooldown NOT in progress MD EFDWP operating for each available SG EFDW flow in each header
                                      < 600 gpm THEN place 1 TD EFDW PUMP switch in PULL TO LOCK.
This event is complete when heat transfer is verified with EFDW in step 64 of LOHT, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 29 of 44


Encl. 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation) continued
Appendix D                                Required Operator Actions                            Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.: 1        Event No.: 8                  Page 5 of 8 Event
: 10. V er i f y 1 TD E F DW PUMP operatin g.         RNO: GO TO step 12. 11. S t art TD E F D W P B EA R ING OIL C OO L ING P UM P. NOTE Loss of the condensate system for  
 
> 25 minutes results in cooling down to LPI using the ADVs. If NO HWPs are operating, continuing this enclosure to restore the condensate system is a priority unless the CRS deems EOP activities higher priority. The 25 minute criterion is satisfied when a HWP is started and 1C
== Description:==
-10 is 10% open.
Loss of Heat Transfer - CBP feed Time      Position                              Applicant's Actions or Behavior Encl. 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation) continued SRO/OATC/
BOP
: 10. Verify 1 TD EFDW PUMP operating.
RNO: GO TO step 12.
: 11. Start TD EFDWP BEARING OIL COOLING PUMP.
NOTE Loss of the condensate system for > 25 minutes results in cooling down to LPI using the ADVs. If NO HWPs are operating, continuing this enclosure to restore the condensate system is a priority unless the CRS deems EOP activities higher priority. The 25 minute criterion is satisfied when a HWP is started and 1C-10 is 10% open.
If the condensate system is operating, the remaining guidance establishes FDW recirc, monitors and maintains UST, and transfers EFDW suction to the hotwell if required.
If the condensate system is operating, the remaining guidance establishes FDW recirc, monitors and maintains UST, and transfers EFDW suction to the hotwell if required.
: 12. Noti f y C R SRO to s e t p r io rity b a s ed on the NOTE above a nd EOP activiti e s. EXAMINER NOTE: The CRS will most likely direct the RO to suspend Encl. 5.9 at this point due to higher priorities.
: 12. Notify CR SRO to set priority based on the NOTE above and EOP activities.
This event is complete when heat transfer is verified with EFDW in step 64 of LOHT, or as directed by the L ead Examiner.
EXAMINER NOTE: The CRS will most likely direct the RO to suspend Encl. 5.9 at this point due to higher priorities.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 31 of 44  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
This event is complete when heat transfer is verified with EFDW in step 64 of LOHT, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
1 Event No.: 8       Page 6 of 8 Event Description
Page 30 of 44
Loss of Heat Transfer
 
- CBP feed Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO SRO/BOP/ OATC
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.: 1         Event No.: 8                 Page 6 of 8 Event
 
== Description:==
Loss of Heat Transfer - CBP feed Time       Position                               Applicant's Actions or Behavior Loss Of Heat Transfer Tab SRO
* Announce plant conditions using PA system.
* Notify OSM to reference the Emergency Plan and AD-LS-ALL-0006.
: 1. Ensure Rule 3 is in progress or complete SRO/BOP/                                           NOTE OATC           Transfer to LOSCM tab is NOT required if RCS heats to the point where core SCM = 0&deg;F.
: 2. IAAT the RCS heats to the point where core SCM = 0&deg;F, THEN GO TO Step 4.
: 3. IAAT No SGs can be fed with FDW (Main/CBP/Emergency/PSW), AND any of the following exist:
* RCS pressure reaches 2300 psig or NDT limit
* PZR level reaches 375 " (340 " acc)
THEN GO TO Step 4 NOTE:      1A1 RCP provides the best Pzr spray.
RNO:
* Reduce operating RCPs to one pump/loop.
* WHEN any exists:
o EFDW or PSW SG feed flow has been re-established by existing Rules/Enclosures o EFDW aligned from another unit o Operator performing Rule 3 or Encl. 5.27 reports EFDW available THEN GO TO Step 50.
: 50. Verify EFDW or PSW flow has been re-established to any SG per Rule 3 or Encl. 5.27 (it has not).
RNO: GO TO step 52.
: 52. Verify Unit 1 EFDW available.
RNO: GO TO step 56.
This event is complete when heat transfer is verified with EFDW in step 64 of LOHT, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 31 of 44


Loss Of Heat Transfer Tab Announce plant conditions using PA system.
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.: 1         Event No.: 8                 Page 7 of 8 Event
Notify OSM to reference the Emergency Plan and AD-LS-ALL-0006. 1. Ensure Rule 3 is in progress or complete
 
: 2. IAAT the RCS heats to the point where core SCM = 0F, THEN GO TO Step 4. 3. IAAT No SGs can be fed with FDW (Main/CBP/Emergency/PSW), AND any of the following exist:
== Description:==
RCS pressure reaches 2300 psig or NDT limit PZR level reaches 375
Loss of Heat Transfer - CBP feed Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior
" (340 " acc)      THEN GO TO Step 4 NOTE:      1A1 RCP provides the best Pzr spray.
: 56. Confirm ability to feed any intact SG:
RNO:  Reduce operating RCPs to one pump/loop.
A. Throttle EFDW control valve on each intact SG until flow confirmed B. WHEN flow confirmed, THEN close valve on each intact SG
WHEN any exists:
: 57. Perform a brief to discuss operator roles for restoring EFDW flow to the SGs.
o EFDW or PSW SG feed flow has been re
: 58. Verify all:
-established by existing Rules/Enclosures o EFDW aligned from another unit o Operator performing Rule 3 or Encl
* Tcold > 510&deg;F
. 5.27 reports EFDW available THEN GO TO Step 50. 50. Verify EFDW or PSW flow has been re
* TBVs available
-established to any SG per Rule 3  or Encl. 5.27 (it has not).
: 59. Verify Tcold < 547&deg;F RNO: 1. Set THP setpoint at ~885 psig
RNO:  GO TO step 52. 52. Verify Unit 1 EFDW available.
: 2. GO TO step 62
RNO:  GO TO step 5 6.
: 60. Determine Psat for existing RCS temperature (RCS Psat)
This event is complete when heat transfer is verified with EFDW in step 64 of LOHT, or as directed by the L ead Examiner. NOTE Transfer to LOSCM tab is NOT required if RCS heats to the point where core SCM = 0 F.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 32 of 44  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
1 Event No.: 8       Page 7 of 8 Event Description
Loss of Heat Transfer
- CBP feed Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior   56. Confirm ability to feed any intact SG:       A. Throttle EFDW control valve on each intact SG until flow confirmed B. WHEN flow confirmed, THEN close valve on each intact SG
: 57. Perform a brief to discuss operator roles for restoring EFDW flow to the   SGs. 58. Verify all:
TBVs available
: 59. Verify Tcold  
<         RNO: 1. Set THP setpoint at ~885 psig
: 2. GO TO step 62 60. Determine Psat for existing RCS temperature (RCS Psat)
: 61. Adjust THP setpoint to RCS Psat minus 140 psi:
: 61. Adjust THP setpoint to RCS Psat minus 140 psi:
Setpoint = RCS Psat (psia)  
Setpoint = RCS Psat (psia) - 140 psi = ______ psig
- 140 psi = ______ psig
: 62. Place TBVs in AUTO for available SGs.
: 62. Place TBVs in AUTO for available SGs.
: 63. Initiate feed to available SGs per Rule 7 (SG Feed Control)
: 63. Initiate feed to available SGs per Rule 7 (SG Feed Control)
: 64. IAAT heat transfer is established in any SG, THEN GO TO step 75. 75. Control feeding and steaming of available SGs to maintain SG level at setpoint and cooldown rate within Tech Spec limits:
: 64. IAAT heat transfer is established in any SG, THEN GO TO step 75.
Tcold > < 1/2 hour Tcold < < 1/2 hour 76. Close all loop high point vents: 1RC-155 1RC-156 1RC-157 1RC-158 77. WHEN all SCMs are > 0, or HPI flow is established, THEN continue. 78. Verify indications of SGTR  
: 75. Control feeding and steaming of available SGs to maintain SG level at setpoint and cooldown rate within Tech Spec limits:
> 25 gpm.       RNO: GO TO step 80   This event is complete when heat transfer is verified with EFDW in step 64 of LOHT, or as directed by the L ead Examiner.
* Tcold > 270&deg;F:    < 50&deg;F / 1/2 hour
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 33 of 44  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
* Tcold < 270&deg;F:    < 25&deg;F / 1/2 hour
1 Event No.: 8       Page 8 of 8 Event Description
: 76. Close all loop high point vents:
Loss of Heat Transfer
* 1RC-155
- CBP feed Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior BOP/OATC 80. Verify required RCS makeup flow within normal makeup capability.
* 1RC-156
* 1RC-157
* 1RC-158
: 77. WHEN all SCMs are > 0&deg;F, or HPI flow is established, THEN continue.
: 78. Verify indications of SGTR > 25 gpm.
RNO: GO TO step 80 This event is complete when heat transfer is verified with EFDW in step 64 of LOHT, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 32 of 44
 
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.: 1       Event No.: 8                 Page 8 of 8 Event
 
== Description:==
Loss of Heat Transfer - CBP feed Time       Position                           Applicant's Actions or Behavior BOP/OATC
: 80. Verify required RCS makeup flow within normal makeup capability.
: 81. Verify either:
: 81. Verify either:
Any SG isolated Any SG has an unisolable steam leak RNO: GO TO step 83. 83. GO TO Subsequent Actions.
* Any SG isolated
This event is complete when heat transfer is verified with EFDW in step 64 of LOHT, or as directed by the L ead Examiner.
* Any SG has an unisolable steam leak RNO: GO TO step 83.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 34 of 44  Sub s e qu e n t A ct io n s E P/1/A/1800/001 P a rall e l A ct io n s P a g e 1 of 1 CONDI TION AC TIONS  1. P R N I FP OR N I s NOT decreasing   G O T O UN P P t a b. UN P P 2. All 4160V SW GR d e-e n er g i z ed  {13} G O T O B l ackout t a b. BL AC KOUT 3. C o r e SCM indi ca t es sup er h eat G O T O I C C t a b. ICC 4. Any SC M = 0&deg;F G O T O L O SC M t a b. L O S CM  Both SGs intentionally isolated to stop excessive heat transfer G O T O EHT t a b. L OHT 6. Loss of h ea t t ra ns fe r (in cluding loss of a ll M ain and Em er g e ncy F D W)  G O T O LOHT t a b. 7. H ea t t ra ns fe r is or h a s been e x cessive  G O T O EHT t a b. E HT 8. Indi cations of SGTR g pm G O T O SGTR t a b. S G T R 9. Tu rbine Building flooding NOT ca us ed by ra in fa ll e v e nt  G O T O T B F t a b. TBF 10. I n a dv er t ent ES ac tu ation o cc urred Initi a te A P/1/A/1700/042 (I n a dv er t e nt ES A c tu ation). ES 11. V alid ES ac tu ation h a s o cc urred or should h a ve o cc u rre d  Initi a te En c(ES A c tu ation). ES 12. P ow e r lost to a ll 4160V SW GR a nd a ny 4160V SW GR re-e n er g i z ed  Initi a te A P/11 (R ec ov er y from Loss of P ower). IF En c(ES A c tu ation) h a s b ee n initi a t e d, T H E N reiniti a te En c    ROP 13. RC S l ea k a g e > 160 gpm with l etdown isol a t e d Noti f y pl ant st af f th at Em er g e n c y Dose Limits ar e in affect using P A s y st e m. E DL 14. Individu a l a v a il able to m ake noti f i cations  Announ c e pl ant conditions using P A s y st e m. Noti f y O SM to refere n c e the Em er g e n c y P l a n and AD-LS-ALL-0006 (R e po r t abilit y). NO T I FY Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 35 of 44  EXAMINER NOTE At any time during this scenario the operator may choose to use Enclosure 5.5 to maintain RCS inventory control. See excerpt below.
: 83. GO TO Subsequent Actions.
ENCLOSURE 5.5 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE Maintaining Pzr level >100 [180 acc] will ensure Pzr heater bundles remain covered.
This event is complete when heat transfer is verified with EFDW in step 64 of LOHT, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
: 1. Utilize the following as necessary to maintain desired Pzr level:
Page 33 of 44
1A HPI Pump 1B HPI Pump 1HP-26 1HP-7 1HP-120 setpoint or valve demand 1HP-5 __ IF 1HP-26 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP
 
-410 to maintain desired Pzr level.
Appendix D                                 Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Subsequent Actions                    EP/1/A/1800/001 Parallel Actions                    Page 1 of 1 CONDITION                                      ACTIONS
: 2. IAAT makeup to the LDST is desired,   THEN makeup from 1A BHUT.
: 1. PR NIs  5% FP OR                           GO TO UNPP tab.                                UNPP NIs NOT decreasing
: 2. All 4160V SWGR de-energized            GO TO Blackout tab.                        BLACKOUT
{13}
: 3. Core SCM indicates superheat          GO TO ICC tab.                                 ICC
: 4. Any SCM = 0&deg;F                         GO TO LOSCM tab.                              LOSCM
: 5. Both SGs intentionally isolated to stop excessive heat transfer           GO TO EHT tab.
: 6. Loss of heat transfer (including                                                      LOHT loss of all Main and Emergency        GO TO LOHT tab.
FDW)
: 7. Heat transfer is or has been GO TO EHT tab.                                 EHT excessive
: 8. Indications of SGTR 25 gpm          GO TO SGTR tab.                               SGTR
: 9. Turbine Building flooding NOT GO TO TBF tab.                                 TBF caused by rainfall event
: 10. Inadvertent ES actuation occurred      Initiate AP/1/A/1700/042 (Inadvertent ES ES Actuation).
: 11. Valid ES actuation has occurred Initiate Encl 5.1 (ES Actuation).               ES or should have occurred
: 12. Power lost to all 4160V SWGR
* Initiate AP/11 (Recovery from Loss and any 4160V SWGR                        of Power).
re-energized                                                                          ROP
* IF Encl 5.1 (ES Actuation) has been initiated, THEN reinitiate Encl 5.1.
: 13. RCS leakage > 160 gpm with             Notify plant staff that Emergency Dose EDL letdown isolated                      Limits are in affect using PA system.
: 14. Individual available to make
* Announce plant conditions using notifications                              PA system.
* Notify OSM to reference the             NOTIFY Emergency Plan and AD-LS-ALL-0006 (Reportability).
Page 34 of 44
 
Appendix D                                 Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT47 EXAMINER NOTE At any time during this scenario the operator may choose to use Enclosure 5.5 to maintain RCS inventory control. See excerpt below.
ENCLOSURE 5.5 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                               RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE Maintaining Pzr level >100 [180 acc] will ensure Pzr heater bundles remain covered.
: 1. Utilize the following as necessary to maintain       __ IF 1HP-26 will NOT open, desired Pzr level:                                     THEN throttle 1HP-410 to maintain
* 1A HPI Pump                                     desired Pzr level.
* 1B HPI Pump
* 1HP-26
* 1HP-7
* 1HP-120 setpoint or valve demand
* 1HP-5
: 2. IAAT makeup to the LDST is desired, THEN makeup from 1A BHUT.
: 3. IAAT it is desired to secure makeup to LDST, THEN secure makeup from 1A BHUT.
: 3. IAAT it is desired to secure makeup to LDST, THEN secure makeup from 1A BHUT.
: 4. IAAT it is desired to bleed letdown flow to 1A BHUT, THEN perform the following:
: 4. IAAT it is desired to bleed letdown flow to 1A BHUT, THEN perform the following:
A. Open: __ 1CS-26 __ 1CS-41 B. Position 1HP
A. Open:
-14 to BLEED.
__ 1CS-26
__ 1CS-41 B. Position 1HP-14 to BLEED.
C. Notify SRO.
C. Notify SRO.
: 5. IAAT letdown bleed is NO longer desired, THEN position 1HP
: 5. IAAT letdown bleed is NO longer desired, THEN position 1HP-14 to NORMAL.
-14 to NORMAL.
Page 35 of 44


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 36 of 44  Page 2 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 2 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED   6. IAAT 1C HPI PUMP is required, THEN perform Steps 7 - 9. __ GO TO Step 10. 7. Open: 1HP-24  1HP-25 1. __ IF both BWST suction valves (1HP-24 and 1HP
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                           RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
-25) are closed, THEN perform the following:
: 6. IAAT 1C HPI PUMP is required,                 __ GO TO Step 10.
A. __ Start 1A LPI PUMP.
THEN perform Steps 7 - 9.
: 7. Open:                                       1. __ IF both BWST suction valves
* 1HP-24                                        (1HP-24 and 1HP-25) are closed, THEN perform the following:
* 1HP-25 A. __ Start 1A LPI PUMP.
B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.
B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.
C. Open: __ 1LP-15 __ 1LP-16 __ 1LP-9 __ 1LP-10 __ 1LP-6 __ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.
C. Open:
E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A 119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end).
__ 1LP-15
F. __ GO TO Step 8. 2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, THEN perform the following:
__ 1LP-16
A. __ IF three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP. B. __ IF < 2 HPI pumps are operating, THEN start HPI pumps to obtain two HPI pump operation, preferably in opposite headers.
__ 1LP-9
C. __ GO TO Step 9.
__ 1LP-10
__ 1LP-6
__ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.
E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A-1-119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end).
F. __ GO TO Step 8.
: 2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, THEN perform the following:
A. __ IF three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.
B. __ IF < 2 HPI pumps are operating, THEN start HPI pumps to obtain two HPI pump operation, preferably in opposite headers.
C. __ GO TO Step 9.
Page 36 of 44


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 37 of 44  Page 3 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
Appendix D                                 Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 3 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                               RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 8. Start 1C HPI PUMP.
: 8. Start 1C HPI PUMP.                                 __ IF at least two HPI pumps are operating, THEN throttle 1HP-409 to maintain desired Pzr level.
__ IF at least two HPI pumps are operating, THEN throttle 1HP
: 9. Throttle the following as required to         1. __ IF at least two HPI pumps are operating, maintain desired Pzr level:                          AND 1HP-26 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP-410 to maintain
-409 to maintain desired Pzr level.
* 1HP-26 desired Pzr level.
: 9. Throttle the following as required to maintain desired Pzr level:
* 1HP-27
1HP-26  1HP-27 1. __ IF at least two HPI pumps are operating, AND 1HP-26 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP
: 2. __ IF 1A HPI PUMP and 1B HPI PUMP are operating, AND 1HP-27 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP-409 to maintain desired Pzr level.
-410 to maintain desired Pzr level.
Page 37 of 44
: 2. __ IF 1A HPI PUMP and 1B HPI PUMP are operating, AND 1HP-27 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP
-409 to maintain desired Pzr level.


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 38 of 44  Page 4 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 4 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                             RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 10. IAAT LDST level CANNOT be maintained, THEN perform Step
: 10. IAAT LDST level CANNOT be maintained,             __ GO TO Step 132.
: 11. __ GO TO Step 13 2. 11. Perform the following:
THEN perform Step 11.
Open 1HP-24. Open 1HP-25. Close 1HP-16. 1. __ IF both BWST suction valves (1HP-24 and 1HP
: 11. Perform the following:                         1. __ IF both BWST suction valves
-25) are closed, THEN perform the following:
* Open 1HP-24.                                    (1HP-24 and 1HP-25) are closed, THEN perform the following:
* Open 1HP-25.
A. __ Start 1A LPI PUMP.
A. __ Start 1A LPI PUMP.
* Close 1HP-16.
B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.
B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.
C. Open: __ 1LP-15 __ 1LP-16 __ 1LP-9 __ 1LP-10 __ 1LP-6 __ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.
C. Open:
E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A 119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end).
__ 1LP-15
F. __ GO TO Step 13. 2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, AND three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.
__ 1LP-16
__ 1LP-9
__ 1LP-10
__ 1LP-6
__ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.
E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A-1-119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end).
F. __ GO TO Step 13.
: 2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, AND three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.
NOTE Maintaining Pzr level >100 [180 acc] will ensure Pzr heater bundles remain covered.
NOTE Maintaining Pzr level >100 [180 acc] will ensure Pzr heater bundles remain covered.
: 12. Operate PZR heaters as required to maintain heater bundle integrity.
: 12. Operate PZR heaters as required to maintain heater bundle integrity.
Page 38 of 44


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 39 of 44  Page 5 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                               Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 5 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                               RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 13. IAAT additional makeup flow to LDST is desired, AND 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP is operating, THEN dispatch an operator to close 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) (A 107, Unit 1 RC Bleed Transfer Pump Rm.).
: 13. IAAT additional makeup flow to LDST is desired, AND 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP is operating, THEN dispatch an operator to close 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) (A-1-107, Unit 1 RC Bleed Transfer Pump Rm.).
: 14. IAAT two Letdown Filters are desired, THEN perform the following:
: 14. IAAT two Letdown Filters are desired, THEN perform the following:
Open 1HP-17. Open 1HP-18 15. IAAT all of the following exist:
* Open 1HP-17.
Letdown isolated LPSW available Letdown restoration desired THEN perform Steps 16 - 34. {41} __ GO TO Step 35. 16. Open: 1CC-7  1CC-8 1. __ Notify CR SRO that letdown CANNOT be restored due to inability to restart the CC system. 2. __ GO TO Step 35. 17. Ensure only one CC pump running.
* Open 1HP-18
: 18. Place the non
: 15. IAAT all of the following exist:                   __ GO TO Step 35.
-running CC pump in AUTO.
* Letdown isolated
: 19. Verify both are open: 1HP-1  1HP-2 1. __ IF 1HP-1 is closed due to 1HP
* LPSW available
-3 failing to close, THEN GO TO Step 21. 2. __ IF 1HP-2 is closed due to 1HP
* Letdown restoration desired THEN perform Steps 16 - 34. {41}
-4 failing to close, THEN GO TO Step 21. 20. GO TO Step 23. NOTE Verification of leakage requires visual observation of East Penetration Room.
: 16. Open:                                           1. __ Notify CR SRO that letdown CANNOT be
: 21. Verify letdown line leak in East Penetration Room has occurred.
* 1CC-7                                            restored due to inability to restart the CC
__ GO TO Step 23. 22. GO TO Step 35.  
* 1CC-8                                            system.
: 2. __ GO TO Step 35.
: 17. Ensure only one CC pump running.
: 18. Place the non-running CC pump in AUTO.
: 19. Verify both are open:                           1. __ IF 1HP-1 is closed due to 1HP-3 failing to
* 1HP-1                                            close,
* 1HP-2                                            THEN GO TO Step 21.
: 2. __ IF 1HP-2 is closed due to 1HP-4 failing to close, THEN GO TO Step 21.
: 20. GO TO Step 23.
NOTE Verification of leakage requires visual observation of East Penetration Room.
: 21. Verify letdown line leak in East Penetration       __ GO TO Step 23.
Room has occurred.
: 22. GO TO Step 35.
Page 39 of 44


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 40 of 44  Page 6 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                               Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 6 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                               RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 23. Monitor for unexpected conditions while restoring letdown.
: 23. Monitor for unexpected conditions while restoring letdown.
: 24. Verify both letdown coolers to be placed in service. 1. __ IF 1A letdown cooler is to be placed in service, THEN open: __1HP-1 __1HP-3 2. __ IF 1B letdown cooler is to be placed in service, THEN open: __1HP-2 __1HP-4 3. __ GO TO Step 26. 25. Open: 1HP-1 1HP-2 1HP-3 1HP-4 26. Verify at least one letdown cooler is aligned.
: 24. Verify both letdown coolers to be placed in     1. __ IF 1A letdown cooler is to be placed in service.                                          service, THEN open:
Perform the following:
__1HP-1
__1HP-3
: 2. __ IF 1B letdown cooler is to be placed in service, THEN open:
__1HP-2
__1HP-4
: 3. __ GO TO Step 26.
: 25. Open:
* 1HP-1
* 1HP-2
* 1HP-3
* 1HP-4
: 26. Verify at least one letdown cooler is aligned.     Perform the following:
A. __ Notify CR SRO of problem.
A. __ Notify CR SRO of problem.
B. __ GO TO Step 35. 27. Close 1HP-6. 28. Close 1HP-7. 29. Verify letdown temperature < 125 F. 1. __ Open 1HP-13. 2. Close: __1HP-8 __1HP-9&11 3. __ IF any deborating IX is in service, THEN perform the following:
B. __ GO TO Step 35.
A. __Select 1HP
: 27. Close 1HP-6.
-14 to NORMAL.
: 28. Close 1HP-7.
B. __Close 1HP
: 29. Verify letdown temperature < 125&deg;F.             1. __ Open 1HP-13.
-16. 4. __ Select LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch to BYPASS.
: 2. Close:
__1HP-8
__1HP-9&11
: 3. __ IF any deborating IX is in service, THEN perform the following:
A.       __Select 1HP-14 to NORMAL.
B.       __Close 1HP-16.
: 4. __ Select LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch to BYPASS.
Page 40 of 44


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 41 of 44  Page 7 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 7 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                               RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 30. Open 1HP-5. 31. Adjust 1HP
: 30. Open 1HP-5.
-7 for  20 gpm letdown.
: 31. Adjust 1HP-7 for  20 gpm letdown.
: 32. WHEN letdown temperature is < 125 F, THEN place LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch to NORMAL.
: 32. WHEN letdown temperature is < 125&deg;F, THEN place LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch to NORMAL.
: 33. Open 1HP-6. 34. Adjust 1HP
: 33. Open 1HP-6.
-7 to control desired letdown flow.
: 34. Adjust 1HP-7 to control desired letdown flow.
NOTE AP/32 (Loss of Letdown) provides direction to cool down the RCS to offset increasing pressurizer level. 35. IAAT it is determined that letdown is unavailable due to equipment failures or letdown system leakage, THEN notify CR SRO to initiate AP/32 (Loss of Letdown).
NOTE AP/32 (Loss of Letdown) provides direction to cool down the RCS to offset increasing pressurizer level.
: 35. IAAT it is determined that letdown is unavailable due to equipment failures or letdown system leakage, THEN notify CR SRO to initiate AP/32 (Loss of Letdown).
: 36. IAAT > 1 HPI pump is operating, AND additional HPI pumps are NO longer needed, THEN perform the following:
: 36. IAAT > 1 HPI pump is operating, AND additional HPI pumps are NO longer needed, THEN perform the following:
A. Obtain SRO concurrence to reduce running HPI pumps.
A. Obtain SRO concurrence to reduce running HPI pumps.
Line 846: Line 931:
C. Place secured HPI pump switch in AUTO, if desired.
C. Place secured HPI pump switch in AUTO, if desired.
: 37. IAAT all the following conditions exist:
: 37. IAAT all the following conditions exist:
Makeup from BWST NOT required LDST level > 55 All control rods inserted Cooldown Plateau NOT being used THEN close: 1HP-24 1HP-25 Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 42 of 44  Page 8 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
* Makeup from BWST NOT required
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
* LDST level > 55
: 38. Verify 1CS
* All control rods inserted
-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) has been closed to provide additional makeup flow to LDST. __ GO TO Step 40. 39. WHEN 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) is NO longer needed to provide additional makeup flow to LDST, THEN perform the following:
* Cooldown Plateau NOT being used THEN close:
A. Stop 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP. B. Locally position 1CS
* 1HP-24
-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) one turn open (A 107, Unit 1 RC Bleed Transfer Pump Rm.).
* 1HP-25 Page 41 of 44
C. Close 1CS-46. D. Start 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP. E. Locally throttle 1CS
 
-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) to obtain 90  
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                   Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 8 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
- 110 psig discharge pressure.
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                             RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
F. Stop 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP. 40. Verify two Letdown Filters in service, AND only one Letdown filter is desired.
: 38. Verify 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) has been           __ GO TO Step 40.
__ GO TO Step 42. 41. Perform one of the following:
closed to provide additional makeup flow to LDST.
Place 1HP-17 switch to CLOSE.
: 39. WHEN 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) is NO longer needed to provide additional makeup flow to LDST, THEN perform the following:
Place 1HP-18 switch to CLOSE.
A. Stop 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP.
B. Locally position 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) one turn open (A-1-107, Unit 1 RC Bleed Transfer Pump Rm.).
C. Close 1CS-46.
D. Start 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP.
E. Locally throttle 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) to obtain 90 - 110 psig discharge pressure.
F. Stop 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP.
: 40. Verify two Letdown Filters in service,           __ GO TO Step 42.
AND only one Letdown filter is desired.
: 41. Perform one of the following:
* Place 1HP-17 switch to CLOSE.
* Place 1HP-18 switch to CLOSE.
: 42. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this enclosure.
: 42. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this enclosure.
END Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 43 of 44   CRITICAL TASKS
                                              * *
: 1. CT-1     
* END
: 2. CT-2    Stabilize Plant Following Tcold Failure Prior to Reactor Trip
* Page 42 of 44


Stabilizing the plant following the failure of Tcold (high) prevents a reactor trip.
Appendix D                                  Required Operator Actions                          Form ES-D-2 ILT47 CRITICAL TASKS
: 3. CT-3     Close 1RC
: 1. CT-1      Start the standby CC pump prior to CRD temperatures reaching 180&deg;F.
-3 prior to reactor trip.
: 2. CT-2      Stabilize Plant Following Tcold Failure Prior to Reactor Trip Stabilizing the plant following the failure of Tcold (high) prevents a reactor trip.
: 3. CT-3     Close 1RC-3 prior to reactor trip.
Page 43 of 44


SAFETY: Take a Minute UNIT 0 (SM)
SAFETY: Take a Minute UNIT 0 (SM)
SSF Operable: Yes KHU's Operable: U1  
SSF Operable: Yes   KHU's Operable: U1 - OH, U2 - UG   LCTs Operable: 2 Fuel Handling: No UNIT STATUS (CRS)
- OH, U2 - UG LCTs Operable:  2 Fuel Handling: No UNIT STATUS (CRS)
Unit 1 Simulator                                   Other Units Mode: 1                                             Unit 2                   Unit 3 Reactor Power: 100%                       Mode: 1                   Mode: 5 Gross MWE: 895                            100% Power                 N/A RCS Leakage: 0.00 gpm                     EFDW Backup: Yes           EFDW Backup: No RBNS Rate: 0.01 gpm Technical Specifications/SLC Items (CRS)
Unit 1 Simulator Other Units Mode: 1 Unit 2 Unit 3 Reactor Power:
Component/Train                 OOS                 Restoration          TS/SLC #
100% Mode: 1 Mode: 5 Gross MWE:
Date/Time               Required Date/Time Shift Turnover Items (CRS)
8 9 5 100% Power N/A RCS Leakage: 0.
Primary
00 gpm EFDW Backup: Yes EFDW Backup:
* Pressurize 1A CFT with N2 per OP/1/A/1104/001 Encl. 4.7.
No RBNS Rate: 0.01 gpm Technical Specifications/SLC Items (CRS)
Secondary
Component/Train OOS Date/Time Restoration Required Date/Time TS/SLC #        Shift Turnover Items (CRS)
* 1SSH-1, 1SSH-3, 1SD-2, 1SD-5, 1SD-140, 1SD-303, 1SD-355, 1SD-356 and 1SD-358 are closed with power supply breakers open per the Startup Procedure for SSF Overcooling Event.
Primary Pressurize 1A CFT with N2 per OP/1/A/1104/001 Encl. 4.7.
* 1MS-82 and 1MS-84 closed in support of maintenance. TDEFWP supply from AS only.
Secondary 1SSH-1, 1SSH-3, 1SD-2, 1SD-5, 1SD-140, 1SD-303, 1SD-355, 1SD-356 and 1SD
* Unit 2 has the AS header.
-358 are closed with power supply breakers open per the Startup Procedure for SSF Overcooling Event. 1MS-82 and 1MS
Reactivity Management (CRS)
-84 closed in support of maintenance. TDEFWP supply from AS only.
RCS Boron: 89 ppmB     Gp 7 Rod Position: 90%
Unit 2 has the AS header.
Human Performance Emphasis (SM)
Reactivity Management (CRS)
Procedure Use and Adherence
RCS Boron: 89 ppmB Gp 7 Rod Position:
90% Human Performance Emphasis (SM)
Procedure Use and Adherence Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES D-1 ILT4 7      Facility: Oconee  Scenario No.:
2    Op-Test No.:  1 Examiners: ________________________
Operators:
________________________SRO                    ________________________
________________________OATC                    ________________________
________________________BOP Initial Conditions:
Reactor power is 5 0% CTP  Turnover:
1MS-82 and 1MS
-84 closed in support of maintenance. TDEFWP supply from AS only. Unit 2 has the AS header.
Event No. Malfunction        No. Event Type*
Event Description 0a Override  AFIS disabled 1 Override C: OATC, BOP, SRO(TS) Inadvertent ES Channel 1 actuation 2 MEL020 C: SRO (TS) KHU 1 Emergency Lockout 3 MPI  MPI  I: OATC, SRO 1A Loop RC Flow fails low 4 Override C: BOP, SRO HPSW Jockey Pump trips 5  R: OATC, SRO Oil Leak on Main Turbine requires Manual Power Reduction 6  N: BOP, SRO Swap unit auxiliaries due to Oil Leak on B LP Turbine 7 MPS400 M: All 1A Main Steam Line Break AFIS fails to actuate
        * (N)ormal,    (R)eactivity,    (I)nstrument,    (C)omponent,    (M)ajor


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 2 of 48  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
Appendix D                                 Scenario Outline                            Form ES D-1 ILT47 Facility: Oconee                          Scenario No.: 2                             Op-Test No.: 1 Examiners: ________________________                    Operators: ________________________SRO
2 Event No.:   1     Page 1 of 6 Event Description
________________________                              ________________________OATC
: Inadvertent ES Channel 1 Actuation Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior
________________________                              ________________________BOP Initial Conditions:
* Reactor power is 50% CTP Turnover:
* 1MS-82 and 1MS-84 closed in support of maintenance. TDEFWP supply from AS only.
* Unit 2 has the AS header.
Event     Malfunction                                                      Event Event Type*                                Description No.          No.
0a      Override                              AFIS disabled C: OATC, BOP, 1        Override                            Inadvertent ES Channel 1 actuation SRO(TS) 2        MEL020            C: SRO (TS)        KHU 1 Emergency Lockout MPI 3                        I: OATC, SRO        1A Loop RC Flow fails low MPI 4        Override      C: BOP, SRO          HPSW Jockey Pump trips Oil Leak on Main Turbine requires Manual Power 5                        R: OATC, SRO Reduction 6                         N: BOP, SRO        Swap unit auxiliaries due to Oil Leak on B LP Turbine 1A Main Steam Line Break 7        MPS400                M: All
* AFIS fails to actuate
* (N)ormal,    (R)eactivity,    (I)nstrument, (C)omponent,      (M)ajor


SRO/OATC/BOP                Plant response:
Appendix D                            Required Operator Actions                            Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.: 2        Event No.:    1              Page 1 of 6 Event
1SA-1/A-10 ES 1 Trip 1SA-16/B-1 EL CT-4 SB Bus 1 Breaker Closed 2SA-17/A-5 KEOWEE STATALARM PANEL ALARM 2SA-17/C-1 KHU 1 EMERGENCY START INITIATED 2SA-18/C-1 KHU 2 EMERGENCY START INITIATED 1SA-6/A-5, B-5, C-5, D-5, RC Pump Seal Cavity Press Hi/Low () 1SA-6/D-7, E-5, E-6, E-7 RC Pump Seal Return Temp High Both Keowee Hydro Units Emergency Start EXAMINER NOTE: Over time, rods may withdraw in response to BWST water injecting into the core.
 
== Description:==
Inadvertent ES Channel 1 Actuation Time      Position                            Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant response:
1SA-1/A-10 ES 1 Trip 1SA-16/B-1 EL CT-4 SB Bus 1 Breaker Closed 2SA-17/A-5 KEOWEE STATALARM PANEL ALARM 2SA-17/C-1 KHU 1 EMERGENCY START INITIATED 2SA-18/C-1 KHU 2 EMERGENCY START INITIATED 1SA-6/A-5, B-5, C-5, D-5, RC Pump Seal Cavity Press Hi/Low ( 1 min later) 1SA-6/D-7, E-5, E-6, E-7 RC Pump Seal Return Temp High Both Keowee Hydro Units Emergency Start EXAMINER NOTE: Over time, rods may withdraw in response to BWST water injecting into the core.
Crew Response:
Crew Response:
The SRO will initiate AP/1/A/1700/042 Inadvertent ES Actuation EXAMINER NOTE: The SRO may direct either the BOP or the OATC to perform steps from this AP.
The SRO will initiate AP/1/A/1700/042 Inadvertent ES Actuation SRO/OATC/    EXAMINER NOTE: The SRO may direct either the BOP or the OATC to BOP                          perform steps from this AP.
4.1  Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated:
__ Diverse HPI (not actuated)
__ ES Channel 1
__ ES Channel 2 (not actuated) 4.2  Perform the following on all inadvertently actuated system(s):
__ Ensure DIVERSE HPI BYPASS is in BYPASS (does not apply)
__ Ensure ES CH-1 is in MANUAL
__ Ensure ES CH-2 is in MANUAL (does not apply) 4.3  Throttle HPI, as required, to maintain desired Pzr level This event is complete when the SRO has referred to TS at step 4.25, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 2 of 48


===4.1 Verify===
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.: 2         Event No.:    1               Page 2 of 6 Event
any of the following have inadvertently actuated
: __ Diverse HPI (not actuated
) __ ES Channel 1
__ ES Channel 2  (not actuated
) 4.2 Perform the following on all inadvertently actuated system(s):
__ Ensure DIVERSE HPI BYPASS is in BYPASS (does not apply
) __ Ensure ES CH
-1 is in MANUAL
__ Ensure ES CH
-2 is in MANUAL (does not apply
)  4.3 Throttle HPI, as required, to maintain desired Pzr level    the SRO has referred to TS at step 4.25, or as directed by the Lead Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 3 of 48  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
2 Event No.:    1     Page 2 of 6 Event Description
:  Inadvertent ES Channel 1 Actuation Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC/BOP   


SRO SRO AP/1/A/1700/042 Inadvertent ES Actuation (Continued)
== Description:==
Inadvertent ES Channel 1 Actuation Time      Position                              Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/1/A/1700/042 Inadvertent ES Actuation (Continued)
SRO/OATC/
BOP          4.4    Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated:
__ ES Channel 5 (not actuated)
__ ES Channel 6 (not actuated)
RNO: 1. IF ES Channel 1, ES Channel 2, or Diverse HPI have inadvertently actuated, AND it is desired to restore letdown, THEN initiate AP/42 Encl 5.2 (Letdown Restoration) (page 7)
: 2. GO TO Step 4.10 4.10 Close 1HP-24 and 1HP-25 4.11 Ensure AP/42 Encl 5.1 (Required Operator Actions) is in progress (page 6) 4.12 Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated:
__ Diverse LPI
__ ES Channel 3
__ ES Channel 4 RNO: GO TO Step 4.17 4.17 Verify the Rx is critical 4.18 Verify ICS in Auto 4.19 Verify control rods are outside the desired control band RNO: GO TO Step 4.21 NOTE It is expected that the Control Room SRO will begin AP/39 and transfer completion of AP/42 to another licensed operator; however, priorities will depend on the specific situation.
EXAMINER NOTE: CRS may enter AP/39 due to withdrawal of control rods from the boration. (see page 45)
SRO        4.20. Initiate AP/39 (Unintentional Boration)
SRO 4.21 Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated:
__ ES Channel 1
__ Diverse HPI This event is complete when the SRO has referred to TS at step 4.25, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 3 of 48


===4.4 Verify===
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.: 2         Event No.:    1               Page 3 of 6 Event
any of the following have inadvertently actuated:
__ ES Channel 5 (not actuated
) __ ES Channel 6 (not actuated
) RNO: 1. IF ES Channel 1, ES Channel 2, or Diverse HPI have inadvertently actuated, AND it is desired to restore letdown, THEN initiate AP/42 Encl 5.2 (Letdown Restoration) (page 7)  2. GO TO Step 4.10 4.10 Close 1HP-24 and 1HP
-25 4.11 Ensure AP/42 Encl 5.1 (Required Operator Actions) is in progress (page 6) 4.12 Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated
: __ Diverse LPI
__ ES Channel 3
__ ES Channel 4 RNO: GO TO Step 4.17 4.17 Verify the Rx is critical 4.18 Verify ICS in Auto 4.19 Verify control rods are outside the desired control band RNO:  GO TO Step 4.21 NOTE It is expected that the Control Room S RO will begin AP/39 and transfer completion of AP/42 to another licensed operator; however, priorities will depend on the specific situation.
EXAMINER NOTE: CRS may enter AP/39 due to withdrawal of control rods from the boration. (see page 45) 4.20. Initiate AP/39 (Unintentional Boration) 4.21 Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated
: __ ES Channel 1
__ Diverse HPI the SRO has referred to TS at step 4.25, or as directed by the Lead Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 4 of 48  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
2 Event No.:    1     Page 3 of 6 Event Description
:  Inadvertent ES Channel 1 Actuation Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO   


SRO 4.22   Ensure DIVERSE HPI BYPASS is BYPASSED (NOT required) Ensure ES ELECTRICAL 1 is in MANUAL 4.23   Dispatch an operator to perform Encl 5.3 (SSF Restoration) 4.24 Notify SPOC to investigate and repair the cause of the inadvertent ES actuation, as necessary AP/1/A/1700/042 Inadvertent ES Actuation (Continued) 4.25 Initiate logging TS/SLC Entry/Exit, as applicable, IAW Encl 5.4 (TS/SLC Requirements) (See below) 4.26 WHEN all of the following exist:
== Description:==
__ Reason for inadvertent ES Channel or Diverse HPI/LPI actuation has been resolved
Inadvertent ES Channel 1 Actuation Time      Position                              Applicant's Actions or Behavior 4.22 Ensure DIVERSE HPI BYPASS is BYPASSED (NOT required)
SRO                Ensure ES ELECTRICAL 1 is in MANUAL(Should be performed) 4.23 Dispatch an operator to perform Encl 5.3 (SSF Restoration) 4.24 Notify SPOC to investigate and repair the cause of the inadvertent ES actuation, as necessary AP/1/A/1700/042 Inadvertent ES Actuation (Continued) 4.25 Initiate logging TS/SLC Entry/Exit, as applicable, IAW Encl 5.4 (TS/SLC Requirements) (See below) 4.26 WHEN all of the following exist:
__ Reason for inadvertent ES Channel or Diverse HPI/LPI actuation SRO                    has been resolved
__ ES Channel or Diverse HPI/LPI reset is desired
__ ES Channel or Diverse HPI/LPI reset is desired
__ OSM concurs THEN continue AP/1/A/1700/042 Enclosure 5.4 EXAMINER NOTE: Complete Enclosure 5.4 is on next page Any ES Channel TS 3.3.7 (Engineered Safeguards Protective System (ESPS) Digital Automatic Actuation Logic Channels) due to the automatic actuation logic being blocked if any ES channel is in MANUAL or ES Voters in OVERRIDE ES Channel 1 or 2 TS 3.4.15 (RCS Leakage Detection Instrumentation) due to Rx Bldg RIAs being out of service (Applies until RIAs are returned to service
__ OSM concurs THEN continue AP/1/A/1700/042 Enclosure 5.4 (TS/SLC Requirements)
.) to restore
EXAMINER NOTE: Complete Enclosure 5.4 is on next page Any ES Channel
TS 3.10.1 (Standby Shutdown Facility(SSF)) for SSF inoperability due to the SSF power loss (ES Channel 1 only) . While this does apply, the SSF is already inoperable due to being at a reduced power level.
* TS 3.3.7 (Engineered Safeguards Protective System (ESPS) Digital Automatic Actuation Logic Channels) due to the automatic actuation logic being blocked if any ES channel is in MANUAL or ES Voters in OVERRIDE Condition A. 1 hour completion time.
ES Channel 1 or 2
* TS 3.4.15 (RCS Leakage Detection Instrumentation) due to Rx Bldg RIAs being out of service (Applies until RIAs are returned to service.)
Condition B (24 hours for grab samples) (30 days to restore)
* TS 3.10.1 (Standby Shutdown Facility(SSF)) for SSF inoperability due to the SSF power loss (ES Channel 1 only) . While this does apply, the SSF is already inoperable due to being at a reduced power level.
Conditions A through E all apply (7 days)
Conditions A through E all apply (7 days)
Applies if Pzr exceeds 260") Condition A (1 hour) the SRO has referred to TS at step 4.25, or as directed by the Lead Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 5 of 48  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
* TS 3.4.9 (Pressurizer) if PZR level is > 260 (Applies if Pzr exceeds 260)
2 Event No.:    1    Page 4 of 6  Event Description
Condition A (1 hour)
:  Inadvertent ES Channel 1 Actuation  Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC/BOP   
This event is complete when the SRO has referred to TS at step 4.25, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 4 of 48


SRO Enclosure 5.4 AP/1/A/1700/042 NOTE TS/SLCs below are included as a reference. This list may NOT be complete based on the specific situation. Reference TS/SLC manuals.
Appendix D                            Required Operator Actions                            Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.: 2        Event No.:    1              Page 4 of 6 Event
 
== Description:==
Inadvertent ES Channel 1 Actuation Time      Position                            Applicant's Actions or Behavior Enclosure 5.4 AP/1/A/1700/042 TS/SLC Requirements SRO/OATC/
BOP                                              NOTE TS/SLCs below are included as a reference. This list may NOT be complete based on the specific situation. Reference TS/SLC manuals.
Any ES Channel
Any ES Channel
* TS 3.3.7 (Engineered Safeguards Protective System (ESPS) Digital Automatic Actuation Logic Channels) due to the automatic actuation logic being blocked if any ES channel is in MANUAL or ES Voters in OVERRIDE
* TS 3.3.5 (Engineered Safeguards Protective System (ESPS) Analog Instrumentation) due to inoperable ES instrumentation SRO
* TS 3.5.4 (Borated Water Storage Tank (BWST) ) BWST level ES Channel 1 or 2
* TS 3.4.15 (RCS Leakage Detection Instrumentation) due to Rx Bldg RIAs being out of service
* TS 3.10.1 (Standby Shutdown Facility(SSF)) for SSF inoperability due to the SSF power loss (ES Channel 1 only)
* TS 3.4.9 (Pressurizer) if PZR level is > 260 ES Channel 3 or 4
* TS 3.7.7 (Low Pressure Service Water (LPSW) System) if LPSW leakage accumulator level is outside allowable band. Evaluate OAC point O1E0507 (LPSW LEAKAGE ACCUMULATOR LEVEL). Notify Unit 2 to evaluate OAC point O2E0507 (LPSW LEAKAGE ACCUMULATOR LEVEL).
Any Diverse Actuation System
* SLC 16.7.6 (Diverse Actuation Systems) due to the automatic actuation logic being blocked if any Diverse Actuation system in OVERRIDE or BYPASS.
This event is complete when the SRO has referred to TS at step 4.25, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 5 of 48


Automatic Actuation Logic Channels) due to the automatic actuation logic being blocked if any ES channel is in MANUAL or ES Voters in OVERRIDE TS 3.3.5 (Engineered Safeguards Protective System (ESPS) Analog Instrumentation) due to inoperable ES instrumentation Storage Tank (BWST) ) BWST level  ES Channel 1 or 2 Rx Bldg RIAs being out of service SSF power loss (ES Channel 1 only)
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.: 2         Event No.:    1               Page 5 of 6 Event
ES Channel 3 or 4 SW) System) if LPSW leakage accumulator level is outside allowable band. Evaluate OAC point O1E0507 (LPSW LEAKAGE ACCUMULATOR LEVEL). Notify Unit 2 to evaluate OAC point O2E0507 (LPSW LEAKAGE ACCUMULATOR LEVEL).
 
Any Diverse Actuation System iverse Actuation Systems) due to the automatic actuation logic being blocked if any Diverse Actuation system in OVERRIDE or BYPASS.
== Description:==
the SRO has referred to TS at step 4.25, or as directed by the Lead Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 6 of 48  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
Inadvertent ES Channel 1 Actuation Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/1/A/1700/042 Enclosure 5.1 Required Operator Actions SRO/OATC/
2 Event No.:    1     Page 5 of 6 Event Description
BOP          1   Initiate announcement of AP entry using the PA system 2   Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated:
Inadvertent ES Channel 1 Actuation Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC/BOP AP/1/A/1700/042 Enclosure 5.1 Required Operator Actions 1 Initiate announcement of AP entry using the PA system 2 Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated
__ Diverse HPI (not actuated)
: __ Diverse HPI (not actuated
__ ES Channel 1
) __ ES Channel 1
__ ES Channel 2(not actuated) 3   Open the following:
__ ES Channel 2(not actuated
__ 1HP-20
) 3 Open the following:
__ 1HP-21 4   Open the following for operating RCPs:
__ 1HP-20 __ 1HP-21 4 Open the following for operating RCPs:
__ 1HP-228 (1A1)
__ 1HP-228 (1A1) __ 1HP-226 (1A2) __ 1HP-232 (1B1) __ 1HP-230 (1B2) 5 Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated
__ 1HP-226 (1A2)
: __ ES Channel 7 (not actuated
__ 1HP-232 (1B1)
) __ ES Channel 8 (not actuated
__ 1HP-230 (1B2) 5   Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated:
) RNO: GO TO Step 9 9 Perform the following:
__ ES Channel 7 (not actuated)
__ ES Channel 8 (not actuated)
RNO: GO TO Step 9 9   Perform the following:
A. Open the following to restore RB RIAs:
A. Open the following to restore RB RIAs:
__ 1PR-7 __ 1PR-8 __ 1PR-9 __ 1PR-10 B. From the ENABLE CONTROLS screen on the RIA View Node, perform the following:
__ 1PR-7
(For RIAs-47,48,49,49A)
__ 1PR-8
__ 1PR-9
__ 1PR-10 B. From the ENABLE CONTROLS screen on the RIA View Node, perform the following: (For RIAs-47,48,49,49A)
: 1. Select OFF for RB RIA sample pump
: 1. Select OFF for RB RIA sample pump
: 2. Start the RB RIA sample pump
: 2. Start the RB RIA sample pump
: 10. Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated
: 10. Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated:
: __ Diverse HPI
__ Diverse HPI
__ ES Channel 1
__ ES Channel 1
: 11. Notify the following that the SSF is inop. due to the SSF power loss.
: 11. Notify the following that the SSF is inop. due to the SSF power loss.
__Unit 2 __Unit 3 __Security
__Unit 2
: 12. EXIT this enclosure the SRO has referred to TS at step 4.25, or as directed by the Lead Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 7 of 48  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
__Unit 3
2 Event No.:    1     Page 6 of 6 Event Description
__Security
Inadvertent ES Channel 1 Actuation Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC/BOP Crew Response: AP/1/A/1700/042 Enclosure 5.2 Letdown Restoration
: 12. EXIT this enclosure This event is complete when the SRO has referred to TS at step 4.25, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
: 1. Verify a CC pump operating
Page 6 of 48
 
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.: 2         Event No.:    1               Page 6 of 6 Event
 
== Description:==
Inadvertent ES Channel 1 Actuation Time       Position                               Applicant's Actions or Behavior Crew Response:
SRO/OATC/     AP/1/A/1700/042 Enclosure 5.2 Letdown Restoration BOP          1. Verify a CC pump operating
: 2. Verify letdown is isolated
: 2. Verify letdown is isolated
: 3. Close 1HP-5 4. Verify it is desired to place both letdown coolers in service  
: 3. Close 1HP-5
: 5.     Open 1HP
: 4. Verify it is desired to place both letdown coolers in service
-1, 1HP-2, 1HP-3, and 1HP
: 5. Open 1HP-1, 1HP-2, 1HP-3, and 1HP-4
-4 6. Close 1HP-6 7. Close 1HP-7 8. Verify letdown temperature < 135&deg;F
: 6. Close 1HP-6
: 9. Open 1HP-5 10. Adjust 1HP
: 7. Close 1HP-7
- 11. WHEN letdown temperature < 130&deg;F, THEN place LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch in NORMAL
: 8. Verify letdown temperature < 135&deg;F
: 12. Open 1HP-6 13. Adjust 1HP
: 9. Open 1HP-5
-7 to control desired letdown flow
: 10. Adjust 1HP-7 for  20 gpm letdown
: 11. WHEN letdown temperature < 130&deg;F, THEN place LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch in NORMAL
: 12. Open 1HP-6
: 13. Adjust 1HP-7 to control desired letdown flow
: 14. IAAT it is desired to bleed letdown flow to 1A BHUT, THEN perform the following:
: 14. IAAT it is desired to bleed letdown flow to 1A BHUT, THEN perform the following:
A. Open the following:
A. Open the following:
__ 1CS-26 __ 1CS-41 B. Position 1HP
__ 1CS-26
-14 to BLEED C. Notify SRO
__ 1CS-41 B. Position 1HP-14 to BLEED C. Notify SRO
: 15. IAAT letdown bleed is NO longer desired, THEN position 1HP
: 15. IAAT letdown bleed is NO longer desired, THEN position 1HP-14 to NORMAL
-14 to NORMAL 16. WHEN SRO approves, THEN EXIT this enclosure the SRO has referred to TS at step 4.25, or as directed by the Lead Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 8 of 48    Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
: 16. WHEN SRO approves, THEN EXIT this enclosure This event is complete when the SRO has referred to TS at step 4.25, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
2 Event No.:    2    Page 1 of 2  Event Description
Page 7 of 48
:  Keowee  Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior


BOP SRO      Plant Response:
Appendix D                            Required Operator Actions                              Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47        Scenario No.: 2         Event No.:    2               Page 1 of 2 Event
Keowee Unit 1 will trip (running from Inadvertent ES Channel 1 in Event 1
) 2SA-17/A1 GEN #1 EMERG. LOCKOUT Crew Response:
Refer to ARG 2SA-17/A1  2.       2.1 Operates supervisory system points 2SA
-17/5 (2SA-17/A-05) and 2SA
-17/1 (2SA-17/A-01), and Keowee Statalarm 1SA2/03 (1SA2/A
-03).      2.2 Trips and blocks closure of ACB
-1 AND ACB-3 at Keowee.


===2.3 Trips===
== Description:==
and blocks closure of field flashing, supply, AND field breakers.
Keowee Unit 1 Emergency Lockout Time      Position                              Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant Response:
Keowee Unit 1 will trip (running from Inadvertent ES Channel 1 in Event 1) 2SA-17/A1 GEN #1 EMERG. LOCKOUT Crew Response:
BOP        Refer to ARG 2SA-17/A1
: 2. Automatic Action 2.1 Operates supervisory system points 2SA-17/5 (2SA-17/A-05) and 2SA-17/1 (2SA-17/A-01), and Keowee Statalarm 1SA2/03 (1SA2/A-03).
2.2 Trips and blocks closure of ACB-1 AND ACB-3 at Keowee.
2.3 Trips and blocks closure of field flashing, supply, AND field breakers.
SRO 2.4 Blocks startup of unit under all conditions.
2.5 Operates 86T (Main Step-up Transformer Lockout Relay, see 2SA-17/B-04) IF ACB-1 fails to trip (62-1/TD).
2.6 Operates 86EF (Emergency Feeder Lockout Relay, see 2SA-17/A-04)
IF ACB-3 fails to trip 62-1/TD).
3  Manual Action 3.1 Check and record statalarms before resetting 3.2 Contact Keowee Operating personnel at ext. 3326 OR 3327 for information concerning alarm and unit availability.
3.3 Ensure operability verification performed per OP/0/A/1106/019 (Keowee Hydro At Oconee) for unaffected KHU.
BOOTH CUE: If asked, Unit 2 will perform the operability verification for the unaffected KHU (Underground).
If the crew does not request Unit 2 to perform the operability verification, call as the SM and notify the crew that Unit 2 will perform the operability verification for the unaffected KHU (Underground).
EXAMINER NOTE: The intent is for the CRS to determine Tech Specs associated with the Keowee 1 ELO and NOT for the crew to perform the operability verification for the unaffected KHU.
This event is complete when the SRO has referred to TS, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 8 of 48


===2.4 Blocks===
Appendix D                            Required Operator Actions                            Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47        Scenario No.: 2        Event No.:    2              Page 2 of 2 Event
startup of unit under all conditions.


===2.5 Operates===
== Description:==
86T (Main Step
Keowee Unit 1 Emergency Lockout Time      Position                            Applicant's Actions or Behavior Refer to Technical Specification 3.8.1, AC Sources - Operating Condition C: KHU or its required overhead power path inoperable due to SRO                      reasons other than Condition A.
-up Transformer Lockout Relay, see 2SA
Required Action:
-17/B-04) IF ACB-1 fails to trip (62
C.1 Perform SR 3.8.1.3 for OPERABLE KHU. Within 1 hour if not performed in previous 12 hours.
-1/TD).       2.6 Operates 86EF (Emergency Feeder Lockout Relay, see 2SA
AND C.2.1 Restore the KHU and its required overhead power path to OPERABLE status. Within 72 hours.
-17/A-04)    IF ACB-3 fails to trip 62
This event is complete when the SRO has referred to TS, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
-1/TD). 3 Manual Action
Page 9 of 48


===3.1 Check===
Appendix D                                Required Operator Actions                            Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.: 2        Event No.:    3               Page 1 of 3 Event
and record statalarms before resetting


===3.2 Contact===
== Description:==
Keowee Operating personnel at ext. 3326 OR 3327 for information concerning alarm and unit availability.
1A Loop RCS Flow Fails Low Time       Position                               Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant Response:
 
* 1SA-02/A-3, RC Loop A flow Low.
===3.3 Ensure===
* 1SA-02/A-5, RC Total Flow Low
operability verification performed per OP/0/A/1106/019 (Keowee Hydro At Oconee) for unaffected KHU.
* 1SA-02/A-11, ICS Runback
BOOTH CUE: If asked, Unit 2 will perform the operability verification for the unaffected KHU (Underground)
* 1SA-02/A-12, ICS Tracking
.                        If the crew does not request Unit 2 to perform the operability verification, call as the SM and notify the crew that Unit 2 will perform the operability verification for the unaffected KHU (Underground).
* 1SA-05/, 1B RPS Trouble
EXAMINER NOTE: The intent is for the CRS to determine Tech Specs associated with the Keowee 1 ELO and NOT for the crew to perform the operability verification for the unaffected KHU.
* 1SA-04/C-1, Quadrant Power Tilt (after a couple of minutes)
the SRO has referred to TS ,
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 9 of 48  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
2 Event No.:    2    Page 2 of 2  Event Description
:  Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior      SRO  Refer to Technical Specification 3.8.1, AC Sources
- Operating Condition C: KHU or its required overhead power path inoperable due to reasons other than Condition A.
Required Action:
C.1 Perform SR 3.8.1
.3 for OPERABLE KHU. Within 1 hour if not performed in previous 12 hours.
AND C.2.1 Restore the KHU and its required overhead power path to OPERABLE status. Within 72 hours.
the SRO has referred to TS ,
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 10 of 48  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
2 Event No.:    3    Page 1 of 3  Event Description
:  1 A Loop RCS Flow Fails Low Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC BOP  OATC (CT-1) SRO/OATC        SRO Plant Response:
1SA-02/A-3, RC Loop A flow Low. 1SA-02/A-5, RC Total Flow Low 1SA-02/A-11, ICS Runback 1SA-02/A-12, ICS Tracking 1SA-05/, 1 B RPS Trouble 1SA-04/C-1, Quadrant Power Tilt (after a couple of minutes)
Crew Response:
Crew Response:
When the Statalarms are received, the candidates should utilize the "Plant Transient Response" (PTR) process to stabilize the plant, which should include: o ICS to HAND (Feedwater Masters and Diamond) o Inserting Control Rods as needed to control RCS pressure (Performed by the BOP) o Decreasing or re
OATC
-ratioing feedwater to control Reactor power and delta Tcold (Performed by the OATC (CT-1) SRO may direct the OATC to perform the actions of the ARG for 1SA
* When the Statalarms are received, the candidates should utilize the Plant BOP            Transient Response (PTR) process to stabilize the plant, which should include:
-02/A-3 statalarm, but probably will move directly from PTR to AP/28.
OATC                o ICS to HAND (Feedwater Masters and Diamond) o Inserting Control Rods as needed to control RCS pressure (Performed by the BOP) o   Decreasing or re-ratioing feedwater to control Reactor power and (CT-1)                  delta Tcold (Performed by the OATC (CT-1)
ARG for 1SA
SRO/OATC      SRO may direct the OATC to perform the actions of the ARG for 1SA-02/A-3 statalarm, but probably will move directly from PTR to AP/28.
-02/A-3 3.1. Ensure reactor power is reduced below the flux to flow minus imbalance trip ratio.
ARG for 1SA-02/A-3 3.1. Ensure reactor power is reduced below the flux to flow minus imbalance trip ratio.
3.2. Ensure feedwater demand re-ratios properly.
EXAMINER NOTE: This failure will cause FDW flow to re-ratio. IF the crew immediately recognizes it is an instrument failure and not an actual loss of flow they may choose to adjust FDW and therefore prevent high delta Tc from being established causing high Quadrant Power Tilt values.
SRO                              The SRO should direct a band for delta Tc of 0 +2 degrees as he establishes bands for parameters being manually controlled.
SRO directs performance of AP/1/A/1700/028, ICS Instrument Failures. (see next page)
This event is completed when at Step 6 (WHEN notified by SPOC...) of AP/28 Section 4E, or when directed by the lead examiner.
Page 10 of 48


===3.2. Ensure===
Appendix D                            Required Operator Actions                              Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47        Scenario No.: 2          Event No.:    3              Page 2 of 3 Event
feedwater demand re
-ratios properly.
EXAMINER NOTE: This failure will cause FDW flow to re
-ratio. IF the crew immediately recognizes it is an instrument failure and not an actual loss of flow they may choose to adjust FDW and therefore prevent high delta Tc from being established causing high Quadrant Power Tilt values. The SRO should direct a band for delta Tc of 0
+2 degrees as he establishes bands for parameters being manually controlled.
SRO directs performance of AP/
1/A/1700/028, ICS Instrument Failures. (see next page)


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 11 of 48  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
== Description:==
2 Event No.:   3    Page 2 of 3  Event Description
1A Loop RCS Flow Fails Low Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/1/A/1700/028 Subsequent Actions SRO        4.1. Provide control bands as required.
:  1 A Loop RCS Flow Fails Low Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO SRO SRO/OATC/BOP AP/1/A/1700/028 Subsequent Actions
SRO        4.2. Initiate notification of the following:
* OSM to reference the following:
o OMP 1-14 (Notifications) o Emergency Plan
* STA 4.3. Verify a power transient  5% has occurred.
RNO: GO TO Step 4.5 EXAMINER NOTE: If power change was  5%, then step 4.4 will be performed. It depends on the speed of crew response to the failure.
4.4. Notify Rx Engineering and discuss the need for a maneuvering plan.
BOOTH RESPONSE: We will develop a maneuvering plan.
SRO/OATC/
4.5. Use the following, as necessary, to determine the applicable section BOP from table in Step 4.6:
* OAC alarm video
* OAC display points
* Control Board indications
* SPOC assistance, as needed 4.6. GO TO the applicable section per the following table:
Section                Failure 4A        RCS Temperature 4B        Turbine Header Pressure 4C        Controlling NI 4D        Feedwater Loop Flow 4E        RCS Flow This event is completed when at Step 6 (WHEN notified by SPOC...) of AP/28 Section 4E, or when directed by the lead examiner.
Page 11 of 48


===4.1. Provide===
Appendix D                              Required Operator Actions                              Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.: 2        Event No.:    3                Page 3 of 3 Event
control bands as required.


===4.2. Initiate===
== Description:==
notification of the following:
1A Loop RCS Flow Fails Low Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/1/A/1700/028 SECTION 4E NOTE The following will occur when an ICS RCS flow loop signal fails:
OSM to reference the following:
ICS RUNBACK Controlling Tave swaps to RCS loop with higher flow Delta Tc station re-ratios loop feedwater flows SRO/OATC/      1. Ensure the following in HAND:
o OMP 1-14 (Notifications) o Emergency Plan STA 4.3. Verify a power transient 5% has occurred.
BOP
RNO:  GO TO Step 4.5 performed. It depends on the speed of crew response to the failure.
* 1A FDW MASTER
 
* 1B FDW MASTER
===4.4. Notify===
Rx Engineering and discuss the need for a maneuvering plan.
BOOTH RESPONSE: We will develop a maneuvering plan.
4.5. Use the following, as necessary, to determine the applicable section from table in Step 4.6:
OAC alarm video OAC display points Control Board indications SPOC assistance, as needed 4.6. GO TO the applicable section per the following table:
Section Failure  4A RCS Temperature 4B Turbine Header Pressure 4C Controlling NI 4D Feedwater Loop Flow 4E RCS Flow Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 12 of 48  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
2 Event No.:    3    Page 3 of 3  Event Description
:  1 A Loop RCS Flow Fails Low Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC/BOP BOP    BOP SRO AP/1/A/1700/028 SECTION 4E NOTE The following will occur when an ICS RCS flow loop signal fails:
ICS RUNBACK Controlling Tave swaps to RCS loop with higher flow Delta Tc station re
-ratios loop feedwater flows
: 1. Ensure the following in HAND:
1A FDW MASTER 1B FDW MASTER
: 2. Ensure DIAMOND in MANUAL.
: 2. Ensure DIAMOND in MANUAL.
: 3. Notify SPOC to perform the following:
: 3. Notify SPOC to perform the following:
Select a valid RCS flow input to ICS per AM/1/A/0326/020 (Control of Unit 1 Star Module Signal Selection Function).
* Select a valid RCS flow input to ICS per AM/1/A/0326/020 (Control of Unit 1 Star Module Signal Selection Function).
Investigate and repair the failed RCS flow instrumentation.
* Investigate and repair the failed RCS flow instrumentation.
: 4. PERFORM an instrumentation surveillance using applicable table in Encl 5.2 (ICS Instrument Surveillances) for the failed instrument.
: 4. PERFORM an instrumentation surveillance using applicable table in BOP                Encl 5.2 (ICS Instrument Surveillances) for the failed instrument.
The RO will refer to Table 3 and determine that the surveillances cannot be met as written with the failed instrument and therefore the SRO would ensure that a surveillance evaluation is initiated.
The RO will refer to Table 3 and determine that the surveillances cannot be met as written with the failed instrument and therefore the SRO would ensure that a surveillance evaluation is initiated.
(surveillance is required in Mode 1, Steady State Operation. Steady State is defined as operation within a 4% (e.g. 88%  
(surveillance is required in Mode 1, Steady State Operation.
- 92% RTP) power band for  
Steady State is defined as operation within a 4% (e.g. 88% - 92%
> 4 hours). 5. Verify instrumentation surveillance in Encl 5.2 (ICS Instrument Surveillances) was performed satisfactorily as written.
RTP) power band for > 4 hours).
BOP
: 5. Verify instrumentation surveillance in Encl 5.2 (ICS Instrument SRO                Surveillances) was performed satisfactorily as written.
Inform the SRO that the surveillance cannot be met as written Determine that a Surveillance Evaluation should be initiated BOOTH CUE: If crew requests Unit 2 to perform the surveillance evaluation, respond that Unit 2 will perform surveillance evaluation.
Inform the SRO that the surveillance cannot be met as written Determine that a Surveillance Evaluation should be initiated BOOTH CUE: If crew requests Unit 2 to perform the surveillance evaluation, respond that Unit 2 will perform surveillance evaluation.
: 6. WHEN notified by SPOC that a valid RCS flow input has been restored to ICS, THEN GO TO OP/1/A/1102/004 A Encl (Placing ICS Stations To Auto).
: 6. WHEN notified by SPOC that a valid RCS flow input has been restored to ICS, THEN GO TO OP/1/A/1102/004 A Encl (Placing ICS Stations To Auto).
EXAMINER NOTE: ICS will remain in Manual for the remainder of the scenario. Step 6 (WHEN notified by SPOC...) of AP/28 Section 4E, or when Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 13 of 48  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
EXAMINER NOTE: ICS will remain in Manual for the remainder of the scenario.
2 Event No.:    4    Page 1 of 1  Event Description
This event is completed when at Step 6 (WHEN notified by SPOC...) of AP/28 Section 4E, or when directed by the lead examiner.
:  Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior BOP     
Page 12 of 48


Plant Response:
Appendix D                              Required Operator Actions                            Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.: 2         Event No.:   4              Page 1 of 1 Event
1SA-9/A-8 HPSW Header A/B PRESS LOW 1SA-9/D-8 HPSW JOCKEY PUMP OFF OAC Alarm
- O1D2146 (HPSW Jockey Pump) OFF HPSW header pressure decreases due to Jockey Pump trip Crew Response:
Refer to ARG 1SA-9/D-8 3.1 Verify automatic action until jockey pump is restarted
. 3.2 IF there is NO evidence of breaker and/or pump motor problem, attempt to restart jockey pump one time. If restart is unsuccessful, notify Maintenance Department.
BOOTH CUE:
If the crew dispatches a n AO or SPOC to determine if a problem exists with HPSW Jockey Pump motor/breaker, as SPOC, use TIME COMPRESSION and inform the RO that no problem was found with the Jockey Pump motor or breaker
. The crew may refer to ARG 1SA
-9/A-8 3.1 Verify proper jockey pump operation


===3.2 Refer===
== Description:==
to SLC 16.9.8a
HPSW Jockey Pump trips Time      Position                            Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant Response:
* 1SA-9/A-8 HPSW Header A/B PRESS LOW
* 1SA-9/D-8 HPSW JOCKEY PUMP OFF
* OAC Alarm - O1D2146 (HPSW Jockey Pump) OFF
* HPSW header pressure decreases due to Jockey Pump trip Crew Response:
BOP Refer to ARG 1SA-9/D-8 3.1 Verify automatic action until jockey pump is restarted.
3.2 IF there is NO evidence of breaker and/or pump motor problem, attempt to restart jockey pump one time. If restart is unsuccessful, notify Maintenance Department.
BOOTH CUE: If the crew dispatches an AO or SPOC to determine if a problem exists with HPSW Jockey Pump motor/breaker, as SPOC, use TIME COMPRESSION and inform the RO that no problem was found with the Jockey Pump motor or breaker.
The crew may refer to ARG 1SA-9/A-8 3.1 Verify proper jockey pump operation 3.2 Refer to SLC 16.9.8a 3.3 Verify HPSW pumps start (start manually if NOT already in operation per OP/0/A/1104/011) when preset levels in EWST are reached 3.4 IF both HPSW Pumps NOT available, Go To EP/1/A/1800/001 Enclosure 5.31 for method of back charging the HPSW system.
3.5 IF HPSW Header Pressure continues to decrease AND Elevated Storage Tank Level is NOT dropping; i.e., altitude valve stuck closed and jockey pump not providing adequate supply, manually start a HPSW Pump.
* Refer to OP/0/A/1104/011 (High Pressure Service Water).
3.6 Refer to AP/1-2/A/1700/030 (Aux Building Flood) 3.7 Investigate and correct reason for excessive HPSW usage 3.8 Verify BASE and STANDBY HPSW Pumps stop at 80,000 gals 3.9 IF manually started, return HPSW Pumps when NO longer needed The crew may refer to the ARG for O1D2146 (HPSW Jockey Pump)
: 1) IF there is NO evidence of breaker and/or pump motor problem, THEN attempt to restart jockey pump one time. If restart is unsuccessful, contact SPOC.
: 2) Refer to OP/0/A/1104/011 (High Pressure Service Water)
This event is complete when the Jockey Pump has been restarted, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 13 of 48


===3.3 Verify===
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.: 2           Event No.:   5               Page 1 of 2 Event
HPSW pumps start (start manually if NOT already in operation per OP/0/A/1104/011) when preset levels in EWST are reached 3.4 IF both HPSW Pumps NOT available, Go To EP/1/A/1800/001 Enclosure 5.31 for method of back charging the HPSW system.
3.5 IF HPSW Header Pressure continues to decrease AND Elevated  Storage Tank Level is NOT dropping; i.e., altitude valve stuck closed and jockey pump not providing adequate supply, manually start a  HPSW Pump.
Refer to OP/0/A/1104/011 (High Pressure Service Water).
 
===3.6 Refer===
to AP/1
-2/A/1700/030 (Aux Building Flood)
 
===3.7 Investigate===
and correct reason for excessive HPSW usage
 
===3.8 Verify===
BASE and STANDBY HPSW Pumps stop at 80,000 gals 3.9 IF manually started, return HPSW Pumps when NO longer needed The crew may refer to the ARG for O1D2146 (HPSW Jockey Pump)
: 1) IF there is NO evidence of breaker and/or pump motor problem, THEN attempt to restart jockey pump one time. If restart is unsuccessful, contact SPOC. 2) Refer to OP/0/A/1104/011 (High Pressure Service Water) ead .
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 14 of 48  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
2 Event No.:   5     Page 1 of 2 Event Description
:  Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior
 
SRO/BOP SRO/OATC        OATC SRO/BOP    EXAMINER/BOOTH CUE: The booth will call the Control Room as WCC SRO and inform them that there is a large oil leak on the north end of the B LP turbine. There does not appear to be a way to isolate the leak without shutting down the oil system.


== Description:==
Oil Leak on Main Turbine requires Manual Power Reduction Time      Position                              Applicant's Actions or Behavior EXAMINER/BOOTH CUE: The booth will call the Control Room as WCC SRO and inform them that there is a large oil leak on the north end of the B LP turbine. There does not appear to be a way to isolate the leak without shutting down the oil system.
When asked, inform the Control Room that Unit 2 will handle the spill response.
When asked, inform the Control Room that Unit 2 will handle the spill response.
The SRO will initiate AP/29 (Rapid Unit Shutdown) to direct power reduction AP/29 4.1 Initiate Encl 5.1 (Support Actions During Rapid Unit Shutdown)  
The SRO will initiate AP/29 (Rapid Unit Shutdown) to direct power reduction AP/29 SRO/BOP 4.1 Initiate Encl 5.1 (Support Actions During Rapid Unit Shutdown) (page 16) 4.2 Announce AP entry using the PA system.
(page 16) 4.2 Announce AP entry using the PA system.
SRO/OATC        4.3 IAAT both of the following apply:
4.3 IAAT both of the following apply:
__ It is desired to stop power decrease.
__ It is desired to stop power decrease.
__ CTP > 18%
__ CTP > 18%
THEN perform Steps 4.4  
THEN perform Steps 4.4 - 4.7 (Does NOT apply now)
- 4.7 (Does NOT apply now)
RNO: GO TO Step 4.8 4.8 Verify ICS in AUTO (It is NOT in Auto)
RNO: GO TO Step 4.8 4.8 Verify ICS in AUTO (It is NOT in Auto)
RNO: 1. Initiate manual power reduction to desired power level.
RNO: 1. Initiate manual power reduction to desired power level.
OATC OATC reduces power by first reducing feedwater and then inserting control rods as necessary.
OATC reduces power by first reducing feedwater and then inserting control rods as necessary.
: 2. GO TO Step 4.10 4.10 Verify both Main FDW pumps running:
: 2. GO TO Step 4.10 4.10 Verify both Main FDW pumps running
RNO: GO TO Step 4.13 NOTE
: RNO: GO TO Step 4.13 NOTE 1B Main FDW Pump is the preferred pump to be shutdown first.
* 1B Main FDW Pump is the preferred pump to be shutdown first.
To lower 1B Main FDW Pump suction flow, bias is adjusted counter
* To lower 1B Main FDW Pump suction flow, bias is adjusted counter-clockwise.
-clockwise.
* To lower 1A Main FDW Pump suction flow, bias is adjusted clockwise.
To lower 1A Main FDW Pump suction flow, bias is adjusted clockwise.
SRO/BOP        4.11 Adjust bias for first Main FDW pump desired to be shutdown (1B) until its suction flow is 1 X 106 lbm/hr less than remaining Main FDW pump suction flow.
4.11 Adjust bias for first Main FDW pump desired to be shutdown (1B) until its suction flow is 6 lbm/hr less than remaining Main FDW pump suction flow.
This event is complete when Rx power has been reduced 10%, or as directed by the lead examiner.
when Rx power has been reduced 10%, or as directed by the lead Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 15 of 48  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:
Page 14 of 48
2 Event No.:    5     Page 2 of 2 Event Description
 
Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC          SRO/OATC/BOP AP/29 (continued) 4.12 WHEN core thermal power is < 65% FP, THEN continue. 4.13 IAAT both Main FDW pumps running, AND both of the following exist:
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.: 2         Event No.:    5             Page 2 of 2 Event
 
== Description:==
Oil Leak on Main Turbine requires Manual Power Reduction Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/29 (continued)
SRO/OATC        4.12 WHEN core thermal power is < 65% FP, THEN continue.
4.13 IAAT both Main FDW pumps running, AND both of the following exist:
__ 1B Main FDW Pump is first pump to be shut down.
__ 1B Main FDW Pump is first pump to be shut down.
__ Any of the following alarms actuate and remain in alarm
__ Any of the following alarms actuate and remain in alarm:
FWP B FLOW MINIMUM (1SA
* FWP B FLOW MINIMUM (1SA-16/A-3)
-16/A-3) FWP B FLOW BELOW MIN (1SA
* FWP B FLOW BELOW MIN (1SA-16/A-4)
-16/A-4) THEN trip 1B Main FDW Pump.
THEN trip 1B Main FDW Pump.
4.14 IAAT both Main FDW pumps running, AND both of the following exists:
SRO/OATC/        4.14 IAAT both Main FDW pumps running, AND both of the following exists:
BOP
__ 1A Main FDW pump is the first pump to be shut down
__ 1A Main FDW pump is the first pump to be shut down
__ Any of the following alarms actuate and remain in alarm
__ Any of the following alarms actuate and remain in alarm:
FWP A FLOW MINIMUM (1SA
* FWP A FLOW MINIMUM (1SA-16/A-1)
-16/A-1) FWP A FLOW BELOW MIN (1SA
* FWP A FLOW BELOW MIN (1SA-16/A-2)
-16/A-2) THEN trip 1A Main FDW Pump (Does not Apply) 4.15 Verify Turbine
THEN trip 1A Main FDW Pump (Does not Apply) 4.15 Verify Turbine-Generator shutdown is required.
-Generator shutdown is required.
4.16 Start the TURBINE TURNING GEAR OIL PUMP.
4.16 Start the TURBINE TURNING GEAR OIL PUMP.
4.17 Start 1A through 1E TURBINE BRNG OIL LIFT PUMPS.
4.17 Start 1A through 1E TURBINE BRNG OIL LIFT PUMPS.
4.18 Start the TURBINE MOTOR SUCTION PUMP.
4.18 Start the TURBINE MOTOR SUCTION PUMP. 4.19 IAAT both of the following apply:
4.19 IAAT both of the following apply:
ICS in automatic NI power is 18% THEN (Does Not Apply) 4.20 Verify Turbine
ICS in automatic NI power is 18%
-Generator shutdown is required (it is required) 4.21 WHEN NI power <18% THEN depress turbine TRIP pushbutton when Rx power has been reduced 10%, or as directed by the lead Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 16 of 48  Op-Test No.: ILT47       Scenario No.:    2     Event No.:    6       Page 1 of 3 Event
THEN deselect MAXIMUM RUNBACK. (Does Not Apply) 4.20 Verify Turbine-Generator shutdown is required (it is required) 4.21 WHEN NI power <18% THEN depress turbine TRIP pushbutton This event is complete when Rx power has been reduced 10%, or as directed by the lead examiner.
Page 15 of 48
 
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47       Scenario No.:    2       Event No.:    6                   Page 1 of 3 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
Swapping Unit Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior BOP AP/29 Encl. 5.1
Swapping Unit Auxiliaries due to Oil Leak Time     Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/29 Encl. 5.1 BOP          1. Notify WCC SRO to initiate Encl 5.2 (WCC SRO Support During Rapid Unit Shutdown).
: 1. Notify WCC SRO to initiate Encl 5.2 (WCC SRO Support During Rapid Unit Shutdown).
: 2. Start the following pumps:
: 2. Start the following pumps:
1A FDWP SEAL INJECTION PUMP 1A FDWP     1B FDWP SEAL INJECTION PUMP
* 1A FDWP SEAL INJECTION PUMP
: 3. WHEN THEN continue. 4. Stop 1E1 HTR DRN PUMP.
* 1A FDWP AUXILIARY OIL PUMP
: 5. Place 1HD
* 1B FDWP AUXILIARY OIL PUMP
-254 switch to OPEN.
* 1B FDWP SEAL INJECTION PUMP
: 3. WHEN CTP is  80%, THEN continue.
: 4. Stop 1E1 HTR DRN PUMP.
: 5. Place 1HD-254 switch to OPEN.
: 6. Stop 1E2 HTR DRN PUMP.
: 6. Stop 1E2 HTR DRN PUMP.
: 7. Place 1HD
: 7. Place 1HD-276 switch to OPEN.
-276 switch to OPEN.
: 8. Verify Turbine-Generator shutdown is required. (It is)
: 8. Verify Turbine
-Generator shutdown is required. (It is)
: 9. Place the following transfer switches to MAN:
: 9. Place the following transfer switches to MAN:
1TA AUTO/MAN 1TB AUTO/MAN
* 1TA AUTO/MAN
* 1TB AUTO/MAN
: 10. Close 1TA SU 6.9 KV FDR.
: 10. Close 1TA SU 6.9 KV FDR.
: 11. Verify 1TA NORMAL 6.9 KV FDR opens.
: 11. Verify 1TA NORMAL 6.9 KV FDR opens.
Line 1,196: Line 1,315:
: 13. Verify 1TB NORMAL 6.9 KV FDR opens.
: 13. Verify 1TB NORMAL 6.9 KV FDR opens.
: 14. Place the following transfer switches to MAN:
: 14. Place the following transfer switches to MAN:
MFB1 AUTO/MAN MFB2 AUTO/MAN
* MFB1 AUTO/MAN
: 15. __ Close E1 1 MFB1 STARTUP FDR.
* MFB2 AUTO/MAN
: 16. __ Verify N1 1 MFB1 NORMAL FDR opens.
: 15. __ Close E11 MFB1 STARTUP FDR.
: 17. __ Close E2 1 MFB2 STARTUP FDR.
: 16. __ Verify N11 MFB1 NORMAL FDR opens.
: 18. __ Verify N2 1 MFB2 NORMAL FDR opens.
: 17. __ Close E21 MFB2 STARTUP FDR.
when Unit Auxiliaries have been transferred , or as directed by the lead Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 17 of 48  Op-Test No.: ILT47       Scenario No.:   2     Event No.:    6       Page 2 of 3 Event
: 18. __ Verify N21 MFB2 NORMAL FDR opens.
This event is complete when Unit Auxiliaries have been transferred, or as directed by the lead examiner.
Page 16 of 48
 
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47       Scenario No.:   2       Event No.:    6                     Page 2 of 3 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior BOP AP/29 Encl. 5.1 (cont.)
Swapping Unit Auxiliaries due to Oil Leak Time     Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/29 Encl. 5.1 (cont.)
: 19. __ Notify CR SRO that Unit auxiliaries have been transferred.
: 19. __ Notify CR SRO that Unit auxiliaries have been transferred.
: 20. IAAT 1SSH-9 is NOT closed, AND  THEN throttle 1SSH
BOP
-9 to maintain Steam Seal Header pressure 2.5  
: 20. IAAT 1SSH-9 is NOT closed, AND CTP is 75%,
- 4.5 psig. 21. WHEN  THEN place the following in MANUAL and close:
THEN throttle 1SSH-9 to maintain Steam Seal Header pressure 2.5 - 4.5 psig.
__ 1FDW-53 __ 1FDW-65     22. IAAT load is < 550 MWe, THEN perform steps 23  
: 21. WHEN CTP 65%,
- 24.             RNO: GO TO step 25.  
THEN place the following in MANUAL and close:
__ 1FDW-53
__ 1FDW-65
: 22. IAAT load is < 550 MWe, THEN perform steps 23 - 24.
RNO: GO TO step 25.
: 23. Ensure the following are stopped:
: 23. Ensure the following are stopped:
__ 1A MSRH DRN PUMP
__ 1A MSRH DRN PUMP
__ 1B MSRH DRN PUMP
__ 1B MSRH DRN PUMP
: 24. Place the following in DUMP:
: 24. Place the following in DUMP:
__ 1HD-37             __ 1HD-52     25. WHEN CTP < 60%, THEN ensure 1SSH
__ 1HD-37
-9 closed.     26. IAAT load < 450 MWe, THEN perform steps 27  
__ 1HD-52
- 30.             RNO: GO TO step 31.
: 25. WHEN CTP < 60%, THEN ensure 1SSH-9 closed.
: 26. IAAT load < 450 MWe, THEN perform steps 27 - 30.
RNO: GO TO step 31.
: 27. Verify the 1C CBP operating.
: 27. Verify the 1C CBP operating.
RNO: 1. Ensure only one CBP operating.
RNO: 1. Ensure only one CBP operating.
: 2. GO TO step 29.
: 2. GO TO step 29.
: 28. Stop the following:
: 28. Stop the following:
__ 1A CBP             __ 1B CBP     29. Place the control switch for one shutdown CBP in AUTO.
__ 1A CBP
: 30. Ensure CBP LOAD SHED DEFEAT switch is positioned to a running CBP. when Unit Auxiliaries have been transferred , or as directed by the lead Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 18 of 48  Op-Test No.: ILT47       Scenario No.:   2     Event No.:   6       Page 3 of 3 Event
__ 1B CBP
: 29. Place the control switch for one shutdown CBP in AUTO.
: 30. Ensure CBP LOAD SHED DEFEAT switch is positioned to a running CBP.
This event is complete when Unit Auxiliaries have been transferred, or as directed by the lead examiner.
Page 17 of 48
 
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47       Scenario No.:   2         Event No.:   6                   Page 3 of 3 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior BOP AP/29 Encl. 5.1 (cont.)
Swapping Unit Auxiliaries due to Oil Leak Time     Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/29 Encl. 5.1 (cont.)
: 31. WHEN < 400 MWe, THEN stop the following pumps:
: 31. WHEN < 400 MWe, THEN stop the following pumps:
BOP
__ 1D1 HTR DRN PUMP
__ 1D1 HTR DRN PUMP
__ 1D2 HTR DRN PUMP
__ 1D2 HTR DRN PUMP
Line 1,237: Line 1,373:
: 34. Place control switch for one idle HWP in AUTO.
: 34. Place control switch for one idle HWP in AUTO.
: 35. Ensure HWP LOAD SHED DEFEAT switch positioned to a running HWP.
: 35. Ensure HWP LOAD SHED DEFEAT switch positioned to a running HWP.
: 36. WHEN CTP DEMAND is <
: 36. WHEN CTP DEMAND is < 20%, THEN close the following valves:
20%, THEN close the following valves:
__ 1MS-76
__ 1MS-76       __ 1MS-79 37. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this enclosure.
__ 1MS-79
when Unit Auxiliaries have been transferred , or as directed by the lead Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 19 of 48  Op-Test No.: ILT47       Scenario No.:   2     Event No.:   7       Page 1 of 16 Event
: 37. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this enclosure.
This event is complete when Unit Auxiliaries have been transferred, or as directed by the lead examiner.
Page 18 of 48
 
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47       Scenario No.:     2       Event No.:   7                     Page 1 of 16 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO  OATC/BOP Plant response:
1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time     Position                               Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant response:
1SA-1/A-1, B-1, C-1, D-1, RP S Channel Trip 1SA-2/D-3, RC Press High/Low Statalarm 1SA
* 1SA-1/A-1, B-1, C-1, D-1, RPS Channel Trip
-02/A-9 (MS PRESS HIGH/LOW)
* 1SA-2/D-3, RC Press High/Low
AFIS will fail to actuate Crew response
* Statalarm 1SA-02/A-9 (MS PRESS HIGH/LOW)
: SRO will direct each RO to perform a Symptoms Check (per OMP 1
* AFIS will fail to actuate Crew response:
-18 Attachment C).
SRO will direct each RO to perform a Symptoms Check (per OMP 1-18 SRO        Attachment C).
OATC/BOP will perform a Symptoms Check (per OMP 1
OATC/BOP will perform a Symptoms Check (per OMP 1-18 Attachment C) and OATC/BOP      determine that a MSLB has occurred in the 1A Steam Generator BOP performs Rule 5 (Main Steam Line Break) after receiving concurrence from the SRO (details begin on next page)
-18 Attachment C) and determine that a MSLB has occurred in the 1A Steam Generator BOP performs Rule 5 (Main Steam Line Break) after receiving concurrence from the SRO (details begin on next page
BOP will perform Rule 3 (page 22) as directed by Rule 5 and Enclosure 5.9 (page 23) as directed by Rule 3.
) BOP will perform Rule 3 (page 2 2) as directed by Rule 5 and Enclosure 5.9 (page 2 3) as directed by Rule 3.
SRO refers to Parallel Actions page of the Subsequent Actions Tab and transfers to the Excessive Heat Transfer Tab SRO will direct an RO to initiate EOP Enclosure 5.1 (ES Actuation) (page 24)
SRO refers to "Parallel Actions" page of the Subsequent Actions Tab and transfers to the Excessive Heat Transfer Tab SRO will direct an RO to initiate EOP Enclosure 5.1 (ES Actuation) (page 2 4) The SRO will direct Excessive Heat Transfer Tab actions (page 28) The SRO will direct an RO to make a PA announcement and notify the OSM to reference the Emergency Plan and AD-LS-ALL-0006 (Notification/Reportability Evaluation)
The SRO will direct Excessive Heat Transfer Tab actions (page 28)
EXAMINER NOTE:
The SRO will direct an RO to make a PA announcement and notify the OSM to reference the Emergency Plan and AD-LS-ALL-0006 (Notification/Reportability Evaluation)
The crew should manually actuate ES Channel 1 using the trip P/B on 1UB1 or returning ES Channel 1 to AUTO on 1UB2. If they do not, all auto actions will still occur due to DHPIAS actuation.
EXAMINER NOTE: The crew should manually actuate ES Channel 1 using the trip P/B on 1UB1 or returning ES Channel 1 to AUTO on 1UB2. If they do not, all auto actions will still occur due to DHPIAS actuation.
EXAMINER NOTE: Loss of SCM may occur during this event. If so, the RO not performing Rule 5 (EHT) will perform Rule 2 (page 3 1) and the SRO will transfer to the LOSCM Tab of the EOP (page 3 4). reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 20 of 48  Op-Test No.: ILT47       Scenario No.:    2     Event No.:    7       Page 2 of 16 Event
EXAMINER NOTE: Loss of SCM may occur during this event. If so, the RO not performing Rule 5 (EHT) will perform Rule 2 (page
: 31) and the SRO will transfer to the LOSCM Tab of the EOP (page 34).
This event is complete when the SRO reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 19 of 48
 
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47     Scenario No.:    2       Event No.:    7                   Page 2 of 16 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC/BOP (CT- 2)                EOP Rule 5
1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time     Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior EOP Rule 5 OATC/BOP       1. Perform on affected headers:
: 1. Perform on affected headers: Initiate AFIS 1A SG Digital Channels 1 and 2 (CT- 2) Select OFF for 1A MDEFDW Pump NOTE: Overcooling must be stopped prior to violating NDT limits.
(CT- 2)
NOTE: The critical task is to stop feeding the affected SG which occurs when AFIS is manually initiated Trip both Main FDW pumps Close 1FDW
* Initiate AFIS 1A SG Digital Channels 1 and 2 (CT- 2)
-315, 1FDW-33, 1FDW-31, 1PSW-22, 1PSW-23 2. Verify 1 TD EFDW PUMP operating.
* Select OFF for 1A MDEFDW Pump NOTE: Overcooling must be stopped prior to violating NDT limits.
RNO: IF MD EFDWP for the intact SG is operating , THEN GO TO Step 5. 5. Verify 1B SG is an affected SG. RNO: GO TO Step 7 7. WHEN overcooling is stopped, THEN adjust steaming of unaffected SG to maintain CETCs constant using either:   TBVs Dispatch two operators to perform Encl 5.24 (Operation of ADV's)
NOTE: The critical task is to stop feeding the affected SG which occurs when AFIS is manually initiated
* Trip both Main FDW pumps
* Close 1FDW-315, 1FDW-33, 1FDW-31, 1PSW-22, 1PSW-23
: 2. Verify 1 TD EFDW PUMP operating.
RNO: IF MD EFDWP for the intact SG is operating, THEN GO TO Step 5.
: 5. Verify 1B SG is an affected SG.
RNO: GO TO Step 7
: 7. WHEN overcooling is stopped, THEN adjust steaming of unaffected SG to maintain CETCs constant using either:
* TBVs
* Dispatch two operators to perform Encl 5.24 (Operation of ADVs)
CAUTION Thermal shock conditions may develop if HPI is NOT throttled and RCS pressure NOT controlled.
CAUTION Thermal shock conditions may develop if HPI is NOT throttled and RCS pressure NOT controlled.
: 8. WHEN all exist: __ Core SCM >0&deg; F
: 8. WHEN all exist:
__ Pzr Level increasing, THEN continue 9. Verify ES HPI actuated
__ Core SCM >0&deg; F
: 10. Place Diverse HPI in BYPASS reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 21 of 48  Op-Test No.: ILT47       Scenario No.:   2     Event No.:   7       Page 3 of 16 Event
__ Rx Pwr  1%
__ Pzr Level increasing, THEN continue
: 9. Verify ES HPI actuated
: 10. Place Diverse HPI in BYPASS This event is complete when the SRO reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 20 of 48
 
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47     Scenario No.:     2       Event No.:     7                   Page 3 of 16 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior (CT-3) OATC/BOP             
1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time     Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior EOP Rule 5 (continued)
 
EOP Rule 5 (continued)
: 11. Place ES CH 1 and ES CH 2 in MANUAL
: 11. Place ES CH 1 and ES CH 2 in MANUAL
: 12. Perform the following to stabilize RCS P/T:
: 12. Perform the following to stabilize RCS P/T:
Throttle HPI (CT-3) Reduce 1HP
(CT-3)
-120 setpoint to control > 100" (180" ACC)
* Throttle HPI (CT-3)
Adjust steaming of unaffected SG (1B SG) to maintain CETCs constant 13. WHEN CETCs have stabilized, THEN resume use of T C for RCS temperature control
* Reduce 1HP-120 setpoint to control > 100 (180 ACC)
: 14. Ensure Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW) is in progress or complete (next page) EXAMINER NOTE: Conditions should not meet either of the entry conditions for Rule 8 below.
OATC/BOP
* Adjust steaming of unaffected SG (1B SG) to maintain CETCs constant
: 13. WHEN CETCs have stabilized, THEN resume use of TC for RCS temperature control
: 14. Ensure Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW) is in progress or complete (next page)
EXAMINER NOTE: Conditions should not meet either of the entry conditions for Rule 8 below.
NOTE This rule is invoked under either of the following conditions:
NOTE This rule is invoked under either of the following conditions:
A cooldown below 400 F T c at > 100 F/hr has occurred.
* A cooldown below 400&deg;F Tc at > 100 &deg;F/hr has occurred.
HPI has injected through an open or throttled open 1HP
* HPI has injected through an open or throttled open 1HP-26, 27, 409, 410 with all RCPs OFF.
-26, 27, 409, 410 with all RCPs OFF. 15. Ensure Rule 8 (Pressurized Thermal Shock (PTS)) is in progress or complete 16. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THENEXIT this rule reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 22 of 48  Op-Test No.: ILT47       Scenario No.:    2     Event No.:    7       Page 4 of 16 Event
: 15. Ensure Rule 8 (Pressurized Thermal Shock (PTS)) is in progress or complete
: 16. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THENEXIT this rule This event is complete when the SRO reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 21 of 48
 
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47     Scenario No.:    2       Event No.:    7                     Page 4 of 16 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC/BOP                
1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time     Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior Examiner Note: Rule 7 guidance for SG levels is located on page 36.
: 36. Crew Response:
OATC/BOP     Crew Response:
EOP Rule 3
EOP Rule 3
: 1. Verify loss of Main FDW/EFDW is due to Turbine Building Flooding RNO: GO TO Step 3 3. IAAT NO SGs can be fed with FDW (Main/CBP/Emergency/PSW), AND any of the following exist:
: 1. Verify loss of Main FDW/EFDW is due to Turbine Building Flooding RNO: GO TO Step 3
RCS pressure reaches 2300 psig OR NDT limit   THEN PERFORM Rule 4 (Initiation of HPI Forced Cooling)
: 3. IAAT NO SGs can be fed with FDW (Main/CBP/Emergency/PSW),
: 4. Start operable EFDW pumps, as required, to feed all intact SGs 5. Verify any EFDW pump operating.
AND any of the following exist:
: 6. GO TO Step 3 8 3 8. IAAT an EFDW valve CANNOT control in AUTO OR manual operation o f EFDW valve is desired to control flow/level, THEN perform Steps 3 9 - 4 3.         RNO: GO TO step 44.
* RCS pressure reaches 2300 psig OR NDT limit
3 9. Place EFDW valve in MANUAL.           RNO: GO TO step 42.
* Pzr level reaches 375 [340 acc]
THEN PERFORM Rule 4 (Initiation of HPI Forced Cooling)
: 4. Start operable EFDW pumps, as required, to feed all intact SGs
: 5. Verify any EFDW pump operating.
: 6. GO TO Step 38
: 38. IAAT an EFDW valve CANNOT control in AUTO OR manual operation of EFDW valve is desired to control flow/level, THEN perform Steps 39 - 43.
RNO: GO TO step 44.
: 39. Place EFDW valve in MANUAL.
RNO: GO TO step 42.
: 40. Control EFDW flow with EFDW valve in MANUAL RNO: GO TO step 42.
: 40. Control EFDW flow with EFDW valve in MANUAL RNO: GO TO step 42.
4 1. GOTO Step 4 4 4 4. Verify any  RNO: IF overcooling or exceeding limits in Rule 7, THEN throttle EFDW as necessary.
: 41. GOTO Step 44
4 5. IAAT Unit 1 EFDW is in operation, THEN initiate Encl 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation) (next page) 4 6. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this rule reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 23 of 48  Op-Test No.: ILT47       Scenario No.:   2     Event No.:    7       Page 5 of 16 Event
: 44. Verify any SCM 0&deg;F RNO: IF overcooling or exceeding limits in Rule 7, THEN throttle EFDW as necessary.
: 45. IAAT Unit 1 EFDW is in operation, THEN initiate Encl 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation) (next page)
: 46. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this rule This event is complete when the SRO reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 22 of 48
 
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47       Scenario No.:     2       Event No.:    7                       Page 5 of 16 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC/BOP               
1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time     Position                               Applicant's Actions or Behavior Crew Response:
 
OATC/BOP    EOP Enclosure 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation)
SRO Crew Response:
EOP Enclosure 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation)
: 1. Monitor EFDW parameters on EFW graphic display
: 1. Monitor EFDW parameters on EFW graphic display
: 2. IAAT UST level is < 4', THEN GO TO Step 1 20 3. IAAT feeding both SGs with one MD EFDWP is desired, THEN perform Steps 4-7 RNO: GOTO Step 8 8. Perform as required to maintain UST level > 7.5'
: 2. IAAT UST level is < 4, THEN GO TO Step 120
: 3. IAAT feeding both SGs with one MD EFDWP is desired, THEN perform Steps 4-7 RNO: GOTO Step 8
: 8. Perform as required to maintain UST level > 7.5
__ Makeup with demin water
__ Makeup with demin water
__ Place CST pumps in AUTO
__ Place CST pumps in AUTO
: 9. IAAT all exist: __ Rapid cooldown NOT in progress
: 9. IAAT all exist:
__ MD EFDWP operating for each available SG __ EFDW flow in each header < 600 gpm THEN place 1 TD EFDW PUMP switch in PULL TO LOCK 10 Verify 1 TD EFDW PUMP operating RNO: GO TO Step 12 NOTE  LPI using the ADVs. If NO HWPs are operating, continuing this enclosure to restore the condensate system is a priority unless the CR SRO deems EOP activities higher priority. The 25 minute criterion is satisfied when a HWP is started and 1C
__ Rapid cooldown NOT in progress
-10 is 10% open.
__ MD EFDWP operating for each available SG
If the condensate system is operating, the remaining guidance establishes FDW recirc, monitors and maintains UST, and transfers EFDW suction to the hotwell if required.
__ EFDW flow in each header < 600 gpm THEN place 1 TD EFDW PUMP switch in PULL TO LOCK 10   Verify 1 TD EFDW PUMP operating RNO: GO TO Step 12 NOTE
: 12. Notify CR SRO to set priority based on the NOTE above and EOP activities The SRO should determine that continuing in Encl 5.9 is not a priority at this time and direct the RO from the EHT Tab of the EOP.
* Loss of the condensate system for 25 minutes results in cooling down to LPI using the ADVs. If NO HWPs are operating, continuing this enclosure to restore the condensate system is a priority unless the CR SRO deems EOP activities higher priority. The 25 minute criterion is satisfied when a HWP is started and 1C-10 is 10% open.
reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 24 of 48  Op-Test No.: ILT47       Scenario No.:   2     Event No.:    7       Page 6 of 16 Event
* If the condensate system is operating, the remaining guidance establishes FDW recirc, monitors and maintains UST, and transfers EFDW suction to the hotwell if required.
: 12. Notify CR SRO to set priority based on the NOTE above and EOP activities The SRO should determine that continuing in Encl 5.9 is not a priority at this SRO      time and direct the RO from the EHT Tab of the EOP.
This event is complete when the SRO reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 23 of 48
 
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47     Scenario No.:     2       Event No.:    7                       Page 6 of 16 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC/BOP               
1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time     Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior Crew Response:
 
Crew Response:
EOP Enclosure 5.1 (ES Actuation)
EOP Enclosure 5.1 (ES Actuation)
: 1. Determine all ES channels that should have actuated based on RCS pressure and RB pressure
OATC/BOP
. RB 3 psig: Channels 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 & 6 RB 10 psig: Channels 7 & 8
: 1. Determine all ES channels that should have actuated based on RCS pressure and RB pressure.
: 2. Verify all ES channels associated with actuation setpoints have actuated.
* RB 3 psig: Channels 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 & 6
: 3. IAAT additional ES actuation setpoints are exceeded, THEN perform Steps 1
* RB 10 psig: Channels 7 & 8
- 2. 4. Place Diverse HPI in BYPASS
: 2. Verify all ES channels associated with actuation setpoints have actuated.
: 3. IAAT additional ES actuation setpoints are exceeded, THEN perform Steps 1 - 2.
: 4. Place Diverse HPI in BYPASS
: 5. Place ES CH 1 and ES CH 2 in MANUAL
: 5. Place ES CH 1 and ES CH 2 in MANUAL
: 6.       IAAT all exist: __ Voter associated with ES channel is in OVERRIDE
: 6. IAAT all exist:
__ An ES channel is manually actuated __ Components on that channel require manipulation THEN depress RESET on the required channel
__ Voter associated with ES channel is in OVERRIDE
: 7. Verify Rule 2 in progress or complete. RNO: GO TO Step 73 73. Open 1HP-24 and 1HP
__ An ES channel is manually actuated
-25 74. Ensure at least two HPI pumps are operating
__ Components on that channel require manipulation THEN depress RESET on the required channel
: 75. Verify 1HP
: 7. Verify Rule 2 in progress or complete.
-26 and 1HP
RNO: GO TO Step 73
-27 are open
: 73. Open 1HP-24 and 1HP-25
: 76. IAAT at least two HPI pumps are operating, AND HPI flow in any header that has NOT been intentionally throttled is in the Unacceptable Region of Figure 1, THEN open the following in the affected header: 1A Header 1B Header 1HP-410 1HP-409 77. Verify any RCP operating
: 74. Ensure at least two HPI pumps are operating
: 78. Open 1HP-20 and 1HP
: 75. Verify 1HP-26 and 1HP-27 are open
-21   reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 25 of 48  Op-Test No.: ILT47       Scenario No.:    2     Event No.:   7       Page 7 of 16 Event
: 76. IAAT at least two HPI pumps are operating, AND HPI flow in any header that has NOT been intentionally throttled is in the Unacceptable Region of Figure 1, THEN open the following in the affected header:
1A Header           1B Header 1HP-410               1HP-409
: 77. Verify any RCP operating
: 78. Open 1HP-20 and 1HP-21 This event is complete when the SRO reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 24 of 48
 
Appendix D                           Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47     Scenario No.:    2         Event No.:   7                   Page 7 of 16 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC/BOP                   EOP Enclosure 5.1 (ES Actuation) (continued)
1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time     Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC/BOP     EOP Enclosure 5.1 (ES Actuation) (continued)
: 79. IAAT any RCP is operating, AND ES Channels 5 and 6 actuate, THEN perform Steps 8 0 - 8 3. 8 0. Place ES CH 5 and ES CH 6 in MANUAL 8 1. Open: __ 1CC-7 __ 1CC-8 __ 1LPSW-15 __ 1LPSW-6 8 2. Ensure only one CC pump operating 8 3. Ensure Standby CC pump in AUTO 8 4. IAAT ES Channels 3 & 4 are actuated, THEN GO TO Step 8 5 8 5. Place Diverse LPI in BYPASS 8 6. Place ES CH 3 and ES CH 4 in MANUAL CAUTION LPI pump damage may occur if operated in excess of 30 minutes against shutoff head 8 7. IAAT any LPI pump is operating against shutoff head, THEN at the CR SROs discretion, stop affected LPI pumps 88. IAAT RCS pressure is < LPI pump shutoff head, THEN perform Steps 89 -9 0 RNO: GO TO Step 9 1 9 1. IAAT 1A and 1B LPI PUMPs are off/tripped, AND all of the following exists-.. RNO: GO TO Step 9 4 9 4. IAAT 1A LPI PUMP fails while operating, AND 1B LPI PUMP is operating, THEN close 1LP-17 9 5. IAAT 1B LPI PUMP fails while operating, AND 1A LPI PUMP is operating, THEN close 1LP-18 9 6. Start A and B OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FANS 9 7. Notify Unit 3 to start 3A and 3B OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FANS reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 26 of 48  Op-Test No.: ILT47       Scenario No.:   2     Event No.:    7       Page 8 of 16 Event
: 79. IAAT any RCP is operating, AND ES Channels 5 and 6 actuate, THEN perform Steps 80 - 83.
: 80. Place ES CH 5 and ES CH 6 in MANUAL
: 81. Open:
__ 1CC-7
__ 1CC-8
__ 1LPSW-15
__ 1LPSW-6
: 82. Ensure only one CC pump operating
: 83. Ensure Standby CC pump in AUTO
: 84. IAAT ES Channels 3 & 4 are actuated, THEN GO TO Step 85
: 85. Place Diverse LPI in BYPASS
: 86. Place ES CH 3 and ES CH 4 in MANUAL CAUTION LPI pump damage may occur if operated in excess of 30 minutes against shutoff head
: 87. IAAT any LPI pump is operating against shutoff head, THEN at the CR SROs discretion, stop affected LPI pumps
: 88. IAAT RCS pressure is < LPI pump shutoff head, THEN perform Steps 89 -
90 RNO: GO TO Step 91
: 91. IAAT 1A and 1B LPI PUMPs are off/tripped, AND all of the following exists..
RNO: GO TO Step 94
: 94. IAAT 1A LPI PUMP fails while operating, AND 1B LPI PUMP is operating, THEN close 1LP-17
: 95. IAAT 1B LPI PUMP fails while operating, AND 1A LPI PUMP is operating, THEN close 1LP-18
: 96. Start A and B OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FANS
: 97. Notify Unit 3 to start 3A and 3B OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FANS This event is complete when the SRO reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 25 of 48
 
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47     Scenario No.:     2       Event No.:    7                     Page 8 of 16 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC/BOP                   SRO EOP Enclosure 5.1 (ES Actuation) (continued) 9 8. Verify 1CF
1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time     Position                               Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC/BOP     EOP Enclosure 5.1 (ES Actuation) (continued)
-1 and 1CF-2 are open
: 98. Verify 1CF-1 and 1CF-2 are open
: 99. Verify 1HP
: 99. Verify 1HP-410 closed 100. Secure makeup to the LDST 101. Verify all ES channel 1-4 components are in the ES position 102. Verify Unit 2 turbine tripped RNO: GO TO Step 105 105. Close 1LPSW-139 106. Place 1LPSW-251 and 1LPSW-252 FAIL SWITCH in FAIL OPEN 107. Start all available LPSW pumps 108. Verify either:
-410 closed 10 0. Secure makeup to the LDST 10 1. Verify all ES channel 1
__ Three LPSW pumps operating
-4 components are in the ES position 10 2. Verify Unit 2 turbine tripped RNO: GO TO Step 10 5 10 5. Close 1LPSW
__ Two LPSW pumps operating when TS only requires two operable 109. Open 1LPSW-4 and 1LPSW-5 110. IAAT BWST level  19, THEN initiate Encl 5.12 (ECCS Suction Swap to RBES)
-139 10 6. Place 1LPSW
RNO: 1. Display BWST level using OAC Turn-on code "SHOWDIG O1P1600".
-251 and 1LPSW
: 2. Notify crew of BWST level IAAT step.
-252 FAIL SWITCH in FAIL OPEN 10 7. Start all available LPSW pumps 10 8. Verify either: __ Three LPSW pumps operating
111. Dispatch an operator to perform Encl 5.2 (Placing RB Hydrogen Analyzers In Service) (PS) 112. Select DECAY HEAT LOW FLOW ALARM SELECT switch to ON 113. IAAT ES channels 5 & 6 have actuated, THEN perform Step 114 SRO        114. Verify all ES channel 5 & 6 components in the ES position RNO: Notify SRO to evaluate components NOT in ES position and initiate action to place in ES position if desired This event is complete when the SRO reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
__ Two LPSW pumps operating when TS only requires two operable 1 09. Open 1LPSW
Page 26 of 48
-4 and 1LPSW
 
-5 11 0. IAAT THEN initiate Encl 5.12 (ECCS Suction Swap to RBES)           RNO: 1. Display BWST level using OAC Turn
Appendix D                           Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47     Scenario No.:   2       Event No.:    7                   Page 9 of 16 Event
-on code "SHOWDIG O1P1600".                     2. Notify crew of BWST level IAAT step.
11 1. Dispatch an operator to perform Encl 5.2 (Placing RB Hydrogen Analyzers In Service) (PS) 11 2. Select DECAY HEAT LOW FLOW ALARM SELECT switch to ON 11 3. IAAT ES channels 5 & 6 have actuated, THEN perform Step 11 4 11 4. Verify all ES channel 5 & 6 components in the ES position RNO: Notify SRO to evaluate components NOT in ES position and initiate action to place in ES position if desired reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 27 of 48  Op-Test No.: ILT47       Scenario No.:   2     Event No.:    7       Page 9 of 16 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC/BOP                   EOP Enclosure 5.1 (ES Actuation) (continued) 11 5. IAAT ES channels 7 & 8 have actuated, THEN perform Step 11 6 - 11 7. RNO: GO TO Step 11 8. 11 8. Notify U2 CR SRO that SSF is inoperable due to OTS1
1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time     Position                           Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC/BOP     EOP Enclosure 5.1 (ES Actuation) (continued) 115. IAAT ES channels 7 & 8 have actuated, THEN perform Step 116 - 117.
-1 open. 1 19. Ensure any turnover sheet compensatory measures for ES actuation are complete as necessary.
RNO: GO TO Step 118.
12 0. IAAT conditions causing ES actuation have cleared, THEN initiate Encl 5.41 (ES Recovery)
118. Notify U2 CR SRO that SSF is inoperable due to OTS1-1 open.
. 12 1. WHEN CR SRO approves, THEN EXIT this enclosure
119. Ensure any turnover sheet compensatory measures for ES actuation are complete as necessary.
. reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 28 of 48  Op-Test No.: ILT47       Scenario No.:   2     Event No.:    7       Page 10 of 16 Event
120. IAAT conditions causing ES actuation have cleared, THEN initiate Encl 5.41 (ES Recovery).
121. WHEN CR SRO approves, THEN EXIT this enclosure.
This event is complete when the SRO reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 27 of 48
 
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47     Scenario No.:     2       Event No.:    7                   Page 10 of 16 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC/BOP        (CT- 3)
1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time     Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior Crew Response: (EHT PAP actions):
Crew Response:
SRO/OATC/
  (EHT PAP actions):
* Announce plant conditions using PA system.
Announce plant conditions using PA system.
BOP
Notify OSM to reference the Emergency Plan and AD-LS-ALL-0006 EOP Excessive Heat Transfer Tab (EHT)
* Notify OSM to reference the Emergency Plan and AD-LS-ALL-0006 EOP Excessive Heat Transfer Tab (EHT)
: 1. Verify any SG pressure < 550 psig
: 1. Verify any SG pressure < 550 psig
: 2. Ensure Rule 5 (Main Steam Line Break) in progress or complete
: 2. Ensure Rule 5 (Main Steam Line Break) in progress or complete
: 3. Place the following in HAND and decrease demand to zero on all affected SGs:   1FDW-32 and 1FDW
: 3. Place the following in HAND and decrease demand to zero on all affected SGs:
-35 (for 1A SG)
* 1FDW-32 and 1FDW-35 (for 1A SG)
: 4. Close the following on all affected SGs:   1FDW-372, 1MS-17, 1MS-79, 1MS-35, 1MS-82, 1FDW-368 5. Verify level in both SGs < 96% O.R.  
: 4. Close the following on all affected SGs:
: 6. IAAT core SCM is > 0&deg;F, THEN perform Steps 7 and 8
* 1FDW-372, 1MS-17, 1MS-79, 1MS-35, 1MS-82, 1FDW-368
: 7. Throttle HPI per Rule 6 (HPI) (CT- 3) EXAMINER NOTE: HPI flow must be throttled and RCS temperature controlled to prevent a solid Pzr and subsequent operation of the PORV.
: 5. Verify level in both SGs < 96% O.R.
: 8. Verify letdown in service RNO: IF desired to restore letdown, THEN initiate Encl 5.5 (Pzr and LDST Level Control) (page 37) 9. Verify any SG has an intact secondary boundary (1B SG is intact)
: 6. IAAT core SCM is > 0&deg;F, THEN perform Steps 7 and 8 (CT- 3)      7. Throttle HPI per Rule 6 (HPI) (CT- 3)
EXAMINER NOTE: HPI flow must be throttled and RCS temperature controlled to prevent a solid Pzr and subsequent operation of the PORV.
: 8. Verify letdown in service RNO: IF desired to restore letdown, THEN initiate Encl 5.5 (Pzr and LDST Level Control) (page 37)
: 9. Verify any SG has an intact secondary boundary (1B SG is intact)
NOTE: If only one SG is intact and has been isolated for SGTR, the following steps will unisolate and use it for heat removal.
NOTE: If only one SG is intact and has been isolated for SGTR, the following steps will unisolate and use it for heat removal.
: 10. Open the following on all intact SGs 1FDW-382, 1FDW-369, and 1MS-26 11. Start MDEFDWP associated with all intact SGs (1B) 1B MD EFDWP (already running)
: 10. Open the following on all intact SGs
: 12. Feed and steam all intact SGs to stabilize RCS P/T using either:   TBVs Dispatch two operators to perform Encl 5.24 (Operation of the ADVs
* 1FDW-382, 1FDW-369, and 1MS-26
: 13. GO TO Step 32 32. Verify any: __ HPI has operated in the injection mode while NO RCPs were operating __ A cooldown below 400&deg;F at > 100&deg;F/hr has occurred RNO: GO TO Step 34 reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 29 of 48  Op-Test No.: ILT47       Scenario No.:    2     Event No.:    7       Page 11 of 16 Event
: 11. Start MDEFDWP associated with all intact SGs (1B)
* 1B MD EFDWP (already running)
: 12. Feed and steam all intact SGs to stabilize RCS P/T using either:
* TBVs
* Dispatch two operators to perform Encl 5.24 (Operation of the ADVs
: 13. GO TO Step 32
: 32. Verify any:
__ HPI has operated in the injection mode while NO RCPs were operating
__ A cooldown below 400&deg;F at > 100&deg;F/hr has occurred RNO: GO TO Step 34 This event is complete when the SRO reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 28 of 48
 
Appendix D                           Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47     Scenario No.:    2       Event No.:    7                     Page 11 of 16 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC/BOP                  EOP Excessive Heat Transfer Tab (continued)
1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time     Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior EOP Excessive Heat Transfer Tab (continued)
: 34. Verify 1MS
SRO/OATC/      34. Verify 1MS-24 and 1MS-33 are closed BOP              RNO: 1. IF an unaffected Unit 1 SG is available to supply aux steam, THEN:
-24 and 1MS
A. Open aux steam supply from unaffected SG: (1MS-33)
-33 are closed RNO: 1. IF an unaffected Unit 1 SG is available to supply aux steam, THEN: A. Open aux steam supply from unaffected SG: (1MS-33) B. Close aux steam supply from affected SG: (1MS-24) C. GO TO Step 35 35. Open 1AS-8 36. Close 1SSH
B. Close aux steam supply from affected SG: (1MS-24)
-9 37. Perform notifications:
C. GO TO Step 35
Notify Chemistry to determine RCS boron concentration Notify Secondary Chemistry to check for indications of SGTR Notify RP to check for indications of a SGTR
: 35. Open 1AS-8
: 36. Close 1SSH-9
: 37. Perform notifications:
* Notify Chemistry to determine RCS boron concentration
* Notify Secondary Chemistry to check for indications of SGTR
* Notify RP to check for indications of a SGTR
: 38. IAAT RCS boron is determined to be insufficient for adequate SDM, THEN initiate Encl 5.11 (RCS Boration)
: 38. IAAT RCS boron is determined to be insufficient for adequate SDM, THEN initiate Encl 5.11 (RCS Boration)
: 39. IAAT all exist:   ES Bypass Permit satisfied All SCMs > 0&deg;F RCS pressure controllable THEN perform Step s 40 - 41 (Bypass applicable ES)
: 39. IAAT all exist:
RNO: GO TO Step 4 2 4 2. Verify any SG is dry NOTE: Minimizing SCM reduces tensile stress on the SG.
* ES Bypass Permit satisfied
* All SCMs > 0&deg;F
* RCS pressure controllable THEN perform Steps 40 - 41 (Bypass applicable ES)
RNO: GO TO Step 42
: 42. Verify any SG is dry NOTE:
Minimizing SCM reduces tensile stress on the SG.
PORV should be used if Pzr spray is not available.
PORV should be used if Pzr spray is not available.
Procedure progression may continue when actions to minimize SCM are in progress. 4 3. Maintain minimum SCM using the following methods as necessary:
Procedure progression may continue when actions to minimize SCM are in progress.
: 43. Maintain minimum SCM using the following methods as necessary:
__ De-energize all Pzr heaters
__ De-energize all Pzr heaters
__ Use Pzr spray
__ Use Pzr spray
__ Use PORV reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 30 of 48  Op-Test No.: ILT47       Scenario No.:   2     Event No.:    7       Page 12 of 16 Event
__ Throttle HPI to maintain Pzr level > 100 [180 acc]
__ Use PORV This event is complete when the SRO reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 29 of 48
 
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47     Scenario No.:     2       Event No.:    7                   Page 12 of 16 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC/BOP                  EOP Excessive Heat Transfer Tab (continued) 4 4. Verify any RCP operating 4 5. Maintain RCP NPSH OAC Encl 5.18 (P/T Curves)
1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time     Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior EOP Excessive Heat Transfer Tab (continued)
EXAMINER NOTEcrew enters Encl 5.1 6 and then immediately Exits.
SRO/OATC/      44. Verify any RCP operating BOP        45. Maintain RCP NPSH
4 6. Initiate Encl 5.16 (SG Tube
* OAC
-to- 4 7. IAAT all exist: <one RCP operating in any loop All SCMs > 0 F RCP available in an idle loop THEN initiate Encl 5.6 (RCP Restart) to start one RCP in each idle loop.
* Encl 5.18 (P/T Curves)
4 8. IAAT all exist: RBS actuated RB pressure < 10 psig 1RIA-57 NOT in alarm 1RIA-58 NOT in alarm THEN stop both RBS pumps.
EXAMINER NOTE: SG tube to shell T is not approaching either limit so the crew enters Encl 5.16 and then immediately Exits.
: 49. IAAT Tcold approaches 470 F, AND all RCPs are operating, THEN ensure < four RCPs are operating.
: 46. Initiate Encl 5.16 (SG Tube-to-Shell T Control)
: 50. IAAT BWST level is  19', THEN initiate Encl 5.12 (ECCS Suction Swap to RBES).
: 47. IAAT all exist:
5 1. Verify all SCMs > 0 F 5 2. Verify indications of SGTR  25 gpm. RNO: GO TO Step 5 4 5 4. Verify required RCS makeup flow within normal makeup capability.
                                  * <one RCP operating in any loop
5 5. Verify either: Any SG isolated Any SG has an unisolable steam leak 5 6. GO TO FCD Tab reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 31 of 48  Op-Test No.: ILT47       Scenario No.:   2     Event No.:    7       Page 13 of 16 Event
* All SCMs > 0&deg;F
* RCP available in an idle loop THEN initiate Encl 5.6 (RCP Restart) to start one RCP in each idle loop.
: 48. IAAT all exist:
* RBS actuated
* RB pressure < 10 psig
* 1RIA-57 NOT in alarm
* 1RIA-58 NOT in alarm THEN stop both RBS pumps.
: 49. IAAT Tcold approaches 470&deg;F, AND all RCPs are operating, THEN ensure < four RCPs are operating.
: 50. IAAT BWST level is  19',
THEN initiate Encl 5.12 (ECCS Suction Swap to RBES).
: 51. Verify all SCMs > 0&deg;F
: 52. Verify indications of SGTR  25 gpm.
RNO: GO TO Step 54
: 54. Verify required RCS makeup flow within normal makeup capability.
: 55. Verify either:
* Any SG isolated
* Any SG has an unisolable steam leak
: 56. GO TO FCD Tab This event is complete when the SRO reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 30 of 48
 
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47     Scenario No.:     2       Event No.:    7                 Page 13 of 16 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC/BOP                  Rule 2 1. IAAT all exist:
1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time     Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior Rule 2
THEN perform Steps 2 and 3
: 1. IAAT all exist:
: 2. Stop all RCPs 3. Notify CRS of RCP status.
SRO/OATC/
* Any SCM  0F BOP
* Rx power  1%
* 2 minutes elapsed since loss of SCM THEN perform Steps 2 and 3
: 2. Stop all RCPs
: 3. Notify CRS of RCP status.
: 4. Verify Blackout exists.
: 4. Verify Blackout exists.
RNO: GO TO Step 6
RNO: GO TO Step 6
: 6. Open 1HP
: 6. Open 1HP-24 and 1HP-25
-24 and 1HP
: 7. Start all available HPI pumps
-25 7. Start all available HPI pumps
: 8. GO TO Step 13.
: 8. GO TO Step 13. 13. Open 1HP
: 13. Open 1HP-26 and 1HP-27
-26 and 1HP
: 14. Verify at least two HPI pumps are operating.
-27 14. Verify at least two HPI pumps are operating.
: 15. IAAT 2 HPI pumps operating, AND HPI flow in any header is in the unacceptable region of Figure 1, THEN perform Steps 16 - 21.
: 15. IAAT AND HPI flow in any header is in the unacceptable region of Figure 1, THEN perform Steps 16  
RNO: GO TO Step 17
- 21. RNO: GO TO Step 17
: 17. IAAT flow limits are exceeded, THEN perform Steps 18-20 RNO: GO TO Step 21
: 17. IAAT flow limits are exceeded, THEN perform Steps 18
: 21. Notify CRS of HPI status.
-2 0 RNO: GO TO Step 21 21. Notify CRS of HPI status.
: 22. Verify RCS pressure > 550 psig
: 22. Verify RCS pressure > 550 psig
: 23. IAAT either exists:
: 23. IAAT either exists:
THEN GO TO Step 24   RNO: GO TO Step 35   reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 32 of 48  Op-Test No.: ILT47       Scenario No.:    2     Event No.:    7       Page 14 of 16 Event
* Total LPI flow  3400 gpm
* Flow is one LPI header  2900 gpm THEN GO TO Step 24 RNO: GO TO Step 35 This event is complete when the SRO reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 31 of 48
 
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47     Scenario No.:    2       Event No.:    7                     Page 14 of 16 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC/BOP                  Rule 2 (continued)
1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time     Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior Rule 2 (continued)
: 35. IAAT TBVs are unavailable:
: 35. IAAT TBVs are unavailable:
Dispatch two operators to perform Encl 5.24 (Operation of ADVs)
SRO/OATC/
Notify CRS that ADVs are being aligned for use.
* Dispatch two operators to perform Encl 5.24 (Operation of ADVs)
: 36. Verify 1SA
BOP
-2/C-8 (AFIS HEADER A INITIATED) lit.
* Notify CRS that ADVs are being aligned for use.
RNO: Select OFF for both digital channels on AFIS HEADER A.
: 36. Verify 1SA-2/C-8 (AFIS HEADER A INITIATED) lit.
: 37. Verify 1SA
RNO: Select OFF for both digital channels on AFIS HEADER A.
-2/D-8 (AFIS HEADER B INITIATED) lit.
: 37. Verify 1SA-2/D-8 (AFIS HEADER B INITIATED) lit.
RNO: Select OFF for both digital channels on AFIS HEADER B.
RNO: Select OFF for both digital channels on AFIS HEADER B.
: 38. Verify any EFDW pump operating.
: 38. Verify any EFDW pump operating.
: 39. Start MD EFDW pumps on all intact SGs (1B)
: 39. Start MD EFDW pumps on all intact SGs (1B)
: 40. Verify any EFDW pump operating.
: 40. Verify any EFDW pump operating.
: 41. Verify both SG's intact.
: 41. Verify both SGs intact.
RNO:   Establish 450 gpm flow to the intact SG GO TO Step 43 43. Verify both MD EFDWPs operating.
RNO:
RNO: IF 1 TD EFDW PUMP is operating, or NO MFDW pumps operating, THEN GO TO Step 45 GO TO Step 47 45. Trip both Main FDW pumps.
* Establish 450 gpm flow to the intact SG
* GO TO Step 43
: 43. Verify both MD EFDWPs operating.
RNO:
* IF 1 TD EFDW PUMP is operating, or NO MFDW pumps operating, THEN GO TO Step 45
* GO TO Step 47
: 45. Trip both Main FDW pumps.
: 46. Place FDW block valve switches in CLOSE:
: 46. Place FDW block valve switches in CLOSE:
1FDW-33 1FDW-31 1FDW-42 1FDW-40 reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 33 of 48  Op-Test No.: ILT47       Scenario No.:    2     Event No.:   7       Page 15 of 16 Event
* 1FDW-33
* 1FDW-31
* 1FDW-42
* 1FDW-40 This event is complete when the SRO reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 32 of 48
 
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47     Scenario No.:    2         Event No.:   7                       Page 15 of 16 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC/BOP                   Rule 2 (continued)
1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time     Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior Rule 2 (continued)
NOTE SRO/OATC/
* SG levels must continue to increase until the SG Level Control BOP             Point is reached.
* If Main FDW is feeding any SG, Rule 7 provides a different SG Level Control Point.
* TS cooldown rates are  50&deg;F/1/2 hr when Tcold > 270&deg;F and 25&deg;F/1/2 hr when Tcold < 270&deg;F.
: 47. Begin feeding all intact SGs to the appropriate SG level control point in Rule 7.
: 47. Begin feeding all intact SGs to the appropriate SG level control point in Rule 7.
: 48. IAAT SG level control point is reached, THEN maintain SG level control point by feeding and steaming as necessary.
: 48. IAAT SG level control point is reached, THEN maintain SG level control point by feeding and steaming as necessary.
: 49. Notify CRS of SG feed status.
: 49. Notify CRS of SG feed status.
: 50. IAAT SG pressure is > RCS pressure, THEN reduce SG pressure < RCS pressure using either:
: 50. IAAT SG pressure is > RCS pressure, THEN reduce SG pressure < RCS pressure using either:
TBVs Dispatch two operators to perform Encl 5.24 (Operation of ADVs)
* TBVs
* Dispatch two operators to perform Encl 5.24 (Operation of ADVs)
: 51. Verify any Main FDW pump operating.
: 51. Verify any Main FDW pump operating.
RNO: GO TO Step 58 58. Ensure Rule 3 is in progress or complete.
RNO: GO TO Step 58
: 58. Ensure Rule 3 is in progress or complete.
: 59. WHEN directed by CRS, THEN EXIT.
: 59. WHEN directed by CRS, THEN EXIT.
reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead     NOTE  SG levels must continue to increase until the SG Level Control Point is reached.
This event is complete when the SRO reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
If Main FDW is feeding any SG, Rule 7 provides a different SG Level Control Point.
Page 33 of 48
TS cooldown rates are  50F/1/2 hr when Tcold > 2 7 0F and  25F/1/2 hr when Tcold < 2 7 0 F.
 
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 34 of 48  Op-Test No.: ILT47       Scenario No.:    2     Event No.:    7       Page 16 of 16 Event
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                     Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47     Scenario No.:    2       Event No.:    7                 Page 16 of 16 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC/BOP                  LOSCM Tab Parallel Actions Page:
1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time     Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior LOSCM Tab SRO/OATC/     Parallel Actions Page:
Announce plant conditions using PA system.
BOP
Notify OSM to reference Emergency Plan and AD
* Announce plant conditions using PA system.
-LS-ALL-0006 1. Ensure Rule 2 (Loss of SCM) is in progress or complete.
* Notify OSM to reference Emergency Plan and AD-LS-ALL-0006
: 1. Ensure Rule 2 (Loss of SCM) is in progress or complete.
: 2. Verify LOSCM caused by excessive heat transfer.
: 2. Verify LOSCM caused by excessive heat transfer.
: 3. Verify EHT tab has been performed.
: 3. Verify EHT tab has been performed.
RNO: GO TO EHT tab. (Page 28) reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 35 of 48 RULE 6  HPI must be throttled to prevent violating the RV
RNO: GO TO EHT tab. (Page 28)
-P/T limit.
This event is complete when the SRO reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
HPI pump operation must be limited to two HPIPs when only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open.
Page 34 of 48
HPI must be throttled  475 gpm/pump (including seal injection for A header) when only one HPI pump is operating in a header.
Total HPI flow must be throttled  950 gpm including seal injection when 1A and 1B HPI pumps are operating with 1HP
-409 open. Total HPI flow must be throttled < 750 gpm when all the following exist:
- LPI suction is from the RBES
- piggyback is aligned
- either of the following exist:
only one piggyback valve is open (1LP
-15 or 1LP-16)  only one LPI pump operating HPI may be throttled under the following conditions:
HPI Forced Cooling in Progress:
HPI Forced Cooling NOT in Progress:
All the following conditions must exist:
Core SCM > 0  CETCs decreasing All the following conditions must exist:
All WR NIs  1%  Core SCM > 0  Pzr level increasing CRS concurrence required if throttling following emergency boration Maintain  170 gpm indicated/pump. This is an instrument error adjusted value that ensures a real value of  65 gpm/pump is maintained. HPI pump flow less than minimum is allowed for up to 4 hours.


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 36 of 48  Rule 7 guidance for SG levels during ACC conditions Table 4 SG Level Control Points NOTE Flow may be throttled as necessary to control cooldown during the approach to the SG Level Control Point.
Appendix D                                 Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT47 RULE 6 HPI Pump Throttling Limits
Plant Condition Main FDW Pump EFDW Pump SSF ASW Pump or PSW Pump All SCMs > 0 F AND any RCP on 25 - 35 [55 - 65 acc] S/U level 30 [60 acc] XSUR (use MFDW setpoint if feeding via S/U CVs) 30 [60 acc] XSUR All SCMs > 0 F AND all RCPs off 50% [50% acc] Operating Range 240 [270 acc] XSUR (use MFDW setpoint if feeding via S/U CVs) 240 [270 acc] XSUR Any SCM = 0 F AND NO SSF Event* 95% [95% acc] Operating Range LOSCM setpoint (Band: +0/-5) (Turn-on code "EFW" or Per Table 5)
* HPI must be throttled to prevent violating the RV-P/T limit.
LOSCM setpoint (Band: +0/-5) (Turn-on code "EFW" or Per Table 5)
* HPI pump operation must be limited to two HPIPs when only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open.
Any SCM = 0 F AND SSF EventN/A 240 [270 acc] XSUR Per AP/25 Any SCM = 0 F AND SSF Event AND feeding with PSW N/A N/A Per PSW Enclosure Superheated with CETCs  1200 F 95% [95% acc] Operating Range LOSCM setpoint (Band: +0/-5) (Turn-on code "EFW" or Per Table 5)
* HPI must be throttled 475 gpm/pump (including seal injection for A header) when only one HPI pump is operating in a header.
LOSCM setpoint (Band: +0/-5) (Turn-on code "EFW" or Per Table 5)
* Total HPI flow must be throttled 950 gpm including seal injection when 1A and 1B HPI pumps are operating with 1HP-409 open.
Superheated with CETCs >
* Total HPI flow must be throttled < 750 gpm when all the following exist:
1200 F Per Encl 5.15 (ICC Full Range SG Level) Per Encl 5.15 (ICC Full Range SG Level) Per Encl 5.15 (ICC Full Range SG Level)  SSF Event*
        - LPI suction is from the RBES
- SSF activated per AP/25 with SSF RC Makeup required.
        - piggyback is aligned
        - either of the following exist:
* only one piggyback valve is open (1LP-15 or 1LP-16)
* only one LPI pump operating
* HPI may be throttled under the following conditions:
HPI Forced Cooling in Progress:                HPI Forced Cooling NOT in Progress:
All the following conditions must exist:          All the following conditions must exist:
* Core SCM > 0
* All WR NIs 1%
* CETCs decreasing
* Core SCM > 0
* Pzr level increasing
* CRS concurrence required if throttling following emergency boration HPI Pump Minimum Flow Limit
* Maintain 170 gpm indicated/pump. This is an instrument error adjusted value that ensures a real value of  65 gpm/pump is maintained. HPI pump flow less than minimum is allowed for up to 4 hours.
Page 35 of 48


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 37 of 48 EXAMINER NOTE At any time during this scenario the operator may choose to use Enclosure 5.5 to maintain RCS inventory control. See excerpt below.
Appendix D                                   Required Operator Actions                               Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Rule 7 guidance for SG levels during ACC conditions Table 4 SG Level Control Points NOTE Flow may be throttled as necessary to control cooldown during the approach to the SG Level Control Point.
ENCLOSURE 5.5 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE Maintaining Pzr level >100   1. Utilize the following as necessary to maintain desired Pzr level:
Plant Condition            Main FDW Pump                  EFDW Pump          SSF ASW Pump or PSW Pump 25 - 35            30 [60 acc] XSUR (use All SCMs > 0&deg;F
1A HPI Pump 1B HPI Pump 1HP-26 1HP-7 1HP-120 setpoint or valve demand 1HP-5 __ IF 1HP-26 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP
[55 - 65 acc]        MFDW setpoint if feeding    30 [60 acc] XSUR AND any RCP on S/U level                  via S/U CVs) 240 [270 acc] XSUR (use All SCMs > 0&deg;F          50% [50% acc] Operating MFDW setpoint if feeding  240 [270 acc] XSUR AND all RCPs off                  Range via S/U CVs)
-410 to maintain desired Pzr level.
LOSCM setpoint          LOSCM setpoint (Band: +0/-5)          (Band: +0/-5)
: 2. IAAT makeup to the LDST is desired,   THEN makeup from 1A BHUT.
Any SCM = 0&deg;F            95% [95% acc] Operating (Turn-on code "EFW"      (Turn-on code "EFW" AND NO SSF Event*                    Range or                      or Per Table 5)            Per Table 5)
Any SCM = 0&deg;F AND SSF Event*                    N/A                240 [270 acc] XSUR            Per AP/25 Any SCM = 0&deg;F AND SSF Event AND feeding with PSW                    N/A                          N/A              Per PSW Enclosure LOSCM setpoint LOSCM setpoint (Band: +0/-5)
(Band: +0/-5)      (Turn-on code "EFW" Superheated with CETCs      95% [95% acc] Operating (Turn-on code "EFW"                or 1200&deg;F                        Range or                  Per Table 5)
Per Table 5)
Superheated with CETCs >            Per Encl 5.15                Per Encl 5.15            Per Encl 5.15 1200&deg;F              (ICC Full Range SG Level)  (ICC Full Range SG Level) (ICC Full Range SG Level)
SSF Event* - SSF activated per AP/25 with SSF RC Makeup required.
Page 36 of 48
 
Appendix D                                Required Operator Actions                          Form ES-D-2 ILT47 EXAMINER NOTE At any time during this scenario the operator may choose to use Enclosure 5.5 to maintain RCS inventory control. See excerpt below.
ENCLOSURE 5.5 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                               RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE Maintaining Pzr level >100 [180 acc] will ensure Pzr heater bundles remain covered.
: 1. Utilize the following as necessary to maintain       __ IF 1HP-26 will NOT open, desired Pzr level:                                     THEN throttle 1HP-410 to maintain
* 1A HPI Pump                                     desired Pzr level.
* 1B HPI Pump
* 1HP-26
* 1HP-7
* 1HP-120 setpoint or valve demand
* 1HP-5
: 2. IAAT makeup to the LDST is desired, THEN makeup from 1A BHUT.
: 3. IAAT it is desired to secure makeup to LDST, THEN secure makeup from 1A BHUT.
: 3. IAAT it is desired to secure makeup to LDST, THEN secure makeup from 1A BHUT.
: 4. IAAT it is desired to bleed letdown flow to 1A BHUT, THEN perform the following:
: 4. IAAT it is desired to bleed letdown flow to 1A BHUT, THEN perform the following:
A. Open: __ 1CS-26 __ 1CS-41 B. Position 1HP
A. Open:
-14 to BLEED.
__ 1CS-26
__ 1CS-41 B. Position 1HP-14 to BLEED.
C. Notify SRO.
C. Notify SRO.
: 5. IAAT letdown bleed is NO longer desired, THEN position 1HP
: 5. IAAT letdown bleed is NO longer desired, THEN position 1HP-14 to NORMAL.
-14 to NORMAL.
Page 37 of 48


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 3 8 of 48  Page 2 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 2 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED   6. IAAT 1C HPI PUMP is required, THEN perform Steps 7 - 9. __ GO TO Step 10. 7. Open: 1HP-24  1HP-25 1. __ IF both BWST suction valves (1HP-24 and 1HP
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                           RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
-25) are closed, THEN perform the following:
: 6. IAAT 1C HPI PUMP is required,                 __ GO TO Step 10.
A. __ Start 1A LPI PUMP.
THEN perform Steps 7 - 9.
: 7. Open:                                       1. __ IF both BWST suction valves
* 1HP-24                                        (1HP-24 and 1HP-25) are closed, THEN perform the following:
* 1HP-25 A. __ Start 1A LPI PUMP.
B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.
B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.
C. Open: __ 1LP-15 __ 1LP-16 __ 1LP-9 __ 1LP-10 __ 1LP-6 __ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.
C. Open:
E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A 119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end
__ 1LP-15
). F. __ GO TO Step 8. 2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, THEN perform the following:
__ 1LP-16
__ 1LP-9
__ 1LP-10
__ 1LP-6
__ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.
E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A-1-119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end).
F. __ GO TO Step 8.
: 2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, THEN perform the following:
A. __ IF three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.
A. __ IF three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.
B. __ IF < 2 HPI pumps are operating, THEN start HPI pumps to obtain two HPI pump operation, preferably in opposite headers.
B. __ IF < 2 HPI pumps are operating, THEN start HPI pumps to obtain two HPI pump operation, preferably in opposite headers.
C. __ GO TO Step 9.
C. __ GO TO Step 9.
Page 38 of 48


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 39 of 48  Page 3 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
Appendix D                                 Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 3 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                               RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 8. Start 1C HPI PUMP.
: 8. Start 1C HPI PUMP.                                 __ IF at least two HPI pumps are operating, THEN throttle 1HP-409 to maintain desired Pzr level.
__ IF at least two HPI pumps are operating, THEN throttle 1HP
: 9. Throttle the following as required to         1. __ IF at least two HPI pumps are operating, maintain desired Pzr level:                          AND 1HP-26 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP-410 to maintain
-409 to maintain desired Pzr level.
* 1HP-26 desired Pzr level.
: 9. Throttle the following as required to maintain desired Pzr level:
* 1HP-27
1HP-26  1HP-27 1. __ IF at least two HPI pumps are operating, AND 1HP-26 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP
: 2. __ IF 1A HPI PUMP and 1B HPI PUMP are operating, AND 1HP-27 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP-409 to maintain desired Pzr level.
-410 to maintain desired Pzr level.
Page 39 of 48
: 2. __ IF 1A HPI PUMP and 1B HPI PUMP are operating, AND 1HP-27 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP
-409 to maintain desired Pzr level.


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 40 of 48  Page 4 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 4 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                             RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 10. IAAT LDST level CANNOT be maintained, THEN perform Step
: 10. IAAT LDST level CANNOT be maintained,             __ GO TO Step 132.
: 11. __ GO TO Step 13 2. 11. Perform the following:
THEN perform Step 11.
Open 1HP-24. Open 1HP-25. Close 1HP-16. 1. __ IF both BWST suction valves (1HP-24 and 1HP
: 11. Perform the following:                         1. __ IF both BWST suction valves
-25) are closed, THEN perform the following:
* Open 1HP-24.                                    (1HP-24 and 1HP-25) are closed, THEN perform the following:
* Open 1HP-25.
A. __ Start 1A LPI PUMP.
A. __ Start 1A LPI PUMP.
* Close 1HP-16.
B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.
B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.
C. Open: __ 1LP-15 __ 1LP-16 __ 1LP-9 __ 1LP-10 __ 1LP-6 __ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.
C. Open:
E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A 119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end).
__ 1LP-15
F. __ GO TO Step 13. 2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, AND three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.
__ 1LP-16
NOTE Maintaining Pzr level >100   12. Operate PZR heaters as required to maintain heater bundle integrity.
__ 1LP-9
__ 1LP-10
__ 1LP-6
__ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.
E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A-1-119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end).
F. __ GO TO Step 13.
: 2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, AND three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.
NOTE Maintaining Pzr level >100 [180 acc] will ensure Pzr heater bundles remain covered.
: 12. Operate PZR heaters as required to maintain heater bundle integrity.
Page 40 of 48


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 41 of 48  Page 5 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                               Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 5 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                               RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 13. IAAT additional makeup flow to LDST is desired, AND 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP is operating, THEN dispatch an operator to close 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) (A 107, Unit 1 RC Bleed Transfer Pump Rm.).
: 13. IAAT additional makeup flow to LDST is desired, AND 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP is operating, THEN dispatch an operator to close 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) (A-1-107, Unit 1 RC Bleed Transfer Pump Rm.).
: 14. IAAT two Letdown Filters are desired, THEN perform the following:
: 14. IAAT two Letdown Filters are desired, THEN perform the following:
Open 1HP-17. Open 1HP-18 15. IAAT all of the following exist:
* Open 1HP-17.
Letdown isolated LPSW available Letdown restoration desired THEN perform Steps 16 - 34. {41} __ GO TO Step 35. 16. Open: 1CC-7  1CC-8 1. __ Notify CR SRO that letdown CANNOT be restored due to inability to restart the CC system. 2. __ GO TO Step 35. 17. Ensure only one CC pump running.
* Open 1HP-18
: 18. Place the non
: 15. IAAT all of the following exist:                   __ GO TO Step 35.
-running CC pump in AUTO.
* Letdown isolated
: 19. Verify both are open: 1HP-1  1HP-2 1. __ IF 1HP-1 is closed due to 1HP
* LPSW available
-3 failing to close, THEN GO TO Step 21. 2. __ IF 1HP-2 is closed due to 1HP
* Letdown restoration desired THEN perform Steps 16 - 34. {41}
-4 failing to close, THEN GO TO Step 21. 20. GO TO Step 23. NOTE Verification of leakage requires visual observation of East Penetration Room.
: 16. Open:                                           1. __ Notify CR SRO that letdown CANNOT be
: 21. Verify letdown line leak in East Penetration Room has occurred.
* 1CC-7                                            restored due to inability to restart the CC
__ GO TO Step 23. 22. GO TO Step 35.  
* 1CC-8                                            system.
: 2. __ GO TO Step 35.
: 17. Ensure only one CC pump running.
: 18. Place the non-running CC pump in AUTO.
: 19. Verify both are open:                           1. __ IF 1HP-1 is closed due to 1HP-3 failing to
* 1HP-1                                            close,
* 1HP-2                                            THEN GO TO Step 21.
: 2. __ IF 1HP-2 is closed due to 1HP-4 failing to close, THEN GO TO Step 21.
: 20. GO TO Step 23.
NOTE Verification of leakage requires visual observation of East Penetration Room.
: 21. Verify letdown line leak in East Penetration       __ GO TO Step 23.
Room has occurred.
: 22. GO TO Step 35.
Page 41 of 48


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 42 of 48  Page 6 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                               Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 6 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                               RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 23. Monitor for unexpected conditions while restoring letdown.
: 23. Monitor for unexpected conditions while restoring letdown.
: 24. Verify both letdown coolers to be placed in service. 1. __ IF 1A letdown cooler is to be placed in service, THEN open: __1HP-1 __1HP-3 2. __ IF 1B letdown cooler is to be placed in service, THEN open: __1HP-2 __1HP-4 3. __ GO TO Step 26. 25. Open: 1HP-1 1HP-2 1HP-3 1HP-4 26. Verify at least one letdown cooler is aligned.
: 24. Verify both letdown coolers to be placed in     1. __ IF 1A letdown cooler is to be placed in service.                                          service, THEN open:
Perform the following:
__1HP-1
__1HP-3
: 2. __ IF 1B letdown cooler is to be placed in service, THEN open:
__1HP-2
__1HP-4
: 3. __ GO TO Step 26.
: 25. Open:
* 1HP-1
* 1HP-2
* 1HP-3
* 1HP-4
: 26. Verify at least one letdown cooler is aligned.     Perform the following:
A. __ Notify CR SRO of problem.
A. __ Notify CR SRO of problem.
B. __ GO TO Step 35. 27. Close 1HP-6. 28. Close 1HP-7. 29. Verify letdown temperature < 125 F. 1. __ Open 1HP-13. 2. Close: __1HP-8 __1HP-9&11 3. __ IF any deborating THEN perform the following:
B. __ GO TO Step 35.
A. __Select 1HP
: 27. Close 1HP-6.
-14 to NORMAL.
: 28. Close 1HP-7.
B. __Close 1HP
: 29. Verify letdown temperature < 125&deg;F.             1. __ Open 1HP-13.
-16. 4. __ Select LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch to BYPASS.
: 2. Close:
__1HP-8
__1HP-9&11
: 3. __ IF any deborating IX is in service, THEN perform the following:
A.       __Select 1HP-14 to NORMAL.
B.       __Close 1HP-16.
: 4. __ Select LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch to BYPASS.
Page 42 of 48


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 43 of 48  Page 7 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 7 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                               RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 30. Open 1HP-5. 31. Adjust 1HP
: 30. Open 1HP-5.
-7 for  20 gpm letdown.
: 31. Adjust 1HP-7 for  20 gpm letdown.
: 32. WHEN letdown temperature is < 125 F, THEN place LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch to NORMAL.
: 32. WHEN letdown temperature is < 125&deg;F, THEN place LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch to NORMAL.
: 33. Open 1HP-6. 34. Adjust 1HP
: 33. Open 1HP-6.
-7 to control desired letdown flow.
: 34. Adjust 1HP-7 to control desired letdown flow.
NOTE AP/32 (Loss of Letdown) provides direction to cool down the RCS to offset increasing pressurizer level. 35. IAAT it is determined that letdown is unavailable due to equipment failures or letdown system leakage, THEN notify CR SRO to initiate AP/32 (Loss of Letdown).
NOTE AP/32 (Loss of Letdown) provides direction to cool down the RCS to offset increasing pressurizer level.
: 35. IAAT it is determined that letdown is unavailable due to equipment failures or letdown system leakage, THEN notify CR SRO to initiate AP/32 (Loss of Letdown).
: 36. IAAT > 1 HPI pump is operating, AND additional HPI pumps are NO longer needed, THEN perform the following:
: 36. IAAT > 1 HPI pump is operating, AND additional HPI pumps are NO longer needed, THEN perform the following:
A. Obtain SRO concurrence to reduce running HPI pumps.
A. Obtain SRO concurrence to reduce running HPI pumps.
Line 1,582: Line 1,945:
C. Place secured HPI pump switch in AUTO, if desired.
C. Place secured HPI pump switch in AUTO, if desired.
: 37. IAAT all the following conditions exist:
: 37. IAAT all the following conditions exist:
Makeup from BWST NOT required LDST level > 55 All control rods inserted Cooldown Plateau NOT being used THEN close: 1HP-24 1HP-25 Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 44 of 48  Page 8 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
* Makeup from BWST NOT required
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
* LDST level > 55
: 38. Verify 1CS
* All control rods inserted
-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) has been closed to provide additional makeup flow to LDST. __ GO TO Step 40. 39. WHEN 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) is NO longer needed to provide additional makeup flow to LDST, THEN perform the following:
* Cooldown Plateau NOT being used THEN close:
A. Stop 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP. B. Locally position 1CS
* 1HP-24
-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) one turn open (A 107, Unit 1 RC Bleed Transfer Pump Rm.).
* 1HP-25 Page 43 of 48
C. Close 1CS-46. D. Start 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP. E. Locally throttle 1CS
 
-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) to obtain 90  
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                   Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 8 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
- 110 psig discharge pressure.
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                             RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
F. Stop 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP. 40. Verify two Letdown Filters in service, AND only one Letdown filter is desired.
: 38. Verify 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) has been           __ GO TO Step 40.
__ GO TO Step 42. 41. Perform one of the following:
closed to provide additional makeup flow to LDST.
Place 1HP-17 switch to CLOSE.
: 39. WHEN 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) is NO longer needed to provide additional makeup flow to LDST, THEN perform the following:
Place 1HP-18 switch to CLOSE.
A. Stop 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP.
B. Locally position 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) one turn open (A-1-107, Unit 1 RC Bleed Transfer Pump Rm.).
C. Close 1CS-46.
D. Start 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP.
E. Locally throttle 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) to obtain 90 - 110 psig discharge pressure.
F. Stop 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP.
: 40. Verify two Letdown Filters in service,           __ GO TO Step 42.
AND only one Letdown filter is desired.
: 41. Perform one of the following:
* Place 1HP-17 switch to CLOSE.
* Place 1HP-18 switch to CLOSE.
: 42. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this enclosure.
: 42. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this enclosure.
END Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 45 of 48  AP/39 (Unintentional Boration) CAUTION Do NOT add demin water to counter the boration until RCS boron concentration stabilizes to prevent a positive reactivity event.
                                              * *
* END
* Page 44 of 48
 
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT47 AP/39 (Unintentional Boration)
CAUTION Do NOT add demin water to counter the boration until RCS boron concentration stabilizes to prevent a positive reactivity event.
4.1 __ Announce AP entry using PA system.
4.1 __ Announce AP entry using PA system.
4.2 __ IAAT CTP < 6%,           THEN perform the following:
4.2 __ IAAT CTP < 6%,
THEN perform the following:
A. __ Trip the Rx.
A. __ Trip the Rx.
B. __ GO TO Unit 1 EOP.
B. __ GO TO Unit 1 EOP.
Line 1,610: Line 1,989:
__ ICS is in Manual
__ ICS is in Manual
__ Tave is outside the control band THEN manually adjust FDW, as necessary, to maintain Tave within the control band until both SGs are on Low Level Limits.
__ Tave is outside the control band THEN manually adjust FDW, as necessary, to maintain Tave within the control band until both SGs are on Low Level Limits.
4.5 __ IAAT a power decrease is initiated,         THEN initiate Encl 5.1 (Unit Shutdown Support Actions).
4.5 __ IAAT a power decrease is initiated, THEN initiate Encl 5.1 (Unit Shutdown Support Actions).
4.6 __ Take action to identify and terminate the boration, as necessary.
4.6 __ Take action to identify and terminate the boration, as necessary.
4.7 __ Verify the source of the boration has been identified and terminated.
4.7 __ Verify the source of the boration has been identified and terminated.
RNO: __ GO TO Step 4.12.
4.8 __ Notify Chemistry to sample/analyze the following for boron concentration, as frequently as possible, until RCS boron concentration stabilizes:
* RCS
* LDST 4.9 __ Evaluate NI operability in accordance with OP/1/A/1102/004 (Operation At Power) Limits and Precautions.
Page 45 of 48


RNO:  __ GO TO Step 4.12.
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT47 NOTE Due to the power decrease initiated in this AP, the current plant configuration must be compared to the normal plant configuration in OP/1/A/1102/004 (Operation at Power) power reduction enclosure and/or OP/1/A/1102/010 (Controlling Procedure For Unit Shutdown), as appropriate. Equivalent steps performed by this AP should be signed off as intent met. Any steps NOT performed by this AP must be evaluated by the SRO in preparation for power increase or continued shutdown.
4.8 __ Notify Chemistry to sample/analyze the following for boron concentration,            as frequently as possible, until RCS boron concentration stabilizes:
4.10 Initiate the following procedures, as appropriate based on plant conditions:
4.9 __ Evaluate NI operability in accordance with OP/1/A/1102/004 (Operation At Power) Limits and Precautions.
 
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 46 of 48  NOTE Due to the power decrease initiated in this AP, the current plant configuration must be compared to the normal plant configuration in OP/1/A/1102/004 (Operation at Power) power reduction enclosure and/or OP/1/A/1102/010 (Controlling Procedure For Unit Shutdown), as appropriate.
Equivalent steps performed by this AP should be signed off as intent met. Any steps NOT performed by this AP must be evaluated by the SRO in preparation for power increase or contin ued shutdown. 4.10 Initiate the following procedures, as appropriate based on plant conditions:
__ OP/1/A/1102/004 (Operation at Power) power reduction enclosure.
__ OP/1/A/1102/004 (Operation at Power) power reduction enclosure.
__ OP/1/A/1102/010 (Controlling Procedure For Unit Shutdown) Encl (SD To Mode 3 Following Rx Trip Or Rapid SD).
__ OP/1/A/1102/010 (Controlling Procedure For Unit Shutdown) Encl (SD To Mode 3 Following Rx Trip Or Rapid SD).
4.11 __ WHEN the plant is stable,             THEN perform the following:
4.11 __ WHEN the plant is stable, THEN perform the following:
A. __ Develop a Power Maneuver plan, as necessary.
A. __ Develop a Power Maneuver plan, as necessary.
B. __ EXIT this procedure.
B. __ EXIT this procedure.
Page 46 of 48


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 47 of 48  CRITICAL TASKS
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT47 CRITICAL TASKS
: 1. CT-1   Stabilize following instrument failure Adjust feedwater such that a Reactor Trip does not occur as a result of the instrument failure.
: 1. CT-1 Stabilize following instrument failure Adjust feedwater such that a Reactor Trip does not occur as a result of the instrument failure.
: 2. CT-2   (BWOG CT-17) Isolate Overcooling SG(s)
: 2. CT-2 (BWOG CT-17) Isolate Overcooling SG(s)
Manual actuation of AFIS must occur within 10 minutes of the Main Steam Line Break. 3. CT-3   (BWOG CT-5) Throttle HPI Control HPI following the MSLB such that RV P
Manual actuation of AFIS must occur within 10 minutes of the Main Steam Line Break.
-T limits are not exceeded
: 3. CT-3 (BWOG CT-5) Throttle HPI Control HPI following the MSLB such that RV P-T limits are not exceeded Page 47 of 48


UNIT 0 (SM)
SAFETY: Take a Minute UNIT 0 (SM)
SSF Operable: Yes (Unit 2 Only) KHU's Operable: U1  
SSF Operable: Yes     KHU's Operable: U1 - OH, U2 - UG LCTs Operable: 2   Fuel Handling: No (Unit 2 Only)
- OH, U2 - UG LCTs Operable: 2 Fuel Handling: No UNIT STATUS (CRS)
UNIT STATUS (CRS)
Other Units Mode: 1 Unit 2 Unit 3 Reactor Power:
Unit 1 Simulator                                  Other Units Mode: 1                                               Unit 2                   Unit 3 Reactor Power: 50%                           Mode: 1                   Mode: 5 Gross MWE: 450                               100% Power                 N/A RCS Leakage: 0.00 gpm                       EFDW Backup: Yes           EFDW Backup: No RBNS Rate: 0.01 gpm Technical Specifications/SLC Items (CRS)
50% Mode: 1 Mode: 5 Gross MWE:
Component/Train                  OOS               Restoration           TS/SLC #
450 100% Power N/A RCS Leakage: 0.
Date/Time              Required Date/Time SSF                             2 days ago / 0400         5 days / 0400     3.10.1 A,B,C,D,E Shift Turnover Items (CRS)
00 gpm EFDW Backup: Yes EFDW Backup:
Primary
No RBNS Rate: 0.01 gpm OOS Restoration Required  TS/SLC # SSF 2 days ago / 0400 5 days / 0400 3.10.1 A,B,C,D,E Primary Holding power at 50% per the dispatcher.
* Holding power at 50% per the dispatcher.
Secondary 1SSH-1, 1SSH-3, 1SD-2, 1SD-5, 1SD-140, 1SD-303, 1SD-355, 1SD-356 and 1SD
Secondary
-358 are closed with power supply breakers open per the Startup Procedure for SSF Overcooling Event. 1MS-82 and 1MS
* 1SSH-1, 1SSH-3, 1SD-2, 1SD-5, 1SD-140, 1SD-303, 1SD-355, 1SD-356 and 1SD-358 are closed with power supply breakers open per the Startup Procedure for SSF Overcooling Event.
-84 closed in support of maintenance. TDEFWP supply from AS only.
* 1MS-82 and 1MS-84 closed in support of maintenance. TDEFWP supply from AS only.
Unit 2 has the AS header.
* Unit 2 has the AS header.
RCS Boron:
Reactivity Management (CRS)
82 ppmB Gp 7 Rod Position:
RCS Boron: 82 ppmB       Gp 7 Rod Position: 45%
45%   Procedure Use and Adherence
Human Performance Emphasis (SM)
Procedure Use and Adherence


Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES D-1 ILT4 7 Facility: Oconee   Scenario No.:
Appendix D                                 Scenario Outline                         Form ES D-1 ILT47 Facility: Oconee                         Scenario No.: 3                           Op-Test No.: 1 Examiners: ________________________                 Operators: ________________________SRO
3   Op-Test No.: 1 Examiners: ________________________
________________________                             ________________________OATC
Operators:
________________________                             ________________________BOP Initial Conditions:
________________________SRO                    ________________________
* Reactor power is 3.5% CTP Turnover:
________________________OATC                    ________________________
* RCS boration from CBAST (~75 gallons)
________________________BOP Initial Conditions:
* Unit 2 has the AS header.
Reactor power is 3.5% CTP   Turnover:
Event     Malfunction                                                    Event Event Type*                              Description No.           No.
RCS boration from CBAST (~75 gallons)
0b     Override                             Standby LPSW Pump auto start disabled 1                         R: OATC, SRO       RCS Boration From CBAST (75 gal) 2       MPS090           C: OATC, SRO       1HP-120 fails closed C: BOP, SRO 3        Updater                            A LPSW Pump trips and C LPSW Pump fails to start (TS)
Unit 2 has the AS header.
C: BOP, SRO 4        MSS470                              1C RBCU Cooler Rupture (TS)
Event No. Malfunction No. Event Type*
C, BOP, SRO 5        MSS200                              Vacuum Leak on 1B FDW Pumping Trap Sight Glass (TS) 6       MCR061           C: OATC, SRO       Continuous Control Rod Withdrawal SBLOCA 7       MPS400               M: All
Event Description 0b Override Standby LPSW Pump auto start disabled 1 R: OATC, SRO RCS Boration From CBAST (75 gal) 2 MPS090 C: OATC, SRO 1HP-120 fails closed 3 Updater C: BOP, SRO (TS) "A" LPSW Pump trips and "C" LPSW Pump fails to start 4 MSS470 C: BOP, SRO (TS) 1C RBCU Cooler Rupture 5 MSS200 C, BOP, SRO (TS) Vacuum Leak on 1B FDW Pumping Trap Sight Glass 6 MCR061 C: OATC, SRO Continuous Control Rod Withdrawal 7 MPS400 M: All SBLOCA  1A MD EFDW Pump trips (after TD in Pull to Lock
* 1A MD EFDW Pump trips (after TD in Pull to Lock)
)        * (N)ormal,    (R)eactivity,   (I)nstrument,   (C)omponent,   (M)ajor
* (N)ormal,    (R)eactivity,   (I)nstrument, (C)omponent,     (M)ajor


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 2 of 57  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:   3   Event No.:    1   Page 1 of 5 Event Description
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47        Scenario No.:     3     Event No.:    1               Page 1 of 5 Event
:  RCS Boration from CBAST in Automatic Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior BOP 


OATC OP/1/A/1103/004A, Encl 4.1 (RCS Boration From CBAST With CBAST Pump) During this activity, the BOP will be performing Peer Checks as required and responding to direction from the SRO when needed.
== Description:==
NOTE: OP/1/A/1103/004 (Soluble Poison Control) provides guidance for RCS boron change calculation or computer calculation for determining required volumes. (R.M.)
RCS Boration from CBAST in Automatic Time      Position                            Applicant's Actions or Behavior OP/1/A/1103/004A, Encl 4.1 (RCS Boration From CBAST With CBAST Pump)
LDST temperature may increase from adding CBAST because of CBAST temperature.
During this activity, the BOP will be performing Peer Checks as required BOP and responding to direction from the SRO when needed.
50 gal flush must be performed to ensure calculated volume of CBAST is added. DW. {16} If RCS boration is for a Forced Outage, targeted boron should not exceed 200 ppm above the required SDM to prevent excessive RCS boration. The 200 ppm above required SDM will borate the Pressurizer to the required SDM since the Pressurizer usually lags the RCS by approximately 200 ppm.
NOTE:
Section 2: Procedure
* OP/1/A/1103/004 (Soluble Poison Control) provides guidance for RCS boron change calculation or computer calculation for determining required volumes. (R.M.)
* LDST temperature may increase from adding CBAST because of CBAST temperature.
* 50 gal flush must be performed to ensure calculated volume of CBAST is added.
* Main process piping between CBAST and LDST contains 25 gallons of DW. {16}
* If RCS boration is for a Forced Outage, targeted boron should not exceed 200 ppm above the required SDM to prevent excessive RCS boration.
The 200 ppm above required SDM will borate the Pressurizer to the required SDM since the Pressurizer usually lags the RCS by approximately 200 ppm.
Section 2: Procedure OATC 2.1 Determine required volume of CBAST needed for desired RCS boron changes. (R.M.)
* 50 gal of DW added due to flushing must be included in determination
* Volume required ____________gallons.
2.2 CBAST required volume approved (SRO). (R.M.)
NOTE:
Placing an idle Letdown Filter in service can change RCS boron by adding 60 gals of water to RCS at different boron (negligible for RCS boration). (R.M.)
2.3 IF two Letdown Filters are available, perform the following:
* Ensure open 1HP-17 (1A LETDOWN FILTER INLET)
* Ensure open 1HP-18 (1B LETDOWN FILTER INLET) 2.4 Ensure open 1CS-64 (CBAST OUTLET).
2.5 Open 1CS-72 (CBAST Header to Letdown Filter Inlet). (A-2 LDST Hatch area)
This event is complete when the 50 gallon piping flush is complete or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 2 of 57


===2.1 Determine===
Appendix D                            Required Operator Actions                          Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.:    3          Event No.:    1                Page 2 of 5 Event
required volume of CBAST needed for desired RCS boron changes. (R.M.)
50 gal of DW added due to flushing must be included in determination Volume required ____________gallons.


===2.2 CBAST===
== Description:==
required volume approved (SRO). (R.M.)
RCS Boration from CBAST in Automatic Time      Position                              Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC      OP/1/A/1103/004A, Encl 4.1 (continued) 2.6 Ensure 1HP-15 Controller reset for Normal Operations.
NOTE: Placing an idle Letdown Filter in service c60 gals of water to RCS at different boron (negligible for RCS boration). (R.M.) 2.IF two Letdown Filters are available, perform the following:
2.7 WHILE RCS boration in progress, monitor the following indication: {19}
Ensure open 1HP
* Appropriate Range NIs
-17 (1A LETDOWN FILTER INLET)
* Primary Tank Levels
Ensure open 1HP-18 (1B LETDOWN FILTER INLET)
* CRD position (if applicable)
* Neutron error (if applicable)
NOTE:
If RCS Boration is being performed during a unit shutdown, CBAST pump should NOT be started until directed by OP/1/A/1102/010 (Controlling Procedure For Unit Shutdown).
2.8 IF desired, operate the 1A CBAST pump in manual per Section 3 (Make-Up With 1A CBAST Pump In Manual).
NOTE:
If a Deborating IX is in service the CBAST pump must be operated in manual.
2.9 IF desired, operate the 1A CBAST pump in auto per Section 4 (Make-Up With 1A CBAST Pump In Auto) (Page 5)
NOTE:
50 gal flush must be performed to ensure calculated volume of CBAST is added. (R.M.)
2.10 Perform piping flush per Section 6 (Piping Flush From CBAST)(page 6).
2.11 IF a Deborating IX is NOT in service, verify closed 1HP-16 (LDST MAKEUP ISOLATION) (R.M.)
NOTE:
If during RCS makeup the wrong volume is added an SRO should evaluate the effect on reactivity and take action to minimize reactivity management events.
(R.M.)
2.12 Perform one of the following: (R.M.)
* Verify correct volume added
* Notify appropriate SRO This event is complete when the 50 gallon piping flush is complete or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 3 of 57


===2.4 Ensure===
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.:     3     Event No.:    1               Page 3 of 5 Event
open 1CS
-64 (CBAST OUTLET).
2.5  Open 1CS
-72 (CBAST Header to Letdown Filter Inlet). (A
-2 LDST Hatch area) This event is complete when the 50 gallon piping flush is complete or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 3 of 57  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:   3             Event No.:    1                 Page 2 of 5 Event Description
:  RCS Boration from CBAST in Automatic Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC OP/1/A/1103/004A, Encl 4.1 (continued)


===2.6 Ensure===
== Description:==
1HP
RCS Boration from CBAST in Automatic Position                                   Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC       OP/1/A/1103/004A, Encl 4.1 (continued) 2.13 Ensure 1HP-15 Controller reset for Normal Operation 2.14 IF "Continuous Boron Dilution Bypass Keyswitch" was bypassed, place "Continuous Boron Dilution Bypass Keyswitch" to "Normal" (Cable Rm).
-15 Controller reset for Normal Operations.
(Continue) 2.15 Close 1CS-72 (CBAST to Letdown Filter Inlet). (A-2 LDST Hatch area) (R.M.)
 
2.16 Record RCS make-up volume in Auto Log.
===2.7 WHILE===
2.17 IF desired, request RCS and Pzr sample for boron. (R.M.)
RCS boration in progress, monitor the following indication: {19}
Person Notified                   Date NOTE:
Appropriate Range NIs Primary Tank Levels CRD position (if applicable)
1B Letdown Filter is the preferred filter to leave in service for ALARA.
Neutron error (if applicable)
BOOTH CUE: If asked, inform the candidate it is not desired to remove one letdown filter from service.
NOTE: If RCS Boration is being performed during a unit shutdown, CBAST pump should NOT be started until directed by OP/1/A/1102/010 (Controlling Procedure For Unit Shutdown).
2.18 IF desired, remove one Letdown Filter from service by performing the following:
2.8  IF desired, operate the 1A CBAST pump in manual per Section 3 (Make
2.18.1 Verify > 10 minutes since RCS makeup was secured. {7} (R.M.)
-Up With 1A CBAST Pump In Manual).
2.18.2 Position one of the following:
NOTE: If a Deborating IX is in service the CBAST pump must be operated in manual.
* 1HP-17 (1A LETDOWN FILTER INLET) switch to "CLOSE"
2.9  IF desired, operate the 1A CBAST pump in auto per Section 4 (Make
* 1HP-18 (1B LETDOWN FILTER INLET) switch to "CLOSE" 2.18.3 Record current RCS boron in Component Boron Log for OOS Letdown Filter. {10} (R.M.)
-Up With 1A CBAST Pump In Auto) (Page 5) NOTE: 50 gal flush must be performed to ensure calculated volume of CBAST is added. (R.M.)
2.10  Perform piping flush per Section 6 (Piping Flush From CBAST)(page 6). 2.11  IF a Deborating IX is NOT in service, verify closed 1HP
-16 (LDST MAKEUP ISOLATION) (R.M.)
NOTE: If during RCS makeup the wrong volume is added an SRO should evaluate the effect on reactivity and take action to minimize reactivity management events. (R.M.) 2.12  Perform one of the following: (R.M.)
Verify correct volume added Notify appropriate SRO This event is complete when the 50 gallon piping flush is complete or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 4 of 57  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:    3    Event No.:    1  Page 3 of 5  Event Description
RCS Boration from CBAST in Automatic Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC OP/1/A/1103/004A, Encl 4.1 (continued) 2.13 Ensure 1HP
-15 Controller reset for Normal Operation 2.14 IF "Continuous Boron Dilution Bypass Keyswitch" was bypassed, place "Continuous Boron Dilution Bypass Keyswitch" to "Normal" (Cable Rm).  
(Continue) 2.15 Close 1CS
-72 (CBAST to Letdown Filter Inlet). (A
-2 LDST Hatch area) (R.M.)
2.16 Record RCS make
-up volume in Auto Log.
2.17 IF desired, request RCS and Pzr sample for boron. (R.M.)
________________________ _____
Person Notified                         Date NOTE: 1B Letdown Filter is the preferred filter to leave in service for ALARA.
BOOTH CUE: If asked, inform the candidate it is not desired to remove one letdown filter from service.
2.18 IF desired, remove one Letdown Filter from service by performing the following:
2.18.1 Verify > 10 minutes since RCS makeup was secured. {7} (R.M.)
2.18.2 Position one of the following:
1HP-17 (1A LETDOWN FILTER INLET) switch to "CLOSE" 1HP-18 (1B LETDOWN FILTER INLET) switch to "CLOSE" 2.18.3 Record current RCS boron in Component Boron Log for OOS Letdown Filter. {10} (R.M.)
This event is complete when the 50 gallon piping flush is complete or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
This event is complete when the 50 gallon piping flush is complete or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 5 of 57   Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:    3    Event No.:    1  Page 4 of 5  Event Description
Page 4 of 57
:  RCS Boration from CBAST in Automatic Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC OP/1/A/1103/004A, Encl 4.1 (continued)
Section 4. Make
-Up With 1A CBAST Pump In Auto NOTE: If a Deborating IX is in service the CBAST pump should be operated in manual.


===4.1 Verify===
Appendix D                                Required Operator Actions                          Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47            Scenario No.:      3    Event No.:    1             Page 4 of 5 Event
a Deborating IX is NOT in service.


===4.2 Verify===
== Description:==
open 1CS
RCS Boration from CBAST in Automatic Position                                    Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC        OP/1/A/1103/004A, Encl 4.1 (continued)
-64 (CBAST OUTLET).
Section 4. Make-Up With 1A CBAST Pump In Auto NOTE: If a Deborating IX is in service the CBAST pump should be operated in manual.
4.1 Verify a Deborating IX is NOT in service.
4.2 Verify open 1CS-64 (CBAST OUTLET).
NOTE: If "BLEED" is required, use enclosure for reducing RCS inventory in OP/1/A/1103/004(Soluble Poison Control).
NOTE: If "BLEED" is required, use enclosure for reducing RCS inventory in OP/1/A/1103/004(Soluble Poison Control).
 
4.3 Perform one of the following:
===4.3 Perform===
* IF "BLEED" NOT required for makeup, open 1HP-16
one of the following:
* IF "BLEED" required during makeup AND 1SA-2/D-10 (CRD Continuous Boron Dilute Inhibit) in alarm, perform one of the following:
IF "BLEED" NOT required for makeup, open 1HP
-16   IF "BLEED" required during makeup AND 1SA-2/D-10 (CRD Continuous Boron Dilute Inhibit) in alarm
, perform one of the following:
o Open 1HP-16 (LDST Makeup Isolation) (Waste Disposal Panel) o Perform the following:
o Open 1HP-16 (LDST Makeup Isolation) (Waste Disposal Panel) o Perform the following:
A. Place "Continuous Boron Dilution Bypass Key switch" to "Bypass" (Cable Rm)
A. Place "Continuous Boron Dilution Bypass Key switch" to "Bypass" (Cable Rm)
B. Ensure open 1HP-16 (LDST MAKEUP ISOLATION)
B. Ensure open 1HP-16 (LDST MAKEUP ISOLATION) 4.4 Select "S" on 1HP-15 Controller and enter batch size. (75 gal.)
 
4.5 Select "P" on 1HP-15 Controller.
===4.4 Select===
4.6 Place 1A CBAST pump to "AUTO".
"S" on 1HP
-15 Controller and enter batch size. (75 gal.
) 4.5 Select "P" on 1HP
-15 Controller.
 
===4.6 Place===
1A CBAST pump to "AUTO".
NOTE: LDST temperature may increase from adding CBAST because of CBAST temperature.
NOTE: LDST temperature may increase from adding CBAST because of CBAST temperature.
 
4.7 Place 1A CBAST pump to "ON".
===4.7 Place===
NOTE: Increased makeup flow may be required during RCS boration, ZPPT, etc.
1A CBAST pump to "ON".
4.8 IF AT ANY TIME increased makeup flow is required, perform Section 5 (Throttling 1CS-70 For Increased Make-up Flow).
NOTE: Increased makeup flow may be required during RCS boration, ZPPT, etc. 4.8 IF AT ANY TIME increased makeup flow is required, perform Section 5 (Throttling 1CS-70 For Increased Make
NOTE: CBAST should NOT be pumped < 6" using 1A CBAST pump.
-up Flow). NOTE: CBAST should NOT be pumped < 6" using 1A CBAST pump.
4.9 WHEN desired volume is added, ensure 1A CBAST pump off.
4.9 WHEN desired volume is added, ensure 1A CBAST pump off.
4.10 Place 1A CBAST pump to "MAN".
4.10 Place 1A CBAST pump to "MAN".
4.11 Ensure 1HP-15 Controller reset for Normal Operations.
4.11 Ensure 1HP-15 Controller reset for Normal Operations.
4.12 Close 1HP
4.12 Close 1HP-16 (LDST MAKEUP ISOLATION).
-16 (LDST MAKEUP ISOLATION).
4.13 WHEN desired return to next step in Section 2 (Procedure).
4.13 WHEN desired return to next step in Section 2 (Procedure).
This event is complete when the 50 gallon piping flush is complete or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
This event is complete when the 50 gallon piping flush is complete or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 6 of 57  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No.:   3       Event No.:    1           Page 5 of 5 Event Description
Page 5 of 57
RCS Boration from CBAST in Automatic Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC OP/1/A/1103/004A, Encl 4.1 (continued)
 
Section 6. Piping Flush from CBAST NOTE: Flush prevents boron from crystallizing in piping if heat tracing fails.
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                               Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47          Scenario No.:     3       Event No.:    1                   Page 5 of 5 Event
 
== Description:==
RCS Boration from CBAST in Automatic Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC     OP/1/A/1103/004A, Encl 4.1 (continued)
Section 6. Piping Flush from CBAST NOTE:
Flush prevents boron from crystallizing in piping if heat tracing fails.
50 gal flush must be performed to ensure calculated volume of CBAST is added. (R.M.)
50 gal flush must be performed to ensure calculated volume of CBAST is added. (R.M.)
Failure to properly position valves could affect CBAST boron. (R.M.)
Failure to properly position valves could affect CBAST boron. (R.M.)
6.1 After CBAST make-up flush header:
6.1.1 Ensure 1A CBAST pump is "OFF".
6.1.2 Ensure DW make-up stopped to all units UST(s) (ensures adequate DW pressure).
6.1.3 Close 1CS-64 (CBAST OUTLET). (R.M.)
6.1.4 Ensure closed 1CS-70 (CBAST Recirc). (Unit 1 CBAST Rm)
(R.M.)
6.1.5 Ensure open 1HP-16 (LDST MAKEUP ISOLATION).
6.1.6 Throttle 1DW-87 (DW To 1A CBAST Pump Suction) to establish flow. (Unit 1 CBAST Rm) 6.1.7 Flush  50 gallons. (R.M.)
6.1.8 Close 1DW-87 (DW To 1A CBAST Pump Suction). (Unit 1 CBAST Rm) (R.M.)
6.1.9 Open 1CS-70 (CBAST Recirc). (Unit 1 CBAST Rm) (R.M.)
6.1.10 Open 1CS-64 (CBAST OUTLET).
6.1.11 IF a Deborating IX is NOT in service, close 1HP-16 (LDST MAKEUP ISOLATION). (R.M.)
6.2 IF make-up from CBAST is no longer needed, continue with Step 2.11 for normal alignment (page 3).
This event is complete when the 50 gallon piping flush is complete or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 6 of 57


===6.1 After===
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47              Scenario No.: 3             Event No.: 2               Page 1 of 4 Event
CBAST make
-up flush header:
 
====6.1.1 Ensure====
1A CBAST pump is "OFF".
 
====6.1.2 Ensure====
DW make
-up stopped to all units UST(s) (ensures adequate DW pressure).
 
====6.1.3 Close====
1CS
-64 (CBAST OUTLET). (R.M.)
 
====6.1.4 Ensure====
closed 1CS
-70 (CBAST Recirc). (Unit 1 CBAST Rm) (R.M.) 6.1.5  Ensure open 1HP
-16 (LDST MAKEUP ISOLATION).
 
====6.1.6 Throttle====
1DW
-87 (DW To 1A CBAST Pump Suction) to establish flow. (Unit 1 CBAST Rm) 50 gallons. (R.M.)
 
====6.1.8 Close====
1DW
-87 (DW To 1A CBAST Pump Suction). (Unit 1 CBAST Rm) (R.M.)
6.1.9  Open 1CS
-70 (CBAST Recirc). (Unit 1 CBAST Rm) (R.M.)
6.1.10  Open 1CS
-64 (CBAST OUTLET).
6.1.11  IF a Deborating IX is NOT in service, close 1HP
-16 (LDST MAKEUP ISOLATION). (R.M.)
6.2  IF make-up from CBAST is no longer needed, continue with Step 2.11 for normal alignment (page 3). This event is complete when the 50 gallon piping flush is complete or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 7 of 57  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 2 Page 1 of 4 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1HP-120 fails closed Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior
1HP-120 fails closed Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior BOOTH CUE: Call as the WCC SRO and read the following to the BOP:
 
                                              "Report 1CA Battery voltage reading from the meter on the back side of the Electrical Board. This is a follow up to meter calibration".
SRO/OATC    BOOTH CUE: Call as the WCC SRO and read the following to the BOP:
                                    "Report 1CA Battery voltage reading from the meter on the back side of the Electrical Board. This is a follow up to meter calibration".
Plant Response:
Plant Response:
8 - 10 gpm (HPI Warming Flow)
* RCS makeup flow goes to  8 - 10 gpm (HPI Warming Flow)
PZR level begins to decrease LDST level begins to increase Valve position demand for 1HP-120 begins to increase to the 100% demand value and valve position indication will indicate closed (green light) 1SA-02/ B-1, HP LETDOWN TANK LEVEL HIGH/LOW, will illuminate after several minute time delay Crew Response:
* PZR level begins to decrease
EXAMINER NOTE: If the 1HP
* LDST level begins to increase
-120 failure is recognized before the LDST statalarm actuates, the SRO will make a direct entry into AP/14 (next page). Otherwise they may perform the ARG and OP below and enter AP/14 when the SRO determines the entry conditions are met The crew may refer to ARG 1SA
* Valve position demand for 1HP-120 begins to increase to the 100%
-02/B-1, HP LETDOWN TANK LEVEL HIGH/LOW and perform the required actions.
demand value and valve position indication will indicate closed (green light)
 
* 1SA-02/ B-1, HP LETDOWN TANK LEVEL HIGH/LOW, will illuminate after several minute time delay SRO/OATC      Crew Response:
===3.1 Instrument===
EXAMINER NOTE: If the 1HP-120 failure is recognized before the LDST statalarm actuates, the SRO will make a direct entry into AP/14 (next page). Otherwise they may perform the ARG and OP below and enter AP/14 when the SRO determines the entry conditions are met The crew may refer to ARG 1SA-02/B-1, HP LETDOWN TANK LEVEL HIGH/LOW and perform the required actions.
Failed:
3.1 Instrument Failed:
 
3.1.1 Compare alternate channels to verify alarm validity:
====3.1.1 Compare====
* O1A1042 LDST LEVEL 1
alternate channels to verify alarm validity:
* O1A1043 LDST LEVEL 2 3.2  Verify LDST pressure does not exceed LDST level/pressure operability requirement per OP/0/A/1108/001 (Curves and General Information).
O1A1042 LDST LEVEL 1 O1A1043 LDST LEVEL 2
3.3  IF High Level alarm is received:
3.3.1 Bleed as required by OP/1/A/1103/004 (Soluble Poison Concentration Control).
This event is complete when normal HPI makeup and letdown flow have been restored, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 7 of 57


===3.2 Verify===
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47              Scenario No.: 3             Event No.: 2             Page 2 of 4 Event
LDST pressure does not exceed LDST level/pressure operability requirement per OP/0/A/1108/001 (Curves and General Information).
3.3 IF High Level alarm is received:
 
====3.3.1 Bleed====
as required by OP/1/A/1103/004 (Soluble Poison Concentration Control). This event is complete when normal HPI makeup and letdown flow have been restored, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
 
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 8 of 57  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 2 Page 2 of 4 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1HP-120 fails closed Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior
1HP-120 fails closed Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior EXAMINER NOTE: The crew may perform Enclosure 4.8 as necessary to reduce inventory. Enclosure 4.6 is performed to makeup/batch.
 
OP/1/A/1103/004, Soluble Poison Concentration Control (Enclosure 4.8 SRO/OATC      Reducing RCS Inventory) 2.1 Verify HPI System operating.
SRO/OATC EXAMINER NOTE: The crew may perform Enclosure 4.8 as necessary to reduce inventory. Enclosure 4.6 is performed to makeup/batch.
2.2 Ensure open 1CS-26 (LETDOWN TO RC BHUT).
OP/1/A/1103/004, Soluble Poison Concentration Control (Enclosure 4.8 Reducing RCS Inventory)
2.3 Ensure open 1CS-41 (1A RC BHUT INLET).
 
2.4 Position 1HP-14 (LDST BYPASS) to BLEED.
===2.1 Verify===
2.5 WHEN desired LDST level achieved, position 1HP-14 to NORMAL.
HPI System operating.
EXAMINER NOTE: The crew may initiate EOP Encl 5.5 for RCS inventory control due LDST level increase (page 28)
 
Crew Response:
===2.2 Ensure===
AP/1/A/1700/014, Loss of Normal Makeup and/or RCP Seal Injection 3.1 IAAT RCP seal injection flow is lost, AND Component Cooling is lost, THEN perform the following:
open 1CS
A. Trip the Rx B. Stop all RCPs C. Initiate AP/25 (SSF EOP) 3.2 IAAT loss of suction to operating HPI pumps is indicated:
-26 (LETDOWN TO RC BHUT).
* Motor amps low or cycling
 
* Discharge pressure low or cycling
===2.3 Ensure===
* Abnormal LDST level trend THEN GO TO Step 3.3 RNO: GO TO Step 4.7 4.7 Announce AP entry using PA System 4.8 Verify any HPI pump operating This event is complete when normal HPI makeup and letdown flow have been restored, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
open 1CS
Page 8 of 57
-41 (1A RC BHUT INLET).
 
===2.4 Position===
1HP
-14 (LDST BYPASS) to "BLEED".
2.5 WHEN desired LDST level achieved, position 1HP
-14 to "NORMAL".
EXAMINER NOTE: The crew may initiate EOP Encl 5.5 for RCS inventory control due LDST level increase (page 28) Crew Response:
AP/1/A/1700/014, Loss of Normal Makeup and/or RCP Seal Injection 3.1 IAAT RCP seal injection flow is lost, AND Component Cooling is lost, THEN perform the following:
A. Trip the Rx B. Stop all RCPs C. Initiate AP/25 (SSF EOP) 3.2 IAAT loss of suction to operating HPI pumps is indicated:
Motor amps low or cycling Discharge pressure low or cycling Abnormal LDST level trend THEN GO TO Step 3.3 RNO: GO TO Step 4.7 4.7 Announce AP entry using PA System
 
===4.8 Verify===
any HPI pump operating This event is complete when normal HPI makeup and letdown flow have been restored, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 9 of 57  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 2 Page 3 of 4 Event
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47                Scenario No.: 3               Event No.: 2           Page 3 of 4 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1HP-120 fails closed Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC/BOP AP/1/A/1700/014, Loss of Normal Makeup and/or Seal Injection (Continued)
1HP-120 fails closed Time       Position                               Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/1/A/1700/014, Loss of Normal Makeup and/or Seal Injection (Continued)
SRO/OATC/      4.9 Verify RCP seal injection or HPI makeup line leak indicated by any of the BOP              following:
* Report of line leak
* Abnormal LDST level decrease
* 1RIA-32 (AUX BLDG GAS)
* 1RIA-45 (NORM VENT GAS)
* RB RIAs in alarm
* Abnormal RBNS level increase
* Abnormal LAWT or HAWT level increase RNO: GO TO Step 4.11 4.11 Verify RCP seal injection flow exists to any RCP 4.12 Verify 1HP-120 operable in AUTO RNO: 1. Attempt to operate 1HP-120 in HAND (Will NOT operate)
: 2. IF 1HP-120 fails to operate, THEN GO TO Step 4.176 4.176 Perform the following as necessary to maintain Pzr level > 200
* Close 1HP-6
* Throttle 1HP-7
* Throttle 1HP-26 4.177 Place 1HP-120 in HAND and close This event is complete when normal HPI makeup and letdown flow have been restored, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 9 of 57


===4.9 Verify===
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                       Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47              Scenario No.: 3             Event No.: 2         Page 4 of 4 Event
RCP seal injection or HPI makeup line leak indicated by any of the following:
Report of line leak Abnormal LDST level decrease 1RIA-32 (AUX BLDG GAS) 1RIA-45 (NORM VENT GAS)
RB RIAs in alarm Abnormal RBNS level increase Abnormal LAWT or HAWT level increase RNO: GO TO Step 4.11 4.11 Verify RCP seal injection flow exists to any RCP 4.12 Verify 1HP
-120 operable in AUTO RNO: 1. Attempt to operate 1HP
-120 in HAND (Will NOT operate)
: 2. IF 1HP-120 fails to operate, THEN GO TO Step 4.176 4.176 Perform the following as necessary to maintain Pzr level > 200" Close 1HP-6  Throttle 1HP
-7  Throttle 1HP
-26 4.177 Place 1HP-120 in HAND and close This event is complete when normal HPI makeup and letdown flow have been restored, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
 
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 10 of 57  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 2 Page 4 of 4 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1HP-120 fails closed Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC/BOP AP/1/A/1700/014, Loss of Normal Makeup and/or Seal Injection (Continued) 4.178 Notify SPOC to investigate and repair 1HP
1HP-120 fails closed Time       Position                           Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/1/A/1700/014, Loss of Normal Makeup and/or Seal Injection SRO/OATC/          (Continued)
-120 BOOTH CUE: FIRE TIMER 1 3 to remove 1HP
BOP          4.178 Notify SPOC to investigate and repair 1HP-120 BOOTH CUE: FIRE TIMER 13 to remove 1HP-120 failure, then call the CR and inform them that 1HP-120 has been repaired.
-120 failure, then call the CR and inform them that 1HP-120 has been repaired.
4.179 WHEN 1HP-120 is repaired, THEN slowly re-establish flow through 1HP-120 4.180 Place 1HP-120 in AUTO.
4.179 WHEN 1HP-120 is repaired, THEN slowly re-establish flow through 1HP
4.181 Close 1HP-26.
-120 4.180 Place 1HP-120 in AUTO.
4.182 Verify 1HP-122 (RC VOLUMECONTROL BYPASS) throttled.
4.181 Close 1HP-26. 4.182 Verify 1HP
RNO: GO TO Step 4.184 4.184 Verify 1HP-5 open.
-122 (RC VOLUMECONTROL BYPASS) throttled.
4.185 Verify 1HP-6 open.
RNO: GO TO Step 4.184 4.184 Verify 1HP
RNO: 1. Throttle 1HP-7 for  20 gpm letdown flow.
-5 open. 4.185 Verify 1HP
: 2. Open 1HP-6.
-6 open.             RNO: 1. Throttle 1HP
4.186 Adjust 1HP-7 for desired letdown 4.187 WHEN conditions permit, THEN EXIT this procedure.
-7 for  20 gpm letdown flow.
: 2. Open 1HP-6. 4.186 Adjust 1HP
-7 for desired letdown 4.187 WHEN conditions permit, THEN EXIT this procedure.
This event is complete when normal HPI makeup and letdown flow have been restored, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
This event is complete when normal HPI makeup and letdown flow have been restored, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 10 of 57


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 11 of 57  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 3 Page 1 of 3 Event
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                       Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47              Scenario No.: 3             Event No.: 3         Page 1 of 3 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
  "A" LPSW Pump trips and "C" LPSW Pump fails to start Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior
A LPSW Pump trips and C LPSW Pump fails to start Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant response:
 
SRO/BOP  Plant response:
Statalarm:
Statalarm:
1SA-9/A-9 (LPSW Header A Press Low)
* 1SA-9/A-9 (LPSW Header A Press Low)
OAC Alarm:
OAC Alarm:
LPSW HDR Pressure LO LO LPSW leakage accumulator level LO LO RCP MTR Cooler Inlet HDR LPSW Control board indications:
* LPSW HDR Pressure LO LO
LPSW Header A/B Pressure Low Crew response:
* LPSW leakage accumulator level
Refer to OAC alarm response
* LO LO RCP MTR Cooler Inlet HDR LPSW Control board indications:
* LPSW Header A/B Pressure Low SRO/BOP      Crew response:
* Refer to OAC alarm response
: 1. Refer to AP/24 (Loss of LPSW)
: 1. Refer to AP/24 (Loss of LPSW)
: 2. Notify engineering
: 2. Notify engineering
: 3. Refer to TS 3.7.7 Refer to ARG for 1SA
: 3. Refer to TS 3.7.7
-9/A-9 (LPSW Header A Press Low)
* Refer to ARG for 1SA-9/A-9 (LPSW Header A Press Low) 3.1 Refer to AP/1/A/1700/024 (Loss of LPSW) 3.2 Have Unit 2 refer to AP/2/A/1700/024 (Loss of LPSW).
BOOTH CUE: If notified to refer to AP/2/A/1700/024, inform operator that AP/2/A/1700/024 will be referenced.
AP/1/A/1700/024 (Loss of LPSW) steps begin on next page.
This event is complete when the SRO has referred to TS, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 11 of 57


===3.1 Refer===
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47                  Scenario No.: 3             Event No.: 3               Page 2 of 3 Event
to AP/1/A/1700/024 (Loss of LPSW) 3.2  Have Unit 2 refer to AP/2/A/1700/024 (Loss of LPSW).
BOOTH CUE:  If notified to refer to AP/2/A/1700/024, inform operator that AP/2/A/1700/
024 will be referenced.
AP/1/A/1700/024 (Loss of LPSW) steps begin on next page. This event is complete when the SRO has referred to TS, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
 
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 12 of 57  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 3 Page 2 of 3 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
  "A" LPSW Pump trips and "C" LPSW Pump fails to start Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP AP/1/A/1700/024 (Loss of LPSW)
A LPSW Pump trips and C LPSW Pump fails to start Time       Position                               Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP       AP/1/A/1700/024 (Loss of LPSW)
NOTE Unit 1 normally handles LPSW System operation unless otherwise directed by the CRS 4.1 Verify Unit 1 is going to handle LPSW system operations.
NOTE Unit 1 normally handles LPSW System operation unless otherwise directed by the CRS 4.1 Verify Unit 1 is going to handle LPSW system operations.
4.2 IAAT any LPSW pump is cavitating, THEN perform Steps 4.3  
4.2 IAAT any LPSW pump is cavitating, THEN perform Steps 4.3 - 4.4 RNO: GOTO Step 4.5 4.5 Verify LPSW pressure  70 psig 4.6 Ensure Unit 1/2 Standby LPSW Pump Auto Start Circuit in Disable 4.7 IAAT a non-operating LPSW Pump is available and pump start is desired, then start the available pump (C LPSW Pump will start).
- 4.4       RNO: GOTO Step 4.5     4.6 Ensure Unit 1/2 Standby LPSW Pump Auto Start Circuit in Disable 4.7 IAAT a non-operating LPSW Pump is available and pump start is desired, then start the available pump (C LPSW Pump will start).
4.8 IAAT LPSW to all RBCUs has been isolated, AND LPSW header pressure is > 25 psig, THEN perform Step 4.9 RNO: GO TO Step 4.10 4.10 Verify normal LPSW System operation is restored.
4.8 IAAT LPSW to all RBCUs has been isolated, AND LPSW header pressure is > 25 psig, THEN perform Step 4.9 RNO: GO TO Step 4.10 4.10 Verify normal LPSW System operation is restored.
NOTE
NOTE 1LPSW-1054, 1055, 1061, and 1062 will close to isolate RB Auxiliary Coolers on low LPSW pressure.
* 1LPSW-1054, 1055, 1061, and 1062 will close to isolate RB Auxiliary Coolers on low LPSW pressure.
If RB Auxiliary Coolers are aligned for outage cooling with the portable chiller, sliding links have been positioned such that 1LPSW
* If RB Auxiliary Coolers are aligned for outage cooling with the portable chiller, sliding links have been positioned such that 1LPSW-1054, 1055, 1061, and 1062 will NOT close.
-1054, 1055, 1061, and 1062 will NOT close. 4.11 Verify that RB Auxiliary Coolers have isolated:
4.11 Verify that RB Auxiliary Coolers have isolated:
1LPSW-1054 closed 1LPSW-1055 closed 1LPSW-1061 closed 1LPSW-1062 closed RNO:GO TO Step 4.14 4.14 EXIT this procedure This event is complete when the SRO has referred to TS, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
* 1LPSW-1054 closed
* 1LPSW-1055 closed
* 1LPSW-1061 closed
* 1LPSW-1062 closed RNO:GO TO Step 4.14 4.14 EXIT this procedure This event is complete when the SRO has referred to TS, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 12 of 57


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 13 of 57  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 3 Page 3 of 3 Event
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                       Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47              Scenario No.: 3             Event No.: 3         Page 3 of 3 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
  "A" LPSW Pump trips and "C" LPSW Pump fails to start Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO The SRO should refer to TS:
A LPSW Pump trips and C LPSW Pump fails to start Time       Position                           Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO         The SRO should refer to TS:
TS 3.7.7 (Low Pressure Service Water System) o Condition "A" applies. Restore required LPSW pump to operable status. 72 hours completion time.
TS 3.7.7 (Low Pressure Service Water System) o Condition A applies. Restore required LPSW pump to operable status. 72 hours completion time.
o Condition "B" applies due to LPSW Leakage Accumulator Level Alarm. Restore in 7 days (exit TS Condition when the alarm clears).
o Condition B applies due to LPSW Leakage Accumulator Level Alarm. Restore in 7 days (exit TS Condition when the alarm clears).
TS 3.3.28 (LPSW pump Auto
TS 3.3.28 (LPSW pump Auto-Start Circuitry) Condition A. Restore Auto-Start Circuitry to operable. 7 day completion time.
-Start Circuitry) Condition "A". Restore Auto-Start Circuitry to operable. 7 day completion time.
This event is complete when the SRO has referred to TS, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
This event is complete when the SRO has referred to TS, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 13 of 57


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 14 of 57  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No 3 Event No.:
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47        Scenario No 3           Event No.:   4               Page 1 of 2 Event
4     Page 1 of 2 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1C RBCU Cooler Rupture Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior
1C RBCU Cooler Rupture Time     Position                               Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant Response:
 
* 1SA-9/D-9, LPSW RBCU C Cooler Rupture
SRO/BOP 
* 1SA-9/A-6, RB Normal Sump Level High/Low
 
* RB normal sump level will increase
Plant Response:
* 1C RBCU LPSW flow indicator indicates low on 1VB2 Crew Response:
1SA-9/D-9, LPSW RBCU C Cooler Rupture 1SA-9/A-6, RB Normal Sump Level High/Low RB normal sump level will increase 1C RBCU LPSW flow indicator indicates low on 1 VB2 Crew Response:
ARG for 1SA-9/D-9 (Manual Actions) 3.1 Verify alarm is valid by checking RBCU 1C Inlet Flow and RBCU 1C delta flow.
ARG for 1SA
SRO/BOP 3.2 Verify 1LPSW-24 (RBCU 1C Outlet) throttled 3.3 Verify adequate LPSW flow is available; check LPSW pump operation 3.3.1 Verify 1LPSW-22 (1C RBCU INLET) is open.
-9/D-9 (Manual Actions)
3.3.2 IF 1LPSW-22 (1C RBCU INLET) is NOT open, refer to Technical Specifications and Selected Licensee Commitments 3.4 Monitor RBNS Level for any unexplained increase 3.5 IF RBNS Level is increasing AND ES has actuated, notify Chemistry to sample the RBNS for boron concentration to determine if a cooler rupture has occurred based on sample results.
 
3.6 IF RBCU 1C Cooler rupture or line break is indicated, then:
===3.1 Verify===
NOTE: This sequence prevents having to call LPSW and Containment inoperable per SLC 16.9.12.
alarm is valid by checking RBCU 1C Inlet Flow and RBCU 1C delta flow.
3.6.1 Isolate the 1C RBCU Cooler as follows:
 
A. Close 1LPSW-22 (1C RBCU INLET).
===3.2 Verify===
B. Close 1LPSW-24 (RBCU 1C OUTLET).
1LPSW
-24 (RBCU 1C Outlet) throttled
 
===3.3 Verify===
adequate LPSW flow is available; check LPSW pump operation
 
====3.3.1 Verify====
1LPSW
-22 (1C RBCU INLET) is open.
3.3.2 IF 1LPSW-22 (1C RBCU INLET) is NOT open, refer to Technical Specifications and Selected Licensee Commitments
 
===3.4 Monitor===
RBNS Level for any unexplained increase 3.5 IF RBNS Level is increasing AND ES has actuated, notify Chemistry to sample the RBNS for boron concentration to determine if a cooler rupture has occurred based on sample results.
3.6 IF RBCU 1C Cooler rupture or line break is indicated, then:
NOTE: This sequence prevents having to call LPSW and Containment inoperable per SLC 16.9.12.
 
====3.6.1 Isolate====
the 1C RBCU Cooler as follows:
A. Close 1LPSW
-22 (1C RBCU INLET).
B. Close 1LPSW
-24 (RBCU 1C OUTLET).
C. Evaluate TS 3.6.3 Condition C (Does NOT apply)
C. Evaluate TS 3.6.3 Condition C (Does NOT apply)
D. Evaluate TS 3.6.5 for inoperable RBCU E. Continue to monitor RBNS level for increase.
D. Evaluate TS 3.6.5 for inoperable RBCU E. Continue to monitor RBNS level for increase.
F. IF RBNS level is still increasing, notify Engineering to evaluate further isolation of 1C RBCU.
F. IF RBNS level is still increasing, notify Engineering to evaluate further isolation of 1C RBCU.
This event is complete when the 1C RBCU rupture is isolated, or as directed by the lead examiner.
This event is complete when the 1C RBCU rupture is isolated, or as directed by the lead examiner.
Page 14 of 57


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 15 of 57  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7  Scenario No 3 Event No.:
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47        Scenario No 3           Event No.:   4               Page 2 of 2 Event
4     Page 2 of 2 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1C RBCU Cooler Rupture Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO        SRO/BOP 
1C RBCU Cooler Rupture Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior ARG 1SA-9 / D-9 (RBCU C Cooler Rupture) (cont.):
 
SRO              3.6.2 Refer to Technical Specifications 3.6.3 Refer to SLC 16.9.12 (Does NOT apply) 3.6.4 Refer to OP/1/A/1104/010 (LPSW) 3.6.5 Refer to OP/1/A/1104/015 (RB Cooling System)
SRO  ARG 1SA-9 / D-9 (RBCU C Cooler Rupture) (cont.):
EXAMINER NOTE: The crew may decide to pump the RB Normal Sump. If so, see the steps below from OP/1/A/1104/007 LWD System, Enclosure 4.1 Pumping RBNS to  1" OP/1/A/1104/007 Enclosure 4.1 SRO/BOP 3.1 Verify MWHUT level adequate to receive waste volume.
 
3.2 Position the following:
====3.6.2 Refer====
* Ensure open 1LWD-1 (RB NORMAL SUMP ISOLATION)
to Technical Specifications
* Ensure open 1LWD-2 (RB NORMAL SUMP ISOLATION) 3.3 Start one or both of the following:
 
* 1A RB NORM SUMP PUMP
====3.6.3 Refer====
* 1B RB NORM SUMP PUMP 3.4 WHEN RBNS is at desired level OR at 1" (low level alarm), ensure the following:
to SLC 16.9.12 (Does NOT apply)
* 1A RB NORMAL SUMP PUMP "OFF".
 
* 1B RB NORMAL SUMP PUMP "OFF".
====3.6.4 Refer====
3.5 IF required to close the valves, position the following:
to OP/1/A/1104/010 (LPSW)
* Close 1LWD-1 (RB NORMAL SUMP ISOLATION)
 
* Close 1LWD-2 (RB NORMAL SUMP ISOLATION)
====3.6.5 Refer====
SRO      Identify that 1C RBCU is inoperable and enter TS 3.6.5 Condition B (7 days and 14 days from discovery of failure to meet LCO).
to OP/1/A/1104/015 (RB Cooling System)
EXAMINER NOTE: The crew may decide to pump the RB Normal Sump. If so, see the steps below from OP/1/A/1104/007 LWD   OP/1/A/1104/007 Enclosure 4.1
 
===3.1 Verify===
MWHUT level adequate to receive waste volume.
 
===3.2 Position===
the following:
-1 (RB NORMAL SUMP ISOLATION)
-2 (RB NORMAL SUMP ISOLATION)
 
===3.3 Start===
one or both of the following:
PUMP 3.4   WHEN RBNS is at desired level OR at 1" (low level alarm), ensure the following:
3.5   IF required to close the valves, position the following:
-1 (RB NORMAL SUMP ISOLATION)
-2 (RB NORMAL SUMP ISOLATION)
Identify that 1C RBCU is inoperable and enter TS 3.6.5 Condition B (7 days and 14 days from discovery of failure to meet LCO).
TS 3.6.3 Condition C does not apply since no Containment Isolation Valves are inoperable.
TS 3.6.3 Condition C does not apply since no Containment Isolation Valves are inoperable.
This event is complete when the 1C RBCU rupture is isolated, or as directed by the lead examiner.
This event is complete when the 1C RBCU rupture is isolated, or as directed by the lead examiner.
Page 15 of 57


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 16 of 57    Op-Test No.:ILT4 7      Scenario No.:
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.:ILT47      Scenario No.: 3             Event No.: 5             Page 1 of 2 Event
3       Event No.: 5         Page 1 of 2 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
Vacuum Leak on 1B FDW Pumping Trap Sight Glass Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC SRO/BOP (CT-1) Plant Response:
Vacuum Leak on 1B FDW Pumping Trap Sight Glass Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant Response:
1SA-3/A-6, Condenser Vacuum Low (25" Hg)
* 1SA-3/A-6, Condenser Vacuum Low (25 Hg)
Crew response:
Crew response:
1SA-3/A-6, Condenser Vacuum Low
1SA-3/A-6, Condenser Vacuum Low 3.1 Refer to AP/1/A/1700/027 (Loss of Condenser Vacuum)
 
OATC          During this event the OATC will:
===3.1 Refer===
* Monitor the plant
to AP/
* Respond to direction from the SRO
1/A/1700/027 (Loss of Condenser Vacuum)
* Provide Peer Checks when requested SRO/BOP      AP/1/A/1700/027 (Loss of Condenser Vacuum) 4.1 Announce AP entry using the PA system.
During this event the OATC will:
4.2 IAAT both of the following apply:
Monitor the plant Respond to direction from the SRO Provide Peer Checks when requested AP/1/A/1700/027 (Loss of Condenser Vacuum)
__ Condenser vacuum  22 Hg
 
===4.1 Announce===
AP entry using the PA system.
4.2 IAAT both of the following apply:
__ MODE 1 or 2 THEN trip the Rx.
__ MODE 1 or 2 THEN trip the Rx.
4.3 Dispatch operators to perform the following:
__ Perform Encl 5.1 (Main Vacuum Pump Alignment)(PS)
__ Look for vacuum leaks (CT-1)        4.4 Ensure all available Main Vacuum Pumps operating (A, B, & C) (CT-1)
BOOTH CUE: After all MVPs are running, call the Control Room to notify the operator that the Main Vacuum Pumps are aligned to Unit 1.
4.5 Ensure 1V-186 is closed 4.6 Ensure Steam to Steam Air Ejector A, B, C > 255 psig 4.7 Verify Steam Seal Header Press > 1.5 psig 4.8 Ensure all available CCW pumps operating This event is complete when SRO reaches Step 4.10 of AP/27, or as directed by the lead examiner.
Page 16 of 57


===4.3 Dispatch===
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.:ILT47      Scenario No.: 3             Event No.: 5                   Page 2 of 2 Event
operators to perform the following:
__ Perform Encl 5.1 (Main Vacuum Pump Alignment)(PS) __ Look for vacuum leaks
 
===4.4 Ensure===
all available Main Vacuum Pumps operating (A, B, & C)
(CT-1) BOOTH CUE:  After all MVPs are running, call the Control Room to notify the operator that the Main Vacuum Pumps are aligned to Unit 1. 4.5  Ensure 1V
-186 is closed
 
===4.6 Ensure===
Steam to Steam Air Ejector A, B, C > 255 psig
 
===4.7 Verify===
Steam Seal Header Press > 1.5 psig
 
===4.8 Ensure===
all available CCW pumps operating This event is complete when SRO reaches Step 4.10 of AP/
27, or as directed by the lead examiner.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 17 of 57  Op-Test No.:ILT4 7      Scenario No.: 3       Event No.:
5               Page 2 of 2 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
Vacuum Leak on 1B FDW Pumping Trap Sight Glass Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP    SRO EXAMINER NOTE: Soon after the 4 th CCW Pump is started, OAC point O1E0507 (LPSW Leakage Accumulator Level) will come into alarm.
Vacuum Leak on 1B FDW Pumping Trap Sight Glass Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior EXAMINER NOTE: Soon after the 4th CCW Pump is started, OAC point O1E0507 (LPSW Leakage Accumulator Level) will come into alarm.
BOOTH CUE: Call Control Room as the AO sent out to look for vacuum leaks and report that a leak was found on the 1B Main FDW Pump pumping trap sight glass.
BOOTH CUE: Call Control Room as the AO sent out to look for vacuum leaks and report that a leak was found on the 1B Main FDW Pump pumping trap sight glass. FIRE TIMER 15 to stop the vacuum leak once directed to isolate the leaking sightglass.
FIRE TIMER 1 5 to stop the vacuum leak once directed to isolate the leaking sightglass.
SRO/BOP EXAMINER NOTE: The leak will be removed after the control room directs the AO to isolate the sight glass.
EXAMINER NOTE
4.9 Verify Condensate flow  2300 gpm SRO          4.10 WHEN condenser vacuum is stable, AND Encl 5.1 (Main Vacuum Pump Alignment) is complete, THEN EXIT this procedure Due to receiving the OAC point O1E0507 (LPSW Leakage Accumulator Level) alarm, the SRO will make the following Tech Spec determination.
: The leak will be removed after the control room directs the AO to isolate the sight glass.
4.10 WHEN condenser vacuum is stable, AND Encl 5.1 (Main Vacuum Pump Alignment) is complete, THEN EXIT this procedure Due to receiving the OAC point O1E0507 (LPSW Leakage Accumulator Level) alarm, the SRO will make the following Tech Spec determination.
Tech Spec 3.7.7 (LPSW) Condition B (LPSW WPS inoperable on Units with LPSW RB Waterhammer Modification installed)
Tech Spec 3.7.7 (LPSW) Condition B (LPSW WPS inoperable on Units with LPSW RB Waterhammer Modification installed)
Required Actions: Restore the LPSW WPS to Operable status Completion Time: 7 days This condition applies for the duration of the OAC alarm above being in alarm. Once the alarm clears the Condition can be exited.
Required Actions: Restore the LPSW WPS to Operable status Completion Time: 7 days This condition applies for the duration of the OAC alarm above being in alarm.
This event is complete when SRO reaches Step 4.10 of AP/
Once the alarm clears the Condition can be exited.
27, or as directed by the lead examiner.
This event is complete when SRO reaches Step 4.10 of AP/27, or as directed by the lead examiner.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 18 of 57  Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 6 Page 1 of 1 Event
Page 17 of 57
 
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47                 Scenario No.: 3               Event No.: 6             Page 1 of 1 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
Continuous Rod Withdrawal Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior
Continuous Rod Withdrawal Time       Position                               Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant response:
* Control Rods withdrawing without operator action
* NI-5 thru NI-8 indicate increasing reactor power
* SURs on Wide Range NIs increasing SRO/OATC Crew response:
* The candidates should utilize the Plant Transient Response process to stabilize the plant and recognize that control rods are withdrawing without a valid signal.
* Verbalize to the SRO reactor power level and direction of movement.
* Place the Diamond and both FDW Masters in MANUAL to stabilize the plant.
The crew should insert control rods and monitor reactor power and wide range startup rate to stabilize the plant
* Report no valid (ICS) Runback and monitor RCS pressure and inventory Contact SPOC to investigate the continuous rod withdrawal.
EXAMINER NOTE: The OATC may elect to trip the Rx during this transient per SOMP 01-02 and OMP 1-18 Attachment J (Plant Transient Response).
6.3.3 During abnormal operating conditions a manual reactor trip shall be initiated if any of the following conditions occur:
* Reactor power level approaches any operating limit
* Reactor power level exceeds the pre-transient power level by greater than 5% AND the cause of the power change is NOT understood, OR is NOT controllable
* Any time plant conditions are considered uncontrollable or unsafe EXAMINER/BOOTH CUE: If the crew does NOT manually trip the reactor, then once they have completed PTR, FIRE TIMER 7 to initiate Event 7.
This event is complete once the Reactor has tripped or as directed by the Lead Examiner Page 18 of 57


SRO/OATC Plant response:
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                       Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47                Scenario No.: 3               Event No.: 7         Page 1 of 8 Event
Control Rods withdrawing without operator action NI-5 thru NI-8 indicate increasing reactor power SURs on Wide Range NIs increasing Crew response:
The candidates should utilize the "Plant Transient Response" process to stabilize the plant and recognize that control rods are withdrawing without a valid signal.
Verbalize to the SRO reactor power level and direction of movement.
Place the Diamond and both FDW Masters in MANUAL to stabilize the plant.
The crew should insert control rods and monitor reactor power and wide range startup rate to stabilize the plant Report no valid (ICS) Runback and monitor RCS pressure and inventory Contact SPOC to investigate the continuous rod withdrawal.
EXAMINER NOTE: The OATC may elect to trip the Rx during this transient per SOMP 01
-02 and OMP 1-18 Attachment J (Plant Transient Response)
. 6.3.3 During abnormal operating conditions a manual reactor trip shall be initiated if any of the following conditions occur:
Reactor power level approaches any operating limit Reactor power level exceeds the pre
-transient power level by greater than 5% AND the cause of the power change is NOT understood, OR is NOT controllable Any time plant conditions are considered uncontrollable or unsafe EXAMINER/BOOTH CUE:  If the crew does NOT manually trip the reactor, then once they have completed PTR, FIRE TIMER 7 to initiate Event 7
. This event is complete once the Reactor has tripped or as directed by the L ead Examiner 
 
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 19 of 57  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 7 Page 1 of 8 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
SBLOCA and 1A MDEFDW Pump Trips Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO OATC BOP SRO    BOP/OATC  OATC/BOP Plant response:
SBLOCA and 1A MDEFDW Pump Trips Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant response:
Control board indications:
Control board indications:
1SA-2/D-3 (RC PRESS HI/LOW)
* 1SA-2/D-3 (RC PRESS HI/LOW)
RCS Pressure and PZR level decreasing ES 1-6 actuate RCS subcooling margin will indicate 0&deg;F Reactor Building level increasing Crew response:
* RCS Pressure and PZR level decreasing
The SRO will direct the OATC to perform IMAs
* ES 1-6 actuate
. The SRO will direct the BOP to perform a Symptoms Check
* RCS subcooling margin will indicate 0&deg;F
. SRO will transfer from the Subsequent Actions Tab to the LOSCM tab to direct crew activities (page 23). Once the RCS saturates, one of the RO's will perform Rule 2 (next page). The RO not performing Rule 2 will begin performing Enclosure 5.1 due to ES actuation (page 36). This event is complete when the SRO transfers to Step 8 7 of the LOSCM Tab and the Unit 1 TDEFDW Pump is operating, or as directed by the L ead Examiner.
* Reactor Building level increasing Crew response:
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 20 of 57  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 7 Page 2 of 8 Event
SRO OATC
* The SRO will direct the OATC to perform IMAs.
BOP
* The SRO will direct the BOP to perform a Symptoms Check.
SRO will transfer from the Subsequent Actions Tab to the LOSCM tab to direct SRO        crew activities (page 23).
BOP/OATC      Once the RCS saturates, one of the ROs will perform Rule 2 (next page).
The RO not performing Rule 2 will begin performing Enclosure 5.1 due to ES OATC/BOP      actuation (page 36).
This event is complete when the SRO transfers to Step 87 of the LOSCM Tab and the Unit 1 TDEFDW Pump is operating, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 19 of 57
 
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47                Scenario No.: 3             Event No.: 7             Page 2 of 8 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
SBLOCA and 1A MDEFDW Pump Trips Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior   SRO OATC BOP      (CT- 2)
SBLOCA and 1A MDEFDW Pump Trips Time       Position                               Applicant's Actions or Behavior Crew Response:
Crew Response:
SRO        Rule 2 ( Loss of SCM)
Rule 2 ( Loss of SCM)
OATC        1. IAAT all the following exist:
: 1. IAAT all the following exist:
BOP
THEN perform steps 2 & 3
* Any SCM  0&deg;F
: 2. Stop all RCPs (CT- 2) 3. Notify CRS of RCP status
* Rx power  1%
. 4. Verify Blackout exists.
* 2 minutes elapsed since loss of SCM THEN perform steps 2 & 3 (CT- 2)      2. Stop all RCPs (CT- 2)
RNO: GO TO Step 6 6. Open 1HP
: 3. Notify CRS of RCP status.
-24 & 25   7. Start all available HPI Pumps 8. GO TO step 13. 13. Open 1HP
: 4. Verify Blackout exists.
-26 & 27 14. Verify at least two HPI pumps are operating using two diverse indications.  
RNO: GO TO Step 6
: 15. IAAT > 2 HPI pumps operating and HPI flow in any header is in Unacceptable Region of Fig. 1, THEN perform Steps 16
: 6. Open 1HP-24 & 25
-21.       RNO: GO TO step 17 17. IAAT flow limits are exceeded THEN perform Steps 18  
: 7. Start all available HPI Pumps
- 20         RNO: GO TO Step 21 18. Place Diverse HPI in BYPASS.
: 8. GO TO step 13.
: 19. Perform both:   Place ES CH 1 in MANUAL.
: 13. Open 1HP-26 & 27
Place ES CH 2 in MANUAL.
: 14. Verify at least two HPI pumps are operating using two diverse indications.
: 20. Throttle HPI to maximize flow   flow limit.
: 15. IAAT > 2 HPI pumps operating and HPI flow in any header is in Unacceptable Region of Fig. 1, THEN perform Steps 16-21.
This event is complete when the SRO transfers to Step 87 of the LOSCM Tab and the Unit 1 TDEFDW Pump is operating, or as directed by the L ead Examiner.
RNO: GO TO step 17
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 21 of 57  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 7 Page 3 of 8 Event
: 17. IAAT flow limits are exceeded THEN perform Steps 18 - 20 RNO: GO TO Step 21
: 18. Place Diverse HPI in BYPASS.
: 19. Perform both:
* Place ES CH 1 in MANUAL.
* Place ES CH 2 in MANUAL.
: 20. Throttle HPI to maximize flow flow limit.
This event is complete when the SRO transfers to Step 87 of the LOSCM Tab and the Unit 1 TDEFDW Pump is operating, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 20 of 57
 
Appendix D                           Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47              Scenario No.: 3             Event No.: 7           Page 3 of 8 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
SBLOCA and 1A MDEFDW Pump Trips Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO OATC BOP Rule 2 ( Loss of SCM)
SBLOCA and 1A MDEFDW Pump Trips Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior Rule 2 ( Loss of SCM) (Continued)
(Continued)
SRO        21. Notify CRS of HPI status.
: 21. Notify CRS of HPI status.
OATC        22. Verify RCS pressure >550 psig BOP
: 22. Verify RCS pressure >550 psig
: 23. IAAT either exists:
: 23. IAAT either exists:
THEN GO TO Step 24.         RNO: GO TO Step 35 35. IAAT TBV's are unavailable, THEN A Dispatch two operators to perform Encl 5.24 (Operation of ADVs)
* LPI FLOW TRAIN A plus LPI FLOW TRAIN B  3400 gpm
B Notify CRS the ADVs are being aligned for use.
* Only one LPI header in operation with header flow  2900 gpm THEN GO TO Step 24.
RNO: GO TO Step 35
: 35. IAAT TBV's are unavailable, THEN A Dispatch two operators to perform Encl 5.24 (Operation of ADVs)
B Notify CRS the ADVs are being aligned for use.
: 36. Select OFF for both Digital Channels on AFIS HEADER A
: 36. Select OFF for both Digital Channels on AFIS HEADER A
: 37. Select OFF for both Digital Channels on AFIS HEADER B 38. Verify any EFDW pump operating.
: 37. Select OFF for both Digital Channels on AFIS HEADER B
RNO: Place 1FDW 315 and 1FDW
: 38. Verify any EFDW pump operating.
-316 in MANUAL and close.
RNO: Place 1FDW 315 and 1FDW-316 in MANUAL and close.
: 39. Start MD EFDW pumps on all intact SGs:
: 39. Start MD EFDW pumps on all intact SGs:
1A MD EFDWP 1B MD EFDWP
* 1A MD EFDWP
* 1B MD EFDWP
: 40. Verify any EFDW pump operating.
: 40. Verify any EFDW pump operating.
: 41. Verify both SGs intact.
: 41. Verify both SGs intact.
Line 2,153: Line 2,459:
: 45. Trip both Main FDW pumps.
: 45. Trip both Main FDW pumps.
: 46. Place FDW block valve switches in CLOSE:
: 46. Place FDW block valve switches in CLOSE:
1FDW-33 1FDW-31 1FDW-42 1FDW-40 This event is complete when the SRO transfers to Step 87 of the LOSCM Tab and the Unit 1 TDEFDW Pump is operating, or as directed by the L ead Examiner.
* 1FDW-33
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 22 of 57  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 7 Page 4 of 8 Event
* 1FDW-31
* 1FDW-42
* 1FDW-40 This event is complete when the SRO transfers to Step 87 of the LOSCM Tab and the Unit 1 TDEFDW Pump is operating, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 21 of 57
 
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47                Scenario No.: 3             Event No.: 7                 Page 4 of 8 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
SBLOCA and 1A MDEFDW Pump Trips Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO OATC BOP        Rule 2 ( Loss of SCM)
SBLOCA and 1A MDEFDW Pump Trips Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior Rule 2 ( Loss of SCM) (Continued)
(Continued)
SRO OATC        47. Utilize Rule 7 (SG Feed Control) to feed all intact SGs to the appropriate BOP              SG Level Control Point using available feed sources; EFDW/Main FDW.
: 47. Utilize Rule 7 (SG Feed Control) to feed all intact SGs to the appropriate SG Level Control Point using available feed sources; EFDW/Main FDW.
: 48. IAAT SG Level Control Point is reached, THEN maintain SG Level Control Point by feeding and steaming as necessary.
: 48. IAAT SG Level Control Point is reached, THEN maintain SG Level Control Point by feeding and steaming as necessary.
: 49. Notify CRS of SG feed status.
: 49. Notify CRS of SG feed status.
CAUTION If 1 TD EFDW PUMP is being used for SG feed and Unit 1 is supplying the Auxiliary Steam header, reduced pumping capability.
CAUTION If 1 TD EFDW PUMP is being used for SG feed and Unit 1 is supplying the Auxiliary Steam header, reducing SG pressure below  250 psig can result in reduced pumping capability.
: 50. IAAT SG pressure is > RCS pressure, THEN reduce SG pressure < RCS pressure using either:
: 50. IAAT SG pressure is > RCS pressure, THEN reduce SG pressure < RCS pressure using either:
TBVs Dispatch two operators to perform Encl 5.24 (operation of the ADVs)
* TBVs
* Dispatch two operators to perform Encl 5.24 (operation of the ADVs)
: 51. Verify any Main FDW pump operating.
: 51. Verify any Main FDW pump operating.
RNO: GO TO Step 58. 58. Ensure Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW) is in progress or complete.  
RNO: GO TO Step 58.
: 59. WHEN directed by CRS, THEN EXIT. BOOTH CUE: Once Rule 3 is complete, FIRE TIMER 8 to trip 1A MDEFDW Pump.
: 58. Ensure Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW) is in progress or complete.
EXAMINER NOTE: When the 1A MDEFDW Pump failure is recognized, the crew should re
: 59. WHEN directed by CRS, THEN EXIT.
-initiate Rule 3 (page 25) and start the TDEFDW pump .
BOOTH CUE: Once Rule 3 is complete, FIRE TIMER 8 to trip 1A MDEFDW Pump.
This event is complete when the SRO transfers to Step 87 of the LOSCM Tab and the Unit 1 TDEFDW Pump is operating, or as directed by the L ead Examiner.
EXAMINER NOTE: When the 1A MDEFDW Pump failure is recognized, the crew should re-initiate Rule 3 (page 25) and start the TDEFDW pump .
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 23 of 57  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 7 Page 5 of 8 Event
This event is complete when the SRO transfers to Step 87 of the LOSCM Tab and the Unit 1 TDEFDW Pump is operating, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 22 of 57
 
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47              Scenario No.: 3               Event No.: 7           Page 5 of 8 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
SBLOCA and 1A MDEFDW Pump Trips Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO OATC BOP LOSCM tab 1. Ensure Rule 2 (Loss of SCM) is in progress or complete.
SBLOCA and 1A MDEFDW Pump Trips Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior LOSCM tab SRO        1. Ensure Rule 2 (Loss of SCM) is in progress or complete.
: 2. Verify LOSCM caused by excessive heat transfer RNO: GO TO Step 4 4. IAAT either exists:
OATC
THEN GO TO LOCA CD tab.
: 2. Verify LOSCM caused by excessive heat transfer BOP RNO: GO TO Step 4
: 5. Verify SSF activated per AP/25 with SSF RC Makeup required.       RNO: GO TO Step 7 7. Verify all exist:
: 4. IAAT either exists:
NO RCPs operating HPI flow in both HPI headers Adequate total HPI flow per Figure 1 (Total Required HPI Flow)  
LPI FLOW TRAIN A plus LPI FLOW TRAIN B  3400 gpm Only one LPI header in operation with header flow  2900 gpm THEN GO TO LOCA CD tab.
: 8. GO TO Step 8 7. 8 7. Open 1AS
: 5. Verify SSF activated per AP/25 with SSF RC Makeup required.
-40 while closing 1MS
RNO: GO TO Step 7
-47. 88. Verify HPI forced cooling in progress.
: 7. Verify all exist:
RNO: Close 1RC-4 89. Close 1GWD
* NO RCPs operating
-17, 1HP-1, 1HP-2, and 1RC
* HPI flow in both HPI headers
-3 9 0. Verify either:
* Adequate total HPI flow per Figure 1 (Total Required HPI Flow)
Core superheated RNO: GO TO Step 9 2 9 2. IAAT THEN initiate Encl 5.12 (ECCS Suction Swap to RBES). This event is complete when the SRO transfers to Step 87 of the LOSCM Tab and the Unit 1 TDEFDW Pump is operating, or as directed by the L ead Examiner.
: 8. GO TO Step 87.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 24 of 57  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 7 Page 6 of 8 Event
: 87. Open 1AS-40 while closing 1MS-47.
: 88. Verify HPI forced cooling in progress.
RNO: Close 1RC-4
: 89. Close 1GWD-17, 1HP-1, 1HP-2, and 1RC-3
: 90. Verify either:
* Core superheated
* Rx vessel head level at 0 RNO: GO TO Step 92
: 92. IAAT BWST level is  19', THEN initiate Encl 5.12 (ECCS Suction Swap to RBES).
This event is complete when the SRO transfers to Step 87 of the LOSCM Tab and the Unit 1 TDEFDW Pump is operating, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 23 of 57
 
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                       Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47              Scenario No.: 3             Event No.: 7         Page 6 of 8 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
SBLOCA and 1A MDEFDW Pump Trips Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO OATC BOP LOSCM tab(Continued)
SBLOCA and 1A MDEFDW Pump Trips Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior LOSCM tab(Continued)
CAUTION If TDEFDWP is being used for SG feed, reducing SG pressure below  250 psig can result in reduced pumping capability 9 3  Maintain SG pressure < RCS pressure utilizing either: __TBVs __ADVs 9 4  Verify any SG available for feeding/steaming.
SRO OATC                                          CAUTION BOP        If TDEFDWP is being used for SG feed, reducing SG pressure below  250 psig can result in reduced pumping capability 93 Maintain SG pressure < RCS pressure utilizing either:
9 5  Initiate Encl 5.16 (SG Tube
__TBVs
-to-Shell T Control).
__ADVs 94 Verify any SG available for feeding/steaming.
9 6  Verify indications of SGTR exist.
95 Initiate Encl 5.16 (SG Tube-to-Shell T Control).
RNO: GO TO Step 99 99 Verify HPI forced cooling in progress.
96 Verify indications of SGTR exist.
RNO: GO TO Step 10 1 10 1  Verify CETCs trend decreasing.
RNO: GO TO Step 99 99 Verify HPI forced cooling in progress.
10 2  Verify primary to secondary heat transfer is excessive.
RNO: GO TO Step 101 101 Verify CETCs trend decreasing.
RNO: GO TO Step 10 4 10 4  Verify indications of SGTR  25 gpm.       RNO: GO TO Step 10 6 10 6  Verify required RCS makeup flow within normal makeup capability.
102 Verify primary to secondary heat transfer is excessive.
RNO: GO TO LOCA CD tab This event is complete when the SRO transfers to Step 87 of the LOSCM Tab and the Unit 1 TDEFDW Pump is operating, or as directed by the L ead Examiner.
RNO: GO TO Step 104 104 Verify indications of SGTR  25 gpm.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 25 of 57  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7 Scenario No.:
RNO: GO TO Step 106 106 Verify required RCS makeup flow within normal makeup capability.
3 Event No.:    7     Page 7 of 8 Event
RNO: GO TO LOCA CD tab This event is complete when the SRO transfers to Step 87 of the LOSCM Tab and the Unit 1 TDEFDW Pump is operating, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 24 of 57
 
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47  Scenario No.: 3             Event No.:    7                   Page 7 of 8 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
SBLOCA and 1A MDEFDW Pump Trips Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC/BOP Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW)
SBLOCA and 1A MDEFDW Pump Trips Time       Position                           Applicant's Actions or Behavior Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW)
: 1. Verify loss of Main FDW/EFDW is due to TBF.
: 1. Verify loss of Main FDW/EFDW is due to TBF.
RNO:GO TO Step 3 3. IAAT NO SGs can be fed with FDW (Main/CBP/Emergency/PSW),       AND any of the following exist:
SRO/OATC/
RCS pressure reaches 2300 psig or NDT limit.
BOP          RNO:GO TO Step 3
PZR level reaches 375" (340" acc)
: 3. IAAT NO SGs can be fed with FDW (Main/CBP/Emergency/PSW),
AND any of the following exist:
* RCS pressure reaches 2300 psig or NDT limit.
* PZR level reaches 375 (340 acc)
THEN PERFORM Rule 4 (HPI Forced Cooling)
THEN PERFORM Rule 4 (HPI Forced Cooling)
: 4. Start operable EFDW pumps, as required, to feed all intact SGs.
: 4. Start operable EFDW pumps, as required, to feed all intact SGs.
EXAMINER NOTE: The TDEFDW Pump should be started here to supply feed to the 1A SG.
EXAMINER NOTE: The TDEFDW Pump should be started here to supply feed to the 1A SG.
: 5. Verify any EFDW pump operating.
: 5. Verify any EFDW pump operating.
: 6. GO TO Step 38 3 8. IAAT an EFDW valve CANNOT control in AUTO, OR manual operation of EFDW valve is desired to control flow/level, THEN perform Steps 3 9 - 43.       RNO:GO TO Step 4 4 4 4. Verify any SCM  0 F       RNO: IF overcooling OR exceeding limits in Rule 7, THEN throttle EFDW as necessary.
: 6. GO TO Step 38
4 5. IAAT Unit 1 EFDW is in operation, THEN initiate Encl 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation).
: 38. IAAT an EFDW valve CANNOT control in AUTO, OR manual operation of EFDW valve is desired to control flow/level, THEN perform Steps 39 - 43.
4 6. WHEN directed by CRS, THEN EXIT. This event is complete when the SRO transfers to Step 87 of the LOSCM Tab and the Unit 1 TDEFDW Pump is operating, or as directed by the L ead Examiner.
RNO:GO TO Step 44
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 26 of 57  Op-Test No.: ILT4 7 Scenario No.:
: 44. Verify any SCM  0&deg;F RNO: IF overcooling OR exceeding limits in Rule 7, THEN throttle EFDW as necessary.
3 Event No.:    7     Page 8 of 8 Event
: 45. IAAT Unit 1 EFDW is in operation, THEN initiate Encl 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation).
: 46. WHEN directed by CRS, THEN EXIT.
This event is complete when the SRO transfers to Step 87 of the LOSCM Tab and the Unit 1 TDEFDW Pump is operating, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 25 of 57
 
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47  Scenario No.: 3               Event No.:    7                   Page 8 of 8 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
SBLOCA and 1A MDEFDW Pump Trips Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior
SBLOCA and 1A MDEFDW Pump Trips Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior Enclosure 5.9 Extended EFDW Operation
 
SRO/OATC/BOP 
 
SRO              Enclosure 5.9 Extended EFDW Operation
: 1. Monitor EFDW parameters on EFW graphic display.
: 1. Monitor EFDW parameters on EFW graphic display.
: 2. IAAT UST level is < 4', THEN GO TO Step 120 3. IAAT feeding both SGs with one MD EFDWP is desired, THEN perform steps 4 - 7.       RNO: GO TO Step 8 8. Perform as required to maintain UST level > 7.5':
SRO/OATC/    2. IAAT UST level is < 4', THEN GO TO Step 120 BOP      3. IAAT feeding both SGs with one MD EFDWP is desired, THEN perform steps 4 - 7.
Makeup with demin water.
RNO: GO TO Step 8
Place CST pumps in AUTO.
: 8. Perform as required to maintain UST level > 7.5':
: 9. IAAT all exist: __ Rapid cooldown NOT in progress
* Makeup with demin water.
__ MD EFDWP operating for each available SG __ EFDW flow in each header < 600 gpm THEN place 1 TD EFDW PUMP switch in PULL TO LOCK
* Place CST pumps in AUTO.
: 9. IAAT all exist:
__ Rapid cooldown NOT in progress
__ MD EFDWP operating for each available SG
__ EFDW flow in each header
                                      < 600 gpm THEN place 1 TD EFDW PUMP switch in PULL TO LOCK
: 10. Verify 1 TD EFDW PUMP operating.
: 10. Verify 1 TD EFDW PUMP operating.
RNO: GO TO Step 12
RNO: GO TO Step 12
: 11. Start TD EFDWP BEARING Oil Cooling Pump.
: 11. Start TD EFDWP BEARING Oil Cooling Pump.
NOTE Loss of the condensate system for  25 minutes results in cooling down to LPI using the ADVs. If NO HWPs are operating, continuing this enclosure to restore the condensate system is a priority unless the CR SRO deems EOP activities higher priority. The 25 minute criterion is satisfied when a HWP is started and 1C
NOTE
-10 is 10% open.
* Loss of the condensate system for  25 minutes results in cooling down to LPI using the ADVs. If NO HWPs are operating, continuing this enclosure to restore the condensate system is a priority unless the CR SRO deems EOP activities higher priority. The 25 minute criterion is satisfied when a HWP is started and 1C-10 is 10% open.
If the condensate system is operating, the remaining guidance establishes FDW recirc, monitors and maintains UST, and transfers EFDW suction to the hotwell if required.
* If the condensate system is operating, the remaining guidance establishes FDW recirc, monitors and maintains UST, and transfers EFDW suction to the hotwell if required.
: 12. Notify CR SRO to set priority based on the NOTE above and EOP activities.
: 12. Notify CR SRO to set priority based on the NOTE above and EOP activities.
The SRO should determine that continuing in Encl 5.9 is not a priority at this time and direct the RO from the LOSCM Tab of the EOP.
SRO The SRO should determine that continuing in Encl 5.9 is not a priority at this time and direct the RO from the LOSCM Tab of the EOP.
This event is complete when the SRO transfers to Step 87 of the LOSCM Tab and the Unit 1 TDEFDW Pump is operating, or as directed by the L ead Examiner.
This event is complete when the SRO transfers to Step 87 of the LOSCM Tab and the Unit 1 TDEFDW Pump is operating, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 27 of 57 RULE 6 HPI Pump Throttling Limits HPI must be throttled to prevent violating the RV
Page 26 of 57
-P/T limit.
HPI pump operation must be limited to two HPIPs when only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open.
HPI must be throttled  475 gpm/pump (including seal injection for A header) when only one HPI pump is operating in a header.
Total HPI flow must be throttled  950 gpm including seal injection when 1A and 1B HPI pumps are operating with 1HP
-409 open. Total HPI flow must be throttled < 750 gpm when all the following exist:
- LPI suction is from the RBES
- piggyback is aligned
- either of the following exist:
only one piggyback valve is open (1LP
-15 or 1LP-16)  only one LPI pump operating HPI may be throttled under the following conditions:
HPI Forced Cooling in Progress:
HPI Forced Cooling NOT in Progress:
All the following conditions must exist:
Core SCM > 0  CETCs decreasing All the following conditions must exist:
All WR NIs  1%  Core SCM > 0  Pzr level increasing CRS concurrence required if throttling following emergency boration HPI Pump Minimum Flow Limit Maintain  170 gpm indicated/pump. This is an instrument error adjusted value that ensures a real value of  65 gpm/pump is maintained. HPI pump flow less than minimum is allowed for up to 4 hours.


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 28 of 57 EXAMINER NOTE At any time during this scenario the operator may choose to use Enclosure 5.5 to maintain RCS inventory control. See excerpt below.
Appendix D                                 Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT47 RULE 6 HPI Pump Throttling Limits
ENCLOSURE 5.5 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE Maintaining Pzr level >100 [180 acc] will ensure Pzr heater bundles remain covered.
* HPI must be throttled to prevent violating the RV-P/T limit.
: 1. Utilize the following as necessary to maintain desired Pzr level:
* HPI pump operation must be limited to two HPIPs when only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open.
1A HPI Pump 1B HPI Pump 1HP-26 1HP-7 1HP-120 setpoint or valve demand 1HP-5 __ IF 1HP-26 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP
* HPI must be throttled  475 gpm/pump (including seal injection for A header) when only one HPI pump is operating in a header.
-410 to maintain desired Pzr level.
* Total HPI flow must be throttled  950 gpm including seal injection when 1A and 1B HPI pumps are operating with 1HP-409 open.
: 2. IAAT makeup to the LDST is desired,   THEN makeup from 1A BHUT.
* Total HPI flow must be throttled < 750 gpm when all the following exist:
        - LPI suction is from the RBES
        - piggyback is aligned
        - either of the following exist:
* only one piggyback valve is open (1LP-15 or 1LP-16)
* only one LPI pump operating
* HPI may be throttled under the following conditions:
HPI Forced Cooling in Progress:                HPI Forced Cooling NOT in Progress:
All the following conditions must exist:          All the following conditions must exist:
* Core SCM > 0
* All WR NIs  1%
* CETCs decreasing
* Core SCM > 0
* Pzr level increasing
* CRS concurrence required if throttling following emergency boration HPI Pump Minimum Flow Limit
* Maintain  170 gpm indicated/pump. This is an instrument error adjusted value that ensures a real value of  65 gpm/pump is maintained. HPI pump flow less than minimum is allowed for up to 4 hours.
Page 27 of 57
 
Appendix D                                Required Operator Actions                          Form ES-D-2 ILT47 EXAMINER NOTE At any time during this scenario the operator may choose to use Enclosure 5.5 to maintain RCS inventory control. See excerpt below.
ENCLOSURE 5.5 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                               RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE Maintaining Pzr level >100 [180 acc] will ensure Pzr heater bundles remain covered.
: 1. Utilize the following as necessary to maintain       __ IF 1HP-26 will NOT open, desired Pzr level:                                     THEN throttle 1HP-410 to maintain
* 1A HPI Pump                                     desired Pzr level.
* 1B HPI Pump
* 1HP-26
* 1HP-7
* 1HP-120 setpoint or valve demand
* 1HP-5
: 2. IAAT makeup to the LDST is desired, THEN makeup from 1A BHUT.
: 3. IAAT it is desired to secure makeup to LDST, THEN secure makeup from 1A BHUT.
: 3. IAAT it is desired to secure makeup to LDST, THEN secure makeup from 1A BHUT.
: 4. IAAT it is desired to bleed letdown flow to 1A BHUT, THEN perform the following:
: 4. IAAT it is desired to bleed letdown flow to 1A BHUT, THEN perform the following:
A. Open: __ 1CS-26 __ 1CS-41 B. Position 1HP
A. Open:
-14 to BLEED.
__ 1CS-26
__ 1CS-41 B. Position 1HP-14 to BLEED.
C. Notify SRO.
C. Notify SRO.
: 5. IAAT letdown bleed is NO longer desired, THEN position 1HP
: 5. IAAT letdown bleed is NO longer desired, THEN position 1HP-14 to NORMAL.
-14 to NORMAL.
Page 28 of 57


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 29 of 57  Page 2 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 2 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                           RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 6. IAAT 1C HPI PUMP is required, THEN perform Steps 7 - 9. __ GO TO Step 10. 7. Open: 1HP-24  1HP-25 1. __ IF both BWST suction valves (1HP-24 and 1HP
: 6. IAAT 1C HPI PUMP is required,                 __ GO TO Step 10.
-25) are closed, THEN perform the following:
THEN perform Steps 7 - 9.
A. __ Start 1A LPI PUMP.
: 7. Open:                                       1. __ IF both BWST suction valves
* 1HP-24                                        (1HP-24 and 1HP-25) are closed, THEN perform the following:
* 1HP-25 A. __ Start 1A LPI PUMP.
B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.
B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.
C. Open: __ 1LP-15 __ 1LP-16 __ 1LP-9 __ 1LP-10 __ 1LP-6 __ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.
C. Open:
E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A 119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end
__ 1LP-15
). F. __ GO TO Step 8. 2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, THEN perform the following:
__ 1LP-16
__ 1LP-9
__ 1LP-10
__ 1LP-6
__ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.
E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A-1-119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end).
F. __ GO TO Step 8.
: 2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, THEN perform the following:
A. __ IF three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.
A. __ IF three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.
B. __ IF < 2 HPI pumps are operating, THEN start HPI pumps to obtain two HPI pump operation, preferably in opposite headers.
B. __ IF < 2 HPI pumps are operating, THEN start HPI pumps to obtain two HPI pump operation, preferably in opposite headers.
C. __ GO TO Step 9.
C. __ GO TO Step 9.
Page 29 of 57


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 30 of 57  Page 3 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
Appendix D                                 Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 3 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                               RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 8. Start 1C HPI PUMP.
: 8. Start 1C HPI PUMP.                                 __ IF at least two HPI pumps are operating, THEN throttle 1HP-409 to maintain desired Pzr level.
__ IF at least two HPI pumps are operating, THEN throttle 1HP
: 9. Throttle the following as required to         1. __ IF at least two HPI pumps are operating, maintain desired Pzr level:                          AND 1HP-26 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP-410 to maintain
-409 to maintain desired Pzr level.
* 1HP-26 desired Pzr level.
: 9. Throttle the following as required to maintain desired Pzr level:
* 1HP-27
1HP-26  1HP-27 1. __ IF at least two HPI pumps are operating, AND 1HP-26 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP
: 2. __ IF 1A HPI PUMP and 1B HPI PUMP are operating, AND 1HP-27 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP-409 to maintain desired Pzr level.
-410 to maintain desired Pzr level.
Page 30 of 57
: 2. __ IF 1A HPI PUMP and 1B HPI PUMP are operating, AND 1HP-27 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP
-409 to maintain desired Pzr level.


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 31 of 57  Page 4 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 4 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                             RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 10. IAAT LDST level CANNOT be maintained, THEN perform Step
: 10. IAAT LDST level CANNOT be maintained,             __ GO TO Step 132.
: 11. __ GO TO Step 13 2. 11. Perform the following:
THEN perform Step 11.
Open 1HP-24. Open 1HP-25. Close 1HP-16. 1. __ IF both BWST suction valves (1HP-24 and 1HP
: 11. Perform the following:                         1. __ IF both BWST suction valves
-25) are closed, THEN perform the following:
* Open 1HP-24.                                    (1HP-24 and 1HP-25) are closed, THEN perform the following:
* Open 1HP-25.
A. __ Start 1A LPI PUMP.
A. __ Start 1A LPI PUMP.
* Close 1HP-16.
B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.
B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.
C. Open: __ 1LP-15 __ 1LP-16 __ 1LP-9 __ 1LP-10 __ 1LP-6 __ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.
C. Open:
E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A 119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end).
__ 1LP-15
F. __ GO TO Step 13. 2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, AND three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.
__ 1LP-16
__ 1LP-9
__ 1LP-10
__ 1LP-6
__ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.
E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A-1-119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end).
F. __ GO TO Step 13.
: 2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, AND three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.
NOTE Maintaining Pzr level >100 [180 acc] will ensure Pzr heater bundles remain covered.
NOTE Maintaining Pzr level >100 [180 acc] will ensure Pzr heater bundles remain covered.
: 12. Operate PZR heaters as required to maintain heater bundle integrity.
: 12. Operate PZR heaters as required to maintain heater bundle integrity.
Page 31 of 57


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 32 of 57  Page 5 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                               Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 5 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                               RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 13. IAAT additional makeup flow to LDST is desired, AND 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP is operating, THEN dispatch an operator to close 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) (A 107, Unit 1 RC Bleed Transfer Pump Rm.).
: 13. IAAT additional makeup flow to LDST is desired, AND 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP is operating, THEN dispatch an operator to close 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) (A-1-107, Unit 1 RC Bleed Transfer Pump Rm.).
: 14. IAAT two Letdown Filters are desired, THEN perform the following:
: 14. IAAT two Letdown Filters are desired, THEN perform the following:
Open 1HP-17. Open 1HP-18 15. IAAT all of the following exist:
* Open 1HP-17.
Letdown isolated LPSW available Letdown restoration desired THEN perform Steps 16 - 34. {41} __ GO TO Step 35. 16. Open: 1CC-7  1CC-8 1. __ Notify CR SRO that letdown CANNOT be restored due to inability to restart the CC system. 2. __ GO TO Step 35. 17. Ensure only one CC pump running.
* Open 1HP-18
: 18. Place the non
: 15. IAAT all of the following exist:                   __ GO TO Step 35.
-running CC pump in AUTO.
* Letdown isolated
: 19. Verify both are open: 1HP-1  1HP-2 1. __ IF 1HP-1 is closed due to 1HP
* LPSW available
-3 failing to close, THEN GO TO Step 21. 2. __ IF 1HP-2 is closed due to 1HP
* Letdown restoration desired THEN perform Steps 16 - 34. {41}
-4 failing to close, THEN GO TO Step 21. 20. GO TO Step 23. NOTE Verification of leakage requires visual observation of East Penetration Room.
: 16. Open:                                           1. __ Notify CR SRO that letdown CANNOT be
: 21. Verify letdown line leak in East Penetration Room has occurred.
* 1CC-7                                            restored due to inability to restart the CC
__ GO TO Step 23. 22. GO TO Step 35.  
* 1CC-8                                            system.
: 2. __ GO TO Step 35.
: 17. Ensure only one CC pump running.
: 18. Place the non-running CC pump in AUTO.
: 19. Verify both are open:                           1. __ IF 1HP-1 is closed due to 1HP-3 failing to
* 1HP-1                                            close,
* 1HP-2                                            THEN GO TO Step 21.
: 2. __ IF 1HP-2 is closed due to 1HP-4 failing to close, THEN GO TO Step 21.
: 20. GO TO Step 23.
NOTE Verification of leakage requires visual observation of East Penetration Room.
: 21. Verify letdown line leak in East Penetration       __ GO TO Step 23.
Room has occurred.
: 22. GO TO Step 35.
Page 32 of 57


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 33 of 57  Page 6 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                               Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 6 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                               RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 23. Monitor for unexpected conditions while restoring letdown.
: 23. Monitor for unexpected conditions while restoring letdown.
: 24. Verify both letdown coolers to be placed in service. 1. __ IF 1A letdown cooler is to be placed in service, THEN open: __1HP-1 __1HP-3 2. __ IF 1B letdown cooler is to be placed in service, THEN open: __1HP-2 __1HP-4 3. __ GO TO Step 26. 25. Open: 1HP-1 1HP-2 1HP-3 1HP-4 26. Verify at least one letdown cooler is aligned.
: 24. Verify both letdown coolers to be placed in     1. __ IF 1A letdown cooler is to be placed in service.                                          service, THEN open:
Perform the following:
__1HP-1
__1HP-3
: 2. __ IF 1B letdown cooler is to be placed in service, THEN open:
__1HP-2
__1HP-4
: 3. __ GO TO Step 26.
: 25. Open:
* 1HP-1
* 1HP-2
* 1HP-3
* 1HP-4
: 26. Verify at least one letdown cooler is aligned.     Perform the following:
A. __ Notify CR SRO of problem.
A. __ Notify CR SRO of problem.
B. __ GO TO Step 35. 27. Close 1HP-6. 28. Close 1HP-7. 29. Verify letdown temperature < 125 F. 1. __ Open 1HP-13. 2. Close: __1HP-8 __1HP-9&11 3. __ IF any deborating IX is in service, THEN perform the following:
B. __ GO TO Step 35.
A. __Select 1HP
: 27. Close 1HP-6.
-14 to NORMAL.
: 28. Close 1HP-7.
B. __Close 1HP
: 29. Verify letdown temperature < 125&deg;F.             1. __ Open 1HP-13.
-16. 4. __ Select LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch to BYPASS.
: 2. Close:
__1HP-8
__1HP-9&11
: 3. __ IF any deborating IX is in service, THEN perform the following:
A.       __Select 1HP-14 to NORMAL.
B.       __Close 1HP-16.
: 4. __ Select LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch to BYPASS.
Page 33 of 57


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 34 of 57  Page 7 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 7 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                               RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 30. Open 1HP-5. 31. Adjust 1HP
: 30. Open 1HP-5.
-7 for  20 gpm letdown.
: 31. Adjust 1HP-7 for  20 gpm letdown.
: 32. WHEN letdown temperature is < 125 F, THEN place LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch to NORMAL.
: 32. WHEN letdown temperature is < 125&deg;F, THEN place LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch to NORMAL.
: 33. Open 1HP-6. 34. Adjust 1HP
: 33. Open 1HP-6.
-7 to control desired letdown flow.
: 34. Adjust 1HP-7 to control desired letdown flow.
NOTE AP/32 (Loss of Letdown) provides direction to cool down the RCS to offset increasing pressurizer level. 35. IAAT it is determined that letdown is unavailable due to equipment failures or letdown system leakage, THEN notify CR SRO to initiate AP/32 (Loss of Letdown).
NOTE AP/32 (Loss of Letdown) provides direction to cool down the RCS to offset increasing pressurizer level.
: 35. IAAT it is determined that letdown is unavailable due to equipment failures or letdown system leakage, THEN notify CR SRO to initiate AP/32 (Loss of Letdown).
: 36. IAAT > 1 HPI pump is operating, AND additional HPI pumps are NO longer needed, THEN perform the following:
: 36. IAAT > 1 HPI pump is operating, AND additional HPI pumps are NO longer needed, THEN perform the following:
A. Obtain SRO concurrence to reduce running HPI pumps.
A. Obtain SRO concurrence to reduce running HPI pumps.
Line 2,347: Line 2,747:
C. Place secured HPI pump switch in AUTO, if desired.
C. Place secured HPI pump switch in AUTO, if desired.
: 37. IAAT all the following conditions exist:
: 37. IAAT all the following conditions exist:
Makeup from BWST NOT required LDST level > 55 All control rods inserted Cooldown Plateau NOT being used THEN close: 1HP-24 1HP-25 Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 35 of 57  Page 8 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
* Makeup from BWST NOT required
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
* LDST level > 55
: 38. Verify 1CS
* All control rods inserted
-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) has been closed to provide additional makeup flow to LDST. __ GO TO Step 40. 39. WHEN 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) is NO longer needed to provide additional makeup flow to LDST, THEN perform the following:
* Cooldown Plateau NOT being used THEN close:
A. Stop 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP. B. Locally position 1CS
* 1HP-24
-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) one turn open (A 107, Unit 1 RC Bleed Transfer Pump Rm.).
* 1HP-25 Page 34 of 57
C. Close 1CS-46. D. Start 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP. E. Locally throttle 1CS
 
-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) to obtain 90  
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                   Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 8 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
- 110 psig discharge pressure.
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                             RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
F. Stop 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP. 40. Verify two Letdown Filters in service, AND only one Letdown filter is desired.
: 38. Verify 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) has been           __ GO TO Step 40.
__ GO TO Step 42. 41. Perform one of the following:
closed to provide additional makeup flow to LDST.
Place 1HP-17 switch to CLOSE.
: 39. WHEN 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) is NO longer needed to provide additional makeup flow to LDST, THEN perform the following:
Place 1HP-18 switch to CLOSE.
A. Stop 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP.
B. Locally position 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) one turn open (A-1-107, Unit 1 RC Bleed Transfer Pump Rm.).
C. Close 1CS-46.
D. Start 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP.
E. Locally throttle 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) to obtain 90 - 110 psig discharge pressure.
F. Stop 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP.
: 40. Verify two Letdown Filters in service,           __ GO TO Step 42.
AND only one Letdown filter is desired.
: 41. Perform one of the following:
* Place 1HP-17 switch to CLOSE.
* Place 1HP-18 switch to CLOSE.
: 42. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this enclosure.
: 42. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this enclosure.
END  
                                              * *
* END
* Page 35 of 57


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 36 of 57  EOP Enclosure 5.1 (ES Actuation)
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT47 EOP Enclosure 5.1 (ES Actuation)
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                               RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 1. __ Determine all ES channels that should have actuated based on RCS pressure and RB pressure
: 1. __ Determine all ES channels that should have actuated based on RCS pressure and RB pressure:
:         2. __ Verify all ES channels associated with actuation setpoints have actuated.
Actuation Associated ES Setpoint Channel (psig) 1600 (RCS)    1&2 550(RCS)      3&4 3(RB)          1, 2, 3, 4, 5, & 6 10(RB)        7&8
NOTE Voter OVERRIDE extinguishes the TRIPPED light on the associated channels that have auto actuated. Pressing TRIP on channels previously actuated will reposition components that may have been throttled or secured by this Enclosure.
: 2. __ Verify all ES channels associated with                           NOTE actuation setpoints have actuated.         Voter OVERRIDE extinguishes the TRIPPED light on the associated channels that have auto actuated. Pressing TRIP on channels previously actuated will reposition components that may have been throttled or secured by this Enclosure.
__ Depress TRIP on affected ES logic channels that have NOT previously been actuated. 3. __ IAAT additional ES actuation setpoints are exceeded, THEN perform Steps 1 - 2. 4. __ Place Diverse HPI in BYPASS.
__ Depress TRIP on affected ES logic channels that have NOT previously been actuated.
__ Place Diverse HPI in OVERRIDE.
: 3. __ IAAT additional ES actuation setpoints are exceeded, THEN perform Steps 1 - 2.
: 5. Perform both: __ Place ES CH 1 in MANUAL.
: 4. __ Place Diverse HPI in BYPASS.                   __ Place Diverse HPI in OVERRIDE.
__ Place ES CH 2 in MANUAL.
: 5. Perform both:                                                       NOTE
NOTE  Voter OVERRIDE affects all channels of the affected ODD and/or EVEN channels.
__ Place ES CH 1 in MANUAL.
In OVERRIDE, all components on the affected ODD and/or EVEN channels can be manually operated from the component switch. 1. __ IF ES CH 1 fails to go to MANUAL, THEN place ODD voter in OVERRIDE.
* Voter OVERRIDE affects all channels of the
__ Place ES CH 2 in MANUAL.                       affected ODD and/or EVEN channels.
* In OVERRIDE, all components on the affected ODD and/or EVEN channels can be manually operated from the component switch.
: 1. __ IF ES CH 1 fails to go to MANUAL, THEN place ODD voter in OVERRIDE.
: 2. __ IF ES CH 2 fails to go to MANUAL, THEN place EVEN voter in OVERRIDE.
: 2. __ IF ES CH 2 fails to go to MANUAL, THEN place EVEN voter in OVERRIDE.
Actuation Setpoint (psig) Associated ES Channel  1600 (RCS) 1 & 2  550(RCS) 3 & 4  3(RB) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, & 6 10(RB) 7 & 8 Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 37 of 57  ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
Page 36 of 57
: 6. __ IAAT all exist: __ Voter associated with ES channel is in OVERRIDE __ An ES channel is manually actuated __Components on that channel require manipulation THEN depress RESET on the required channel. 7. __ Verify Rule 2 in progress or complete. __ GOTO Step 73. 8. __ Verify any RCP operating.
 
__ GOTO Step 10. 9. Open: __ 1HP-20 __ 1HP-21 10. __ IAAT any RCP is operating, AND ES Channels 5 and 6 actuate, THEN perform Steps 11 - 14. __ GOTO Step 15. 11. Perform all: __ Place ES CH 5 in MANUAL.
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT47 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                             RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
__ Place ES CH 6 in MANUAL.
: 6. __ IAAT all exist:
NOTE  Voter OVERRIDE affects all channels of the affected ODD and/or EVEN channels.
__ Voter associated with ES channel is in OVERRIDE
In OVERRIDE, all components on the affected ODD and/or EVEN channels can be manually operated from the component switch. 1. __ IF ES CH 5 fails to go to MANUAL, THEN place ODD voter in OVERRIDE.
__ An ES channel is manually actuated
__Components on that channel require manipulation THEN depress RESET on the required channel.
: 7. __ Verify Rule 2 in progress or complete.       __ GOTO Step 73.
: 8. __ Verify any RCP operating.                 __     GOTO Step 10.
: 9. Open:
__ 1HP-20
__ 1HP-21
: 10. __ IAAT any RCP is operating,                     __ GOTO Step 15.
AND ES Channels 5 and 6 actuate, THEN perform Steps 11 - 14.
: 11. Perform all:                                                         NOTE
__ Place ES CH 5 in MANUAL.
* Voter OVERRIDE affects all channels of the
__ Place ES CH 6 in MANUAL.                     affected ODD and/or EVEN channels.
* In OVERRIDE, all components on the affected ODD and/or EVEN channels can be manually operated from the component switch.
: 1. __ IF ES CH 5 fails to go to MANUAL, THEN place ODD voter in OVERRIDE.
: 2. __ IF ES CH 6 fails to go to MANUAL, THEN place EVEN voter in OVERRIDE.
: 2. __ IF ES CH 6 fails to go to MANUAL, THEN place EVEN voter in OVERRIDE.
: 12. Open: __ 1CC-7 __ 1CC-8 __ 1LPSW-15 __ 1LPSW-6 13. __ Ensure only one CC pump operating.
: 12. Open:
__ 1CC-7
__ 1CC-8
__ 1LPSW-15
__ 1LPSW-6
: 13. __ Ensure only one CC pump operating.
: 14. __ Ensure Standby CC pump in AUTO.
: 14. __ Ensure Standby CC pump in AUTO.
Page 37 of 57


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 38 of 57    ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT47
: 15. __ IAAT ES Channels 3 & 4 are actuated,       THEN GO TO Step  
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE
: 16. __ GO TO Step 53. 16. __ Place Diverse LPI in BYPASS.
* RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
__ Place Diverse LPI in OVERRIDE. 17. Perform both: __ Place ES CH 3 in MANUAL.
: 15. __ IAAT ES Channels 3 & 4 are actuated,         __ GO TO Step 53.
__ Place ES CH 4 in MANUAL.
THEN GO TO Step 16.
NOTE  Voter OVERRIDE affects all channels of the affected ODD and/or EVEN channels.
: 16. __ Place Diverse LPI in BYPASS.                 __ Place Diverse LPI in OVERRIDE.
In OVERRIDE, all components on the affected ODD and/or EVEN channels can be manually operated from the component switch. 1. __ IF ES CH 3 fails to go to MANUAL, THEN place ODD voter in OVERRIDE.
: 17. Perform both:                                                     NOTE
__ Place ES CH 3 in MANUAL.
* Voter OVERRIDE affects all channels of the
__ Place ES CH 4 in MANUAL.                     affected ODD and/or EVEN channels.
* In OVERRIDE, all components on the affected ODD and/or EVEN channels can be manually operated from the component switch.
: 1. __ IF ES CH 3 fails to go to MANUAL, THEN place ODD voter in OVERRIDE.
: 2. __ IF ES CH 4 fails to go to MANUAL, THEN place EVEN voter in OVERRIDE.
: 2. __ IF ES CH 4 fails to go to MANUAL, THEN place EVEN voter in OVERRIDE.
CAUTION LPI pump damage may occur if operated in excess of 30 minutes against a shutoff head.
CAUTION LPI pump damage may occur if operated in excess of 30 minutes against a shutoff head. {6}
{6} 18. __ IAAT any LPI pump is operating against a shutoff head, THEN at the CR SRO's discretion, stop affected LPI pumps. {6, 22} 19. __ IAAT RCS pressure is < LPI pump shutoff head, THEN perform Steps 20 - 21. __ GOTO Step 22. 20. Perform the following:
: 18. __ IAAT any LPI pump is operating against a shutoff head, THEN at the CR SRO's discretion, stop affected LPI pumps. {6, 22}
__ Open 1LP-17. __ Start 1A LPI PUMP.
: 19. __ IAAT RCS pressure is < LPI pump               __ GOTO Step 22.
: 1. __ Stop 1A LPI PUMP.
shutoff head, THEN perform Steps 20 - 21.
: 2. __ Close 1LP-17. 21. Perform the following:
: 20. Perform the following:                       1. __ Stop 1A LPI PUMP.
__ Open 1LP-18. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.
__ Open 1LP-17.                             2. __ Close 1LP-17.
: 1. __ Stop 1B LPI PUMP.
__ Start 1A LPI PUMP.
: 2. __ Close 1LP-18.
: 21. Perform the following:                        1. __ Stop 1B LPI PUMP.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 39 of 57  ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
__ Open 1LP-18.                              2. __ Close 1LP-18.
: 22. __IAAT 1A and 1B LPI PUMPs are off / tripped, AND all exist: __ RCS pressure < LPI pump shutoff head __ 1LP-19 closed __ 1LP-20 closed THEN perform Steps 23 - 24. __ GO TO Step 25. 23. Open: __ 1LP-9 __ 1LP-10 __ 1LP-6 __ 1LP-7 __ 1LP-17 __ 1LP-18 __ 1LP-21 __ 1LP-22 24. __ Start 1C LPI PUMP.
__ Start 1B LPI PUMP.
: 25. __ IAAT 1A LPI PUMP fails while operating, AND 1B LPI PUMP is operating, THEN close 1LP-17. 26. __ IAAT 1B LPI PUMP fails while operating, AND 1A LPI PUMP is operating, THEN close 1LP-18. 27. Start: __ A OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN
Page 38 of 57
__ B OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN (CT- 3)  28. Notify Unit 3 to start:
 
Appendix D                           Required Operator Actions                   Form ES-D-2 ILT47 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                         RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 22. __IAAT 1A and 1B LPI PUMPs are             __ GO TO Step 25.
off / tripped, AND all exist:
__ RCS pressure < LPI pump shutoff head
__ 1LP-19 closed
__ 1LP-20 closed THEN perform Steps 23 - 24.
: 23. Open:
__ 1LP-9
__ 1LP-10
__ 1LP-6
__ 1LP-7
__ 1LP-17
__ 1LP-18
__ 1LP-21
__ 1LP-22
: 24. __ Start 1C LPI PUMP.
: 25. __ IAAT 1A LPI PUMP fails while operating, AND 1B LPI PUMP is operating, THEN close 1LP-17.
: 26. __ IAAT 1B LPI PUMP fails while operating, AND 1A LPI PUMP is operating, THEN close 1LP-18.
: 27. Start:
__ A OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN               (CT- 3)
__ B OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN
: 28. Notify Unit 3 to start:
__ 3A OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN
__ 3A OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN
__ 3B OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN
__ 3B OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN Page 39 of 57


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 40 of 57  ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                               Form ES-D-2 ILT47 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                               RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 29. Verify open:
: 29. Verify open:                                       __ IF CR SRO desires 1CF-1 and 1CF-2
__ 1CF-1 __ 1CF-2 __ IF CR SRO desires 1CF
__ 1CF-1                                             open,
-1 and 1CF-2 open, THEN open: __ 1CF-1 __ 1CF-2 30. __ Verify 1HP
__ 1CF-2                                             THEN open:
-410 closed.
__       1CF-1
: 1. __ Place 1HP-120 in HAND.
__       1CF-2
: 2. __ Close 1HP-120. 31. __ Secure makeup to the LDST.
: 30. __ Verify 1HP-410 closed.                       1. __ Place 1HP-120 in HAND.
: 32. __ Verify all ES channel 1  
: 2. __ Close 1HP-120.
- 4 components are in the ES position.
: 31. __ Secure makeup to the LDST.
: 1. __ IF 1HP-3 fails to close, THEN close 1HP-1. 2. __ IF 1HP-4 fails to close, THEN close 1HP-2. 3. __ IF 1HP-20 fails to close, AND NO RCPs operating, THEN close: __ 1HP-228 __ 1HP-226 __ 1HP-232 __ 1HP-230 4. __ Notify SRO to evaluate components NOT in ES position and initiate action to place in ES position if desired.
: 32. __ Verify all ES channel 1 - 4 components       1. __ IF 1HP-3 fails to close, are in the ES position.                            THEN close 1HP-1.
: 33. __ Verify Unit 2 turbine tripped.
: 2. __ IF 1HP-4 fails to close, THEN close 1HP-2.
__ GOTO Step 36. 34. __ Close 2LPSW-139. 35. __ Verify total LPSW flow to Unit 2 LPI coolers  6000 gpm. __ Reduce LPSW to Unit 2 LPI coolers to obtain total LPSW flow  6000 gpm. 36. __ Close 1LPSW
: 3. __ IF 1HP-20 fails to close, AND NO RCPs operating, THEN close:
-139. 37. Place in FAIL OPEN:
__ 1HP-228
__ 1HP-226
__ 1HP-232
__ 1HP-230
: 4. __ Notify SRO to evaluate components NOT in ES position and initiate action to place in ES position if desired.
: 33. __ Verify Unit 2 turbine tripped.                 __ GOTO Step 36.
: 34. __ Close 2LPSW-139.
: 35. __ Verify total LPSW flow to Unit 2 LPI           __ Reduce LPSW to Unit 2 LPI coolers to coolers  6000 gpm.                                obtain total LPSW flow  6000 gpm.
: 36. __ Close 1LPSW-139.
: 37. Place in FAIL OPEN:
__ 1LPSW-251 FAIL SWITCH
__ 1LPSW-251 FAIL SWITCH
__ 1LPSW-252 FAIL SWITCH
__ 1LPSW-252 FAIL SWITCH
: 38. __ Start all available LPSW pumps.
: 38. __ Start all available LPSW pumps.
Page 40 of 57


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 41 of 57  ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                               Form ES-D-2 ILT47 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                             RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 39. Verify either: __ Three LPSW pumps operating
: 39. Verify either:                                   __ GOTO Step 41.
__ Three LPSW pumps operating
__ Two LPSW pumps operating when Tech Specs only requires two operable
__ Two LPSW pumps operating when Tech Specs only requires two operable
__ GOTO Step 41. 40. Open: __ 1LPSW-4 __ 1LPSW-5  __ IF both are closed:
: 40. Open:                                           __ IF both are closed:
__ 1LPSW-4 __ 1LPSW-5 THEN notify SRO to initiate action to open at least one valve prior to BWST level  19'. 41. __ IAAT BWST level  19', THEN initiate Encl 5.12 (ECCS Suction Swap to RBES).
__ 1LPSW-4                                         __ 1LPSW-4
: 1. __ Display BWST level using OAC Turn
__ 1LPSW-5                                          __ 1LPSW-5 THEN notify SRO to initiate action to open at least one valve prior to BWST level  19'.
-on Code "SHOWDIG O1P1600".
: 41. __ IAAT BWST level  19',                     1. __ Display BWST level using OAC Turn-on THEN initiate Encl 5.12 (ECCS Suction            Code "SHOWDIG O1P1600".
: 2. __ Notify crew of BWST level IAAT step.
Swap to RBES).                            2. __ Notify crew of BWST level IAAT step.
: 42. __ Dispatch an operator to perform Encl 5.2 (Placing RB Hydrogen Analyzers In Service). (PS) 43. __ Select DECAY HEAT LOW FLOW ALARM SELECT switch to ON.
: 42. __ Dispatch an operator to perform Encl 5.2 (Placing RB Hydrogen Analyzers In Service). (PS)
: 44. __ IAAT ES channels 5 & 6 have actuated, THEN perform Step  
: 43. __ Select DECAY HEAT LOW FLOW ALARM SELECT switch to ON.
: 45. __ GOTO Step 46. NOTE RBCU transfer to low speed will NOT occur until 3 minute time delay is satisfied.
: 44. __ IAAT ES channels 5 & 6 have actuated,         __ GOTO Step 46.
: 45. __ Verify all ES channel 5 & 6 components are in the ES position.
THEN perform Step 45.
__ Notify SRO to evaluate components NOT in ES position and initiate action to place in ES position if desired.
NOTE RBCU transfer to low speed will NOT occur until 3 minute time delay is satisfied.
: 45. __ Verify all ES channel 5 & 6 components       __ Notify SRO to evaluate components NOT are in the ES position.                          in ES position and initiate action to place in ES position if desired.
Page 41 of 57


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 42 of 57  ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                               Form ES-D-2 ILT47 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                             RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 46. __ IAAT ES channels 7 & 8 have actuated, THEN perform Steps 47 - 48. __ GOTO Step 49. 47. Perform all: __ Place ES CH 7 in MANUAL.
: 46. __ IAAT ES channels 7 & 8 have actuated,         __ GOTO Step 49.
__ Place ES CH 8 in MANUAL.
THEN perform Steps 47 - 48.
NOTE  Voter OVERRIDE affects all channels of the affected ODD and/or EVEN channels.
: 47. Perform all:                                                         NOTE
In OVERRIDE, all components on the affected ODD and/or EVEN channels can be manually operated from the component switch. 1. __ IF ES CH 7 fails to go to MANUAL, THEN place ODD voter in OVERRIDE.
__ Place ES CH 7 in MANUAL.
* Voter OVERRIDE affects all channels of the
__ Place ES CH 8 in MANUAL.                     affected ODD and/or EVEN channels.
* In OVERRIDE, all components on the affected ODD and/or EVEN channels can be manually operated from the component switch.
: 1. __ IF ES CH 7 fails to go to MANUAL, THEN place ODD voter in OVERRIDE.
: 2. __ IF ES CH 8 fails to go to MANUAL, THEN place EVEN voter in OVERRIDE.
: 2. __ IF ES CH 8 fails to go to MANUAL, THEN place EVEN voter in OVERRIDE.
: 48. __ Verify all ES channel 7 & 8 components are in the ES position.
: 48. __ Verify all ES channel 7 & 8 components       __ Notify SRO to evaluate components NOT are in the ES position.                          in ES position and initiate action to place in ES position if desired.
__ Notify SRO to evaluate components NOT in ES position and initiate action to place in ES position if desired.
: 49. __ Notify U2 CR SRO that SSF is inoperable due to OTS1-1 open.
: 49. __ Notify U2 CR SRO that SSF is inoperable due to OTS1
: 50. __ Ensure any turnover sheet compensatory measures for ES actuation are complete as necessary.
-1 open. 50. __ Ensure any turnover sheet compensatory measures for ES actuation are complete as necessary.
: 51. __ IAAT conditions causing ES actuation have cleared, THEN initiate Encl 5.41 (ES Recovery).
: 51. __ IAAT conditions causing ES actuation have cleared, THEN initiate Encl 5.41 (ES Recovery).
: 52. __ WHEN CR SRO approves, THEN EXIT.
: 52. __ WHEN CR SRO approves, THEN EXIT.
END Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 43 of 57  ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED Unit Status ES Channels 3 & 4 have NOT actuated. 53. Start: __ A OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN
                                            *** END ***
Page 42 of 57
 
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                               Form ES-D-2 ILT47 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                               RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED Unit Status ES Channels 3 & 4 have NOT actuated.
: 53. Start:
__ A OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN
__ B OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN
__ B OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN
: 54. Notify Unit 3 to start:
: 54. Notify Unit 3 to start:
__ 3A OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN
__ 3A OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN
__ 3B OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN
__ 3B OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN
: 55. Verify open:
: 55. Verify open:                                       __ IF CR SRO desires 1CF-1 and 1CF-2
__ 1CF-1 __ 1CF-2 __ IF CR SRO desires 1CF
__ 1CF-1                                             open,
-1 and 1CF-2 open, THEN open: __ 1CF-1 __ 1CF-2 56. __ Verify 1HP
__ 1CF-2                                             THEN open:
-410 closed.
__       1CF-1
: 1. __ Place 1HP-120 in HAND.
__       1CF-2
: 2. __ Close 1HP-120. 57. __ Secure makeup to the LDST.
: 56. __ Verify 1HP-410 closed.                       1. __ Place 1HP-120 in HAND.
: 58. __ Verify all ES channel 1 & 2 components are in the ES position. 1. __ IF 1HP-3 fails to close, THEN close 1HP-1. 2. __ IF 1HP-4 fails to close, THEN close 1HP-2. 3. __ IF 1HP-20 fails to close, AND NO RCPs operating, THEN close: __ 1HP-228 __ 1HP-226 __ 1HP-232 __ 1HP-230 4. __ Notify SRO to evaluate components NOT in ES position and initiate action to place in ES position if desired.
: 2. __ Close 1HP-120.
: 59. __ Verify Unit 2 turbine tripped.
: 57. __ Secure makeup to the LDST.
__ GOTO Step 62. 60. __ Close 2LPSW-139. 61. __ Verify total LPSW flow to Unit 2 LPI coolers  6000 gpm. __ Reduce LPSW to Unit 2 LPI coolers to obtain total LPSW flow  6000 gpm. 62. __ Close 1LPSW
: 58. __ Verify all ES channel 1 & 2 components       1. __ IF 1HP-3 fails to close, are in the ES position.                            THEN close 1HP-1.
-139.
: 2. __ IF 1HP-4 fails to close, THEN close 1HP-2.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 44 of 57  ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 3. __ IF 1HP-20 fails to close, AND NO RCPs operating, THEN close:
__ 1HP-228
__ 1HP-226
__ 1HP-232
__ 1HP-230
: 4. __ Notify SRO to evaluate components NOT in ES position and initiate action to place in ES position if desired.
: 59. __ Verify Unit 2 turbine tripped.                 __ GOTO Step 62.
: 60. __ Close 2LPSW-139.
: 61. __ Verify total LPSW flow to Unit 2 LPI           __ Reduce LPSW to Unit 2 LPI coolers to coolers  6000 gpm.                                obtain total LPSW flow  6000 gpm.
: 62. __ Close 1LPSW-139.
Page 43 of 57
 
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT47 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                             RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 63. Place in FAIL OPEN:
: 63. Place in FAIL OPEN:
__ 1LPSW-251 FAIL SWITCH
__ 1LPSW-251 FAIL SWITCH
__ 1LPSW-252 FAIL SWITCH
__ 1LPSW-252 FAIL SWITCH
: 64. __ Start all available LPSW pumps.
: 64. __ Start all available LPSW pumps.
: 65. Verify either: __ Three LPSW pumps operating
: 65. Verify either:                                   __ GOTO Step 67.
__ Three LPSW pumps operating
__ Two LPSW pumps operating when Tech Specs only requires two operable
__ Two LPSW pumps operating when Tech Specs only requires two operable
__ GOTO Step 67. 66. Open: __ 1LPSW-4 __ 1LPSW-5  __ IF both are closed:
: 66. Open:                                           __ IF both are closed:
__ 1LPSW-4 __ 1LPSW-5 THEN notify SRO to initiate action to open at least one valve prior to BWST level  19'. 67. __ IAAT BWST level  19', THEN initiate Encl 5.12 (ECCS Suction Swap to RBES).
__ 1LPSW-4                                         __ 1LPSW-4
: 1. __ Display BWST level using OAC Turn
__ 1LPSW-5                                          __ 1LPSW-5 THEN notify SRO to initiate action to open at least one valve prior to BWST level  19'.
-on Code "SHOWDIG O1P1600".
: 67. __ IAAT BWST level  19',                     1. __ Display BWST level using OAC Turn-on THEN initiate Encl 5.12 (ECCS Suction            Code "SHOWDIG O1P1600".
: 2. __ Notify crew of BWST level IAAT step.
Swap to RBES).                            2. __ Notify crew of BWST level IAAT step.
: 68. __ Dispatch an operator to perform Encl 5.2 (Placing RB Hydrogen Analyzers In Service). (PS ) 69. __ Notify U2 CR SRO that SSF is inoperable due to OTS1
: 68. __ Dispatch an operator to perform Encl 5.2 (Placing RB Hydrogen Analyzers In Service). (PS )
-1 open. 70. __ Ensure any turnover sheet compensatory measures for ES actuation are complete as necessary.
: 69. __ Notify U2 CR SRO that SSF is inoperable due to OTS1-1 open.
: 70. __ Ensure any turnover sheet compensatory measures for ES actuation are complete as necessary.
: 71. __ IAAT conditions causing ES actuation have cleared, THEN initiate Encl 5.41 (ES Recovery).
: 71. __ IAAT conditions causing ES actuation have cleared, THEN initiate Encl 5.41 (ES Recovery).
: 72. __ WHEN CR SRO approves, THEN EXIT. END Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 45 of 57  ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 72. __ WHEN CR SRO approves, THEN EXIT.
: 73. Open: __ 1HP-24 __ 1HP-25 1. __ IF both BWST suction valves (1HP-24 and 1HP
                                            *** END ***
-25) are closed, THEN: A. __ Start 1A LPI PUMP. B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.
Page 44 of 57
C. Open: __ 1LP-15 __ 1LP-16 __ 1LP-9 __ 1LP-10 __ 1LP-6 __ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.
 
E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A 119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end).
Appendix D                     Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT47 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                     RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
F. __ GOTO Step 74. 2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, THEN: A. __ IF three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.
: 73. Open:                                 1. __ IF both BWST suction valves
__ 1HP-24                                  (1HP-24 and 1HP-25) are closed,
__ 1HP-25                                  THEN:
A. __ Start 1A LPI PUMP.
B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.
C. Open:
__ 1LP-15
__ 1LP-16
__ 1LP-9
__ 1LP-10
__ 1LP-6
__ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.
E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A-1-119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end).
F. __ GOTO Step 74.
: 2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, THEN:
A. __ IF three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.
B. __ IF< 2 HPI pumps are operating, THEN start HPI pumps to obtain two HPI pump operation, preferably in opposite headers.
B. __ IF< 2 HPI pumps are operating, THEN start HPI pumps to obtain two HPI pump operation, preferably in opposite headers.
C. __ GO TO Step 75.
C. __ GO TO Step 75.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 46 of 57  ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
Page 45 of 57
 
Appendix D                           Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT47 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                         RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 74. __ Ensure at least two HPI pumps are operating.
: 74. __ Ensure at least two HPI pumps are operating.
: 75. Verify open:
: 75. Verify open:                               1. __ IF HPI has been intentionally throttled,
__ 1HP-26 __ 1HP-27 1. __ IF HPI has been intentionally throttled, THEN GOTO Step 76. 2. Open: __ 1HP-26 __ 1HP-27 Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 47 of 57  ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
__ 1HP-26                                        THEN GOTO Step 76.
: 76. __ IAAT at least two HPI pumps are operating, AND HPI flow in any header that has NOT been intentionally throttled is in the Unacceptable Region of Figure 1, THEN open the following in the affected header:       Figure 1 Required HPI Flow Per Header HPI Pump Runout Region For 1 Pump In Header (including seal injection for A header) Unacceptable Region (excluding seal injection) 1A Header  1B Header  1HP-410  1HP-409 Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 48 of 57  ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
__ 1HP-27                                  2. Open:
: 77. __ Verify any RCP operating.
__ 1HP-26
__ GOTO Step 79. 78. Open: __ 1HP-20 __ 1HP-21   79. __ IAAT any RCP is operating, AND ES Channels 5 and 6 actuate, THEN perform Steps 80 0 - 83. __ GOTO Step 84. 80. Perform all: __ Place ES CH 5 in MANUAL.
__ 1HP-27 Page 46 of 57
__ Place ES CH 6 in MANUAL.
 
NOTE  Voter OVERRIDE affects all channels of the affected ODD and/or EVEN channels.
Appendix D                                 Required Operator Actions                   Form ES-D-2 ILT47 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                               RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
In OVERRIDE, all components on the affected ODD and/or EVEN channels can be manually operated from the component switch. 1. __ IF ES CH 5 fails to go to MANUAL, THEN place ODD voter in OVERRIDE.
: 76. __ IAAT at least two HPI pumps are operating, AND HPI flow in any header that has NOT been intentionally throttled is in the Unacceptable Region of Figure 1, THEN open the following in the affected header:
1A Header          1B Header 1HP-410              1HP-409 Figure 1 Required HPI Flow Per Header HPI Pump Runout Unacceptable Region                                 Region (excluding seal                                    For 1 injection)                                    Pump In Header (including seal injection for A header)
Page 47 of 57
 
Appendix D                           Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT47 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                           RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 77. __ Verify any RCP operating.                   __ GOTO Step 79.
: 78. Open:
__ 1HP-20
__ 1HP-21
: 79. __ IAAT any RCP is operating,                 __ GOTO Step 84.
AND ES Channels 5 and 6 actuate, THEN perform Steps 800 - 83.
: 80. Perform all:                                                     NOTE
__ Place ES CH 5 in MANUAL.
* Voter OVERRIDE affects all channels of the
__ Place ES CH 6 in MANUAL.                   affected ODD and/or EVEN channels.
* In OVERRIDE, all components on the affected ODD and/or EVEN channels can be manually operated from the component switch.
: 1. __ IF ES CH 5 fails to go to MANUAL, THEN place ODD voter in OVERRIDE.
: 2. __ IF ES CH 6 fails to go to MANUAL, THEN place EVEN voter in OVERRIDE.
: 2. __ IF ES CH 6 fails to go to MANUAL, THEN place EVEN voter in OVERRIDE.
: 81. Open: __ 1CC-7 __ 1CC-8 __ 1LPSW-15 __ 1LPSW-6   82. __ Ensure only one CC pump operating.
: 81. Open:
__ 1CC-7
__ 1CC-8
__ 1LPSW-15
__ 1LPSW-6
: 82. __ Ensure only one CC pump operating.
: 83. __ Ensure Standby CC pump in AUTO.
: 83. __ Ensure Standby CC pump in AUTO.
Page 48 of 57


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 49 of 57  ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT47 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                           RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 84. __ IAAT ES Channels 3 & 4 are actuated, THEN GO TO Step 85 5. __ GO TO Step 12 2. 85. __ Place Diverse LPI in BYPASS.
: 84. __ IAAT ES Channels 3 & 4 are actuated,         __ GO TO Step 122.
__ Place Diverse LPI in OVERRIDE.
THEN GO TO Step 855.
: 86. Perform both: __ Place ES CH 3 in MANUAL.
: 85. __ Place Diverse LPI in BYPASS.                 __ Place Diverse LPI in OVERRIDE.
__ Place ES CH 4 in MANUAL.
: 86. Perform both:                                                     NOTE
NOTE  Voter OVERRIDE affects all channels of the affected ODD and/or EVEN channels.
__ Place ES CH 3 in MANUAL.
In OVERRIDE, all components on the affected ODD and/or EVEN channels can be manually operated from the component switch. 1. __ IF ES CH 3 fails to go to MANUAL, THEN place ODD voter in OVERRIDE.
* Voter OVERRIDE affects all channels of the
__ Place ES CH 4 in MANUAL.                   affected ODD and/or EVEN channels.
* In OVERRIDE, all components on the affected ODD and/or EVEN channels can be manually operated from the component switch.
: 1. __ IF ES CH 3 fails to go to MANUAL, THEN place ODD voter in OVERRIDE.
: 2. __ IF ES CH 4 fails to go to MANUAL, THEN place EVEN voter in OVERRIDE.
: 2. __ IF ES CH 4 fails to go to MANUAL, THEN place EVEN voter in OVERRIDE.
CAUTION LPI pump damage may occur if operated in excess of 30 minutes against a shutoff head.
CAUTION LPI pump damage may occur if operated in excess of 30 minutes against a shutoff head. {6}
{6} 87. __ IAAT any LPI pump is operating against a shutoff head, THEN at the CR SRO's discretion, stop affected LPI pumps.{6, 22}
: 87. __ IAAT any LPI pump is operating against a shutoff head, THEN at the CR SRO's discretion, stop affected LPI pumps.{6, 22}
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 50 of 57  ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
Page 49 of 57
: 88. __ IAAT RCS pressure is < LPI pump shutoff head, THEN perform Steps 89 - 90. __ GOTO Step 91. 89. Perform the following:
 
__ Open 1LP-17. __ Start 1A LPI PUMP.
Appendix D                           Required Operator Actions                   Form ES-D-2 ILT47 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                           RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 1. __ Stop 1A LPI PUMP.
: 88. __ IAAT RCS pressure is < LPI pump             __ GOTO Step 91.
: 2. __ Close 1LP-17. 90. Perform the following:
shutoff head, THEN perform Steps 89 - 90.
__ Open 1LP-18. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.
: 89. Perform the following:                     1. __ Stop 1A LPI PUMP.
: 1. __ Stop 1B LPI PUMP.
__ Open 1LP-17.                           2. __ Close 1LP-17.
: 2. __ Close 1LP-18. 91. __ IAAT 1A and 1B LPI PUMPs are off / tripped, AND all exist: __ RCS pressure < LPI pump shutoff head __ 1LP-19 closed __ 1LP-20 closed THEN perform Steps 92 -93. __ GO TO Step 94. 92. Open: __ 1LP-9 __ 1LP-10 __ 1LP-6 __ 1LP-7 __ 1LP-17 __ 1LP-18 __ 1LP-21 __ 1LP-22 93. __ Start 1C LPI PUMP.
__ Start 1A LPI PUMP.
: 94. __ IAAT 1A LPI PUMP fails while operating, AND 1B LPI PUMP is operating, THEN close 1LP-17. 95. __ IAAT 1B LPI PUMP fails while operating, AND 1A LPI PUMP is operating, THEN close 1LP-18.
: 90. Perform the following:                      1. __ Stop 1B LPI PUMP.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 51 of 57  ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
__ Open 1LP-18.                            2. __ Close 1LP-18.
: 96. Start: __ A OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN
__ Start 1B LPI PUMP.
: 91. __ IAAT 1A and 1B LPI PUMPs are               __ GO TO Step 94.
off / tripped, AND all exist:
__ RCS pressure < LPI pump shutoff head
__ 1LP-19 closed
__ 1LP-20 closed THEN perform Steps 92 -93.
: 92. Open:
__ 1LP-9
__ 1LP-10
__ 1LP-6
__ 1LP-7
__ 1LP-17
__ 1LP-18
__ 1LP-21
__ 1LP-22
: 93. __ Start 1C LPI PUMP.
: 94. __ IAAT 1A LPI PUMP fails while operating, AND 1B LPI PUMP is operating, THEN close 1LP-17.
: 95. __ IAAT 1B LPI PUMP fails while operating, AND 1A LPI PUMP is operating, THEN close 1LP-18.
Page 50 of 57
 
Appendix D                                 Required Operator Actions                               Form ES-D-2 ILT47 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                               RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 96. Start:
__ A OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN
__ B OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN
__ B OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN
: 97. Notify Unit 3 to start:
: 97. Notify Unit 3 to start:
__ 3A OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN
__ 3A OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN
__ 3B OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN
__ 3B OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN
: 98. Verify open:
: 98. Verify open:                                       __ IF CR SRO desires 1CF-1 and 1CF-2
__ 1CF-1 __ 1CF-2 __ IF CR SRO desires 1CF
__ 1CF-1                                               open,
-1 and 1CF-2 open, THEN open: __ 1CF-1 __ 1CF-2 99. __ Verify 1HP
__ 1CF-2                                               THEN open:
-410 closed.
__       1CF-1
: 1. __ Place 1HP-120 in HAND.
__       1CF-2
: 2. __ Close 1HP-120. 100. __ Secure makeup to the LDST.
: 99. __ Verify 1HP-410 closed.                       1. __ Place 1HP-120 in HAND.
101. __ Verify all ES channel 1  
: 2. __ Close 1HP-120.
- 4 components are in the ES position.
100. __ Secure makeup to the LDST.
: 1. __ IF 1HP-3 fails to close, THEN close 1HP-1. 2. __ IF 1HP-4 fails to close, THEN close 1HP-2. 3. __ IF 1HP-20 fails to close, AND NO RCPs operating, THEN close: __ 1HP-228 __ 1HP-226 __ 1HP-232 __ 1H P-230 4. __ Notify SRO to evaluate components NOT in ES position and initiate action to place in ES position if desired.
101. __ Verify all ES channel 1 - 4 components       1. __ IF 1HP-3 fails to close, are in the ES position.                            THEN close 1HP-1.
102. __ Verify Unit 2 turbine tripped.
: 2. __ IF 1HP-4 fails to close, THEN close 1HP-2.
__ GOTO Step 105. 103. __ Close 2LPSW-139. 104. __ Verify total LPSW flow to Unit 2 LPI coolers  6000 gpm. __ Reduce LPSW to Unit 2 LPI coolers to obtain total LPSW flow  6000 gpm. 105. __ Close 1LPSW
: 3. __ IF 1HP-20 fails to close, AND NO RCPs operating, THEN close:
-139.
__ 1HP-228
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 52 of 57  ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 106. Place in FAIL OPEN:
__ 1HP-226
__ 1HP-232
__ 1HP-230
: 4. __ Notify SRO to evaluate components NOT in ES position and initiate action to place in ES position if desired.
102. __ Verify Unit 2 turbine tripped.                 __ GOTO Step 105.
103. __ Close 2LPSW-139.
104. __ Verify total LPSW flow to Unit 2 LPI           __ Reduce LPSW to Unit 2 LPI coolers to coolers  6000 gpm.                                obtain total LPSW flow  6000 gpm.
105. __ Close 1LPSW-139.
Page 51 of 57
 
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                               Form ES-D-2 ILT47 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                             RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 106. Place in FAIL OPEN:
__ 1LPSW-251 FAIL SWITCH
__ 1LPSW-251 FAIL SWITCH
__ 1LPSW-252 FAIL SWITCH 107. __ Start all available LPSW pumps.
__ 1LPSW-252 FAIL SWITCH 107. __ Start all available LPSW pumps.
108. Verify either: __ Three LPSW pumps operating
108. Verify either:                                   __ GOTO Step 110.
__ Two LPSW pumps operating when Tech Specs only requires two operable
__ Three LPSW pumps operating
__ GOTO Step 110. 109. Open: __ 1LPSW-4 __ 1LPSW-5  __ IF both are closed:
__ Two LPSW pumps operating when Tech Specs only requires two operable 109. Open:                                           __ IF both are closed:
__ 1LPSW-4 __ 1LPSW-5 THEN notify SRO to initiate action to open at least one valve prior to BWST level  19'. 110. __ IAAT BWST level  19', THEN initiate Encl 5.12 (ECCS Suction Swap to RBES).
__ 1LPSW-4                                           __ 1LPSW-4
: 1. __ Display BWST level using OAC Turn
__ 1LPSW-5                                          __ 1LPSW-5 THEN notify SRO to initiate action to open at least one valve prior to BWST level  19'.
-on Code "SHOWDIG O1P1600".
110. __ IAAT BWST level  19',                     1. __ Display BWST level using OAC Turn-on THEN initiate Encl 5.12 (ECCS Suction            Code "SHOWDIG O1P1600".
: 2. __ Notify crew of BWST level IAAT step.
Swap to RBES).                            2. __ Notify crew of BWST level IAAT step.
111. __ Dispatch an operator to perform Encl 5.2 (Placing RB Hydrogen Analyzers In Service). (PS) 112. __ Select DECAY HEAT LOW FLOW ALARM SELECT switch to ON.
111. __ Dispatch an operator to perform Encl 5.2 (Placing RB Hydrogen Analyzers In Service). (PS) 112. __ Select DECAY HEAT LOW FLOW ALARM SELECT switch to ON.
113. __ IAAT ES channels 5 & 6 have actuated, THEN perform Step 114. __ GOTO Step 115. NOTE RBCU transfer to low speed will NOT occur until 3 minute time delay is satisfied.
113. __ IAAT ES channels 5 & 6 have actuated,         __ GOTO Step 115.
114. __ Verify all ES channel 5 & 6 components are in the ES position.
THEN perform Step 114.
__ Notify SRO to evaluate components NOT in ES position and initiate action to place in ES position if desired.
NOTE RBCU transfer to low speed will NOT occur until 3 minute time delay is satisfied.
114. __ Verify all ES channel 5 & 6 components       __ Notify SRO to evaluate components NOT are in the ES position.                          in ES position and initiate action to place in ES position if desired.
Page 52 of 57


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 53 of 57  ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 115. __ IAAT ES channels 7 & 8 have actuated, THEN perform Step 116 - 117. __ GOTO Step 118. 116. Perform all: __ Place ES CH 7 in MANUAL.
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                               Form ES-D-2 ILT47 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                             RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 115. __ IAAT ES channels 7 & 8 have actuated,         __ GOTO Step 118.
__ Place ES CH 8 in MANUAL.
THEN perform Step 116 - 117.
NOTE  Voter OVERRIDE affects all channels of the affected ODD and/or EVEN channels.
116. Perform all:                                                         NOTE
In OVERRIDE, all components on the affected ODD and/or EVEN channels can be manually operated from the component switch. 1. __ IF ES CH 7 fails to go to MANUAL, THEN place ODD voter in OVERRIDE.
__ Place ES CH 7 in MANUAL.
* Voter OVERRIDE affects all channels of the
__ Place ES CH 8 in MANUAL.                     affected ODD and/or EVEN channels.
* In OVERRIDE, all components on the affected ODD and/or EVEN channels can be manually operated from the component switch.
: 1. __ IF ES CH 7 fails to go to MANUAL, THEN place ODD voter in OVERRIDE.
: 2. __ IF ES CH 8 fails to go to MANUAL, THEN place EVEN voter in OVERRIDE.
: 2. __ IF ES CH 8 fails to go to MANUAL, THEN place EVEN voter in OVERRIDE.
117. __ Verify all ES channel 7 & 8 components are in the ES position.
117. __ Verify all ES channel 7 & 8 components       __ Notify SRO to evaluate components NOT are in the ES position.                          in ES position and initiate action to place in ES position if desired.
__ Notify SRO to evaluate components NOT in ES position and initiate action to place in ES position if desired.
118. __ Notify U2 CR SRO that SSF is inoperable due to OTS1-1 open.
118. __ Notify U2 CR SRO that SSF is inoperable due to OTS1
119. __ Ensure any turnover sheet compensatory measures for ES actuation are complete as necessary.
-1 open. 119. __ Ensure any turnover sheet compensatory measures for ES actuation are complete as necessary.
120. __ IAAT conditions causing ES actuation have cleared, THEN initiate Encl 5.41 (ES Recovery).
120. __ IAAT conditions causing ES actuation have cleared, THEN initiate Encl 5.41 (ES Recovery).
121. __ WHEN CR SRO approves, THEN EXIT.  
121. __ WHEN CR SRO approves, THEN EXIT.
Page 53 of 57


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 54 of 57  Unit Status ES Channels 3 & 4 have NOT actuated. 122. Start: __ A OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN
Appendix D                                 Required Operator Actions                               Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Unit Status ES Channels 3 & 4 have NOT actuated.
122. Start:
__ A OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN
__ B OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN 123. Notify Unit 3 to start:
__ B OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN 123. Notify Unit 3 to start:
__ 3A OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN
__ 3A OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN
__ 3B OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN 124. Verify open:
__ 3B OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN 124. Verify open:                                       __ IF CR SRO desires 1CF-1 and 1CF-2
__ 1CF-1 __ 1CF-2 __ IF CR SRO desires 1CF
__ 1CF-1                                               open,
-1 and 1CF-2 open, THEN open: __ 1CF-1 __ 1CF-2 125. __ Verify 1HP
__ 1CF-2                                               THEN open:
-410 closed.
__       1CF-1
: 1. __ Place 1HP-120 in HAND.
__       1CF-2 125. __ Verify 1HP-410 closed.                       1. __ Place 1HP-120 in HAND.
: 2. __ Close 1HP-120. 126. __ Secure makeup to the LDST.
: 2. __ Close 1HP-120.
127. __ Verify all ES channel 1 & 2 components are in the ES position.
126. __ Secure makeup to the LDST.
: 1. __ IF 1HP-3 fails to close, THEN close 1HP-1. 2. __ IF 1HP-4 fails to close, THEN close 1HP-2. 3. __ IF 1HP-20 fails to close, AND NO RCPs operating, THEN close: __ 1HP-228 __ 1HP-226 __ 1HP-232 __ 1HP-230 4. __ Notify SRO to evaluate components NOT in ES position and initiate action to place in ES position if desired.
127. __ Verify all ES channel 1 & 2 components       1. __ IF 1HP-3 fails to close, are in the ES position.                            THEN close 1HP-1.
128. __ Verify Unit 2 turbine tripped.
: 2. __ IF 1HP-4 fails to close, THEN close 1HP-2.
__ GOTO Step 131. 129. __ Close 2LPSW-139. 130. __ Verify total LPSW flow to Unit 2 LPI coolers  6000 gpm. __ Reduce LPSW to Unit 2 LPI coolers to obtain total LPSW flow  6000 gpm. 131. __ Close 1LPSW
: 3. __ IF 1HP-20 fails to close, AND NO RCPs operating, THEN close:
-139.
__ 1HP-228
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 55 of 57  ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 132. Place in FAIL OPEN:
__ 1HP-226
__ 1HP-232
__ 1HP-230
: 4. __ Notify SRO to evaluate components NOT in ES position and initiate action to place in ES position if desired.
128. __ Verify Unit 2 turbine tripped.                 __ GOTO Step 131.
129. __ Close 2LPSW-139.
130. __ Verify total LPSW flow to Unit 2 LPI           __ Reduce LPSW to Unit 2 LPI coolers to coolers  6000 gpm.                                obtain total LPSW flow  6000 gpm.
131. __ Close 1LPSW-139.
Page 54 of 57
 
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT47 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                             RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 132. Place in FAIL OPEN:
__ 1LPSW-251 FAIL SWITCH
__ 1LPSW-251 FAIL SWITCH
__ 1LPSW-252 FAIL SWITCH 133. __ Start all available LPSW pumps.
__ 1LPSW-252 FAIL SWITCH 133. __ Start all available LPSW pumps.
134. Verify either: __ Three LPSW pumps operating
134. Verify either:                                   __ GOTO Step 136.
__ Two LPSW pumps operating when Tech Specs only requires two operable
__ Three LPSW pumps operating
__ GOTO Step 136. 135. Open: __ 1LPSW-4 __ 1LPSW-5  __ IF both are closed:
__ Two LPSW pumps operating when Tech Specs only requires two operable 135. Open:                                           __ IF both are closed:
__ 1LPSW-4 __ 1LPSW-5 THEN notify SRO to initiate action to open at least one valve prior to BWST level  19'. 136. __ IAAT BWST level  19', THEN initiate Encl 5.12 (ECCS Suction Swap to RBES).
__ 1LPSW-4                                           __ 1LPSW-4
: 1. __ Display BWST level using OAC Turn
__ 1LPSW-5                                          __ 1LPSW-5 THEN notify SRO to initiate action to open at least one valve prior to BWST level  19'.
-on Code "SHOWDIG O1P1600".
136. __ IAAT BWST level  19',                     1. __ Display BWST level using OAC Turn-on THEN initiate Encl 5.12 (ECCS Suction            Code "SHOWDIG O1P1600".
: 2. __ Notify crew of BWST level IAAT step.
Swap to RBES).                            2. __ Notify crew of BWST level IAAT step.
137. __ Dispatch an operator to perform Encl 5.2 (Placing RB Hydrogen Analyzers In Service). (PS ) 138. __ Notify U2 CR SRO that SSF is inoperable due to OTS1
137. __ Dispatch an operator to perform Encl 5.2 (Placing RB Hydrogen Analyzers In Service). (PS )
-1 open. 139. __ Ensure any turnover sheet compensatory measures for ES actuation are complete as necessary.
138. __ Notify U2 CR SRO that SSF is inoperable due to OTS1-1 open.
139. __ Ensure any turnover sheet compensatory measures for ES actuation are complete as necessary.
140. __ IAAT conditions causing ES actuation have cleared, THEN initiate Encl 5.41 (ES Recovery).
140. __ IAAT conditions causing ES actuation have cleared, THEN initiate Encl 5.41 (ES Recovery).
141. __ WHEN CR SRO approves, THEN EXIT. END Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 56 of 57    CRITICAL TASKS
141. __ WHEN CR SRO approves, THEN EXIT.
: 1. CT-1   Start Main Vacuum Pumps Start Main Vacuum Pumps prior to a Main Turbine or Main Feedwater Pump trip on low vacuum.  
                                              *** END ***
: 2. CT-2   (BWOG CT-1) Trip RCPs Trip RCP's within two minutes of RCS SCM reaching zero.
Page 55 of 57
: 3. CT-3   (BWOG CT
 
-27) Start the Outside Air Booster Fans Start the Outside Air Booster Fans within 30 minutes of the LOCA to control the Control Room radiation levels due to ingression of airborne fission products during a LOCA event.
Appendix D                           Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT47 CRITICAL TASKS
SAFETY: Take a Minute UNIT 0 (SM)
: 1. CT-1 Start Main Vacuum Pumps Start Main Vacuum Pumps prior to a Main Turbine or Main Feedwater Pump trip on low vacuum.
SSF Operable: Yes (Unit 2 & 3 only)
: 2. CT-2 (BWOG CT-1) Trip RCPs Trip RCPs within two minutes of RCS SCM reaching zero.
KHU's Operable: U1  
: 3. CT-3 (BWOG CT-27) Start the Outside Air Booster Fans Start the Outside Air Booster Fans within 30 minutes of the LOCA to control the Control Room radiation levels due to ingression of airborne fission products during a LOCA event.
- OH, U2 - UG LCTs Operable:  2 Fuel Handling: No UNIT STATUS (CRS)
Page 56 of 57
Unit 1 Simulator Other Units Mode: 1 Unit 2 Unit 3 Reactor Power: 3.5% Mode: 1 Mode: 1 Gross MWE:
 
100% Power 100% Power RCS Leakage: 0.
SAFETY: Take a Minute UNIT 0 (SM)
00 gpm EFDW Backup: Yes EFDW Backup: Yes RBNS Rate: 0.01 gpm Technical Specifications/SLC Items (CRS)
SSF Operable: Yes     KHU's Operable: U1 - OH, U2 - UG   LCTs Operable: 2 Fuel Handling: No (Unit 2 & 3 only)
Component/Train OOS Date/Time Restoration Required Date/Time TS/SLC # SSF 2 days ago / 0400 5 days / 0400 3.10.1 A,B,C,D,E Shift Turnover Items (CRS)
UNIT STATUS (CRS)
Primary Add ~75 gallons of CBAST to the LDST with 1A CBAST Pump in AUTO to withdraw Group 7 rods approx.
Unit 1 Simulator                                 Other Units Mode: 1                                             Unit 2                     Unit 3 Reactor Power: 3.5%                         Mode: 1                   Mode: 1 Gross MWE:                                 100% Power                 100% Power RCS Leakage: 0.00 gpm                       EFDW Backup: Yes           EFDW Backup: Yes RBNS Rate: 0.01 gpm Technical Specifications/SLC Items (CRS)
10 % over the next 2 hours
Component/Train                 OOS                 Restoration          TS/SLC #
. Power holding at 3.5% awaiting PT/1/A/0630/001 (Mode Change Verification "Prior to Entry into Mode 1") and updates to the maneuvering plan by Reactor Engineering.
Date/Time             Required Date/Time SSF                             2 days ago / 0400       5 days / 0400       3.10.1 A,B,C,D,E Shift Turnover Items (CRS)
Secondary 1SSH-1, 1SSH-3, 1SD-2, 1SD-5, 1SD-140, 1SD-303, 1SD-355, 1SD-356 and 1SD
Primary
-358 are closed with power supply breakers open per the Startup Procedure for SSF Overcooling Event. Unit 2 has the AS header.
* Add ~75 gallons of CBAST to the LDST with 1A CBAST Pump in AUTO to withdraw Group 7 rods approx. 10 % over the next 2 hours.
Reactivity Management (CRS)
* Power holding at 3.5% awaiting PT/1/A/0630/001 (Mode Change Verification "Prior to Entry into Mode 1") and updates to the maneuvering plan by Reactor Engineering.
RCS Boron:
Secondary
1778 ppmB Gp 7 Rod Position:
* 1SSH-1, 1SSH-3, 1SD-2, 1SD-5, 1SD-140, 1SD-303, 1SD-355, 1SD-356 and 1SD-358 are closed with power supply breakers open per the Startup Procedure for SSF Overcooling Event.
9% Human Performance Emphasis (SM)
* Unit 2 has the AS header.
Reactivity Management (CRS)
RCS Boron: 1778 ppmB Gp 7 Rod Position: 9%
Human Performance Emphasis (SM)
Procedure Use and Adherence}}
Procedure Use and Adherence}}

Latest revision as of 10:14, 5 February 2020

Initial Exam 2015-301 Draft Simulator Scenario
ML15247A403
Person / Time
Site: Oconee  Duke Energy icon.png
Issue date: 09/04/2015
From:
NRC/RGN-II
To:
Duke Energy Carolinas
References
Download: ML15247A403 (149)


Text

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES D-1 ILT47 Facility: Oconee Scenario No.: 1 Op-Test No.: 1 Examiners: ________________________ Operators: ________________________SRO

________________________ ________________________OATC

________________________ ________________________BOP Initial Conditions:

  • Reactor power is 100% CTP Turnover:
  • 1MS-82 and 1MS-84 closed in support of maintenance. TDEFWP supply from AS only.

Event Malfunction Event Event Type* Description No. No.

0c Override Standby CC pump auto start N: BOP, SRO 1 Pressurize 1A CFT with N2.

(TS)

C: BOP, SRO 2 Override Failure of Unit 2 AS Controller (TS) 3 MPS 290 C: BOP, SRO Operating CC pump trips and standby fails to start 4 MCS008 I: OATC, SRO 1B loop Tcold Fails HIGH R: OATC, SRO Group 2 Rod 6 Control Rod drops requiring Manual 5 MCR021 (TS) power reduction 6 Override C: OATC, SRO, PZR Spray Valve (1RC-1) Fails OPEN 7 MSS010 MSS020 M: All MFDW Pumps trip causing Reactor trip MSS260 LOHT requiring CBP feed 8 MSS270 M: All

  • EFDW restored from Unit 2 MSS330
  • (N)ormal, (R)eactivity, (I)nstrument, (C)omponent, (M)ajor

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 1 Page 1 of 2 Event

Description:

Pressurize 1A CFT with N2 Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Crew Response:

SRO The SRO will direct the BOP to pressurize 1A CFT with nitrogen.

OP/1/A/1104/001 Enclosure 4.7

1. Initial Conditions 1.1 Verify high pressure nitrogen header in service.

1.2 Review Limits and Precautions.

NOTE Nitrogen regulator pressure on N-30 and N-33 should be set at 625 psig while adding nitrogen to CFTs.

SRO/BOP 2. Procedure 2.1 Notify operator to open 1N-137 (CFTs Supply). (A-2-Hallway)

BOOTH CUE: When directed, open 1N-137 using MANUAL VALVES and notify crew 1N-137 is open.

2.2 IF required to increase pressure in 1A CFT:

NOTE TS 3.6.3 Condition 'B' requires penetration flow path to be isolated within one hour. A check valve with flow secured through the valve is considered operable.

2.2.1 Enter Technical Specification 3.6.3 Condition 'A' and 'B'.

2.2.2 Open 1N-298 (N2 FILL CORE FLOOD TANK 1A).

2.2.3 IF 1N-128 (CFT 1A Supply) is closed, throttle 1N-128 (CFT 1A Supply) for a rate of 100 psig per 15 minutes ( 6.6 psig/min). (A 409)

BOOTH CUE: If dispatched to determine position of 1N-128, notify crew 1N-128 is throttled.

2.2.4 Monitor 1A CFT pressure.

2.2.5 IF AT ANY TIME ES actuation occurs, close 1N-298 (N2 FILL CORE FLOOD TANK 1A).

2.2.6 IF AT ANY TIME 1N-298 fails to close, notify operator to close 1N-137 (CFTs Supply). (A-2-Hallway).

This event is completed when 1N-137 is closed, or when directed by the lead examiner.

Page 2 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 1 Page 2 of 2 Event

Description:

Pressurize 1A CFT with N2 Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior 2.2.7 WHEN pressurization of 1A CFT complete, close 1N-298 (N2 FILL SRO CORE FLOOD TANK 1A).

2.2.8 IF 1N-298 leaks past seat, close 1N-128 (CFT 1A Supply). (A-4-409) 2.2.9 Evaluate exiting Technical Specification 3.6.3 Condition 'A' and 'B'.

2.2.10 IF 1N-128 (CFT 1A Supply) closed in Step 2.2.8, place white tag on 1N-128.

2.3 IF required to increase pressure in 1B CFT: (not required) 2.4 Notify an operator to close 1N-137 (CFTs Supply). (A-2-Hallway)

BOOTH CUE: When directed, close 1N-137 using MANUAL VALVES and notify crew 1N-137 is closed.

SRO/BOP 2.5 Verify 1A CFT pressure stable.

2.6 Verify 1B CFT pressure stable.

This event is completed when 1N-137 is closed, or when directed by the lead examiner.

Page 3 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 2 Page 1 of 3 Event

Description:

Failure of Unit 2 AS Controller Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant response:

Crew response:

During this event the OATC will:

OATC

  • Monitor the plant
  • Respond to direction from the SRO
  • Provide Peer Checks when requested 1SA06/C-10 ARG BOOTH CUE: While the crew is referring to the ARG, call Unit 1 control room to notify them that Unit 2 AS Controller has failed and Unit 3 cannot take control. The SM is directing you as Unit 1 to take control of AS system pressure.

3.1 IF excessive steam flow exists, reduce AS load or locate and isolate leak.

3.2 Verify proper operation of MS/AS controller on Unit supplying Auxiliary SRO/BOP Steam Header (U2). (not controlling properly) 3.3 IF necessary, transfer AS Header to another Unit per OP/1/A/1106/22 (Auxiliary Steam System).

3.4 IF necessary, start auxiliary boiler per OP/0/A/1106/04 (Aux Boiler)

Initial Conditions 1.1 Verify Unit 1 in Mode 1 or 2.

EXAMINER NOTE: All conditions of SLC 16.10.9 are met 1.2 Verify all conditions of SLC 16.10.9 will be met with Unit 1 supplying the Aux Steam Header. {15}

NOTE: If ICS is in Manual, supplying Aux Steam Header from MS has the potential to affect core reactivity by changing RCS temperature.

1.3 Verify Unit 1 ICS in "AUTO". (R.M.)

This event is complete when the Unit 1 AS controller is in AUTO and Tech Spec determination has been made or when directed by the lead examiner.

Page 4 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 2 Page 2 of 3 Event

Description:

Failure of Unit 2 AS Controller Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior OP/1/A/1106/022 (Auxiliary Steam System) Encl. 4.2 (Transfer Aux Steam From Another Unit to Unit 1)

SRO/BOP 1.4 Verify Unit 1 has 100 EFPD Core burnup. {12}

1.5 Notify Secondary chemist that the AS header will be transferred Person Notified Date 1.6 Review Limits and Precautions.

Procedure 2.1 IF AP/0/A/1700/025 (SSF EOP) NOT in progress, notify Unit 2 to reduce setpoint on AS controller.

BOOTH CUE: No actions from booth are required since pressure is below setpoint due to the failure.

2.2 Ensure 1MS-126 & 1MS-129 (MAIN STM TO SU STM PRESS) controller in MANUAL.

2.3 Ensure closed 1MS-126 & 1MS-129 (MAIN STM TO SU STM PRESS).

2.4 IF AP/0/A/1700/025 (SSF EOP) NOT in progress, verify Unit 2 has reduced setpoint on AS controller.

BOOTH CUE: No actions from booth are required since pressure is below setpoint due to the failure.

NOTE: 1MS-24 is preferred source of MS to AS.

2.5 Perform one of the following: Open 1MS-24 (or Open 1MS-33 )

NOTE: MS to Aux Steam flow should NOT exceed 240,000 lbm/hr on any single unit.

2.6 Manually throttle open 1MS-126 & 1MS-129 (MAIN STM TO SU STM PRESS) to increase Aux Steam Header pressure.

2.7 Continue to throttle 1MS-126 & 1MS-129 (MAIN STM TO SU STM PRESS) to increase Aux Steam Header pressure to 300 psig.

2.8 WHEN Aux Steam Header is 300 psig:

2.8.2 Verify 1MS-126 & 1MS-129 (MAIN STM TO SU STM PRESS) controller setpoint matches Aux Steam Header pressure.

Place 1MS-126 & 1MS-129 (MAIN STM TO SU STM PRESS) controller to AUTO.

This event is complete when the Unit 1 AS controller is in AUTO and Tech Spec determination has been made or when directed by the lead examiner.

Page 5 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 2 Page 3 of 3 Event

Description:

Failure of Unit 2 AS Controller Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior OP/1/A/1106/022 (Auxiliary Steam System) Encl 4.2 (Transfer Aux Steam From Another Unit to Unit One) 2.9 Notify Unit 2 to secure AS supply.

SRO/BOP 2.10 IF Aux Steam will remain being supplied from Unit 1, align Condensate Returns to Unit 1 per OP/0/A/1104/37 (Plant Heating).

EXAMINER NOTE: Since AS pressure decreases to < 250 psig and Main Steam is not available to the TDEFWP, the below TS applies. It can be exited once AS pressure returns

> 250 psig.

SRO The SRO should refer to TS:

72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> AND 10 days from discovery of failure to meet LCO.

This event is complete when the Unit 1 AS controller is in AUTO and Tech Spec determination has been made or when directed by the lead examiner.

Page 6 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 3 Page 1 of 4 Event

Description:

Operating CC pump trips and standby fails to start Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant response:

  • 1SA-2/C-1, LETDOWN TEMPERATURE HIGH
  • 1HP-5 (Letdown Isolation) will close due to high letdown temperature
  • CC Total Flow Low
  • Component Cooling Pressure Low Crew Response:

AP/32 (Loss of Letdown) will be entered to restore letdown once CC flow is restored. See page 9.

OATC While the BOP responds to the loss of CC, the OATC will:

  • Monitor the plant
  • Respond to direction from the SRO
  • Determine low flow is due to CC Pump failure AND Standby CC Pump did NOT start and perform the following:
  • Verify CC Surge Tank level > 12" (CT-1)
  • Start Standby CC Pump (CT-1)

EXAMINER NOTE: The SRO should not initiate AP/20 if the Standby CC Pump is started per the ARG.

SRO IF NO CC Pumps are operating, GO TO AP/20 (Loss of Component Cooling)

Immediate Manual Actions 3.1 IAAT both of the following are lost:

  • RCP seal injection THEN trip the Rx, stop all RCPs, initiate AP/25 (SSF EOP).

3.2 IAAT two CRD stator temperatures 180°F, THEN trip RX. (~ 4 minutes)

This event is complete when step 4.42 of AP32 performed or when directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 7 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 3 Page 2 of 4 Event

Description:

Operating CC pump trips and standby fails to start Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/20 (Loss of CC) Subsequent Actions 4.1 Verify at least one CC pump is operating 4.2 GO TO Step 4.12 4.12 Announce AP entry SRO/BOP 4.13 Verify leak on CC system is indicated:

RNO: GO TO Step 4.54 4.54 Verify CC system is operating with indications of flashing RNO: GO TO Step 4.105 4.105 IAAT any RCP radial bearing temperature 225F, THEN perform steps 4.106 - 4.108 RNO: GO TO Step 4.109 4.109 IAAT a RCP has been shut down for 3 hours3.472222e-5 days <br />8.333333e-4 hours <br />4.960317e-6 weeks <br />1.1415e-6 months <br />, THEN close the Associated RCP motor cooler inlet/outlet valve.

4.110 Verify RCP seal injection flow is 6 - 12 gpm / RCP.

4.111 Ensure actions have been initiated to restore cause of degradation.

4.112 IAAT any RCP temperatures exceed limits for Radial Bearing Temperature or Seal Return Temperature, THEN increase seal inlet header flow as necessary to lower temperatures without exceeding 15 gpm / RCP.

4.113 IAAT no CC pumps operating, AND a CC pump is now available to start, THEN perform Steps 4.114 - 4.115 RNO: GO TO Step 4.116.

4.116 WHEN cause of degradation has been repaired, THEN return CC pumps to desired configuration.

4.117 WHEN conditions permit, THEN EXIT.

This event is complete when step 4.42 of AP32 performed or when directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 8 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 3 Page 3 of 4 Event

Description:

Operating CC pump trips and standby fails to start Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/32 (Loss of Letdown)

SRO/ Crew Response:

BOP/ OATC (SRO may direct either the BOP or the OATC to perform steps from this AP) 4.1 Place 1HP-120 in HAND and reduce demand to zero.

4.2 Position the standby HPI pump switch to OFF.

CAUTION: RCP individual seal return valves will close if seal injection is

< 22 gpm with CC flow < 575 gpm.

4.3 Throttle 1HP-31 to establish 12 - 15 gpm SEAL INLET HDR FLOW.

SRO NOTE: The running HPIP may operate below 65 gpm for up to 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />.

HPIP time of operation below minimum flow is cumulative.

4.4 Verify HPI pump flow 65 gpm. (30 gpm Recirc + ___ SI +___ MU)

RNO: Log beginning time for HPI pump flow below minimum.

4.5 Initiate makeup to the LDST as required. (Using EOP Enclosure 5.5 or OP/1/A/1103/004 for batch additions) 4.6 Notify the OSM to reference OMP 1-14 and the Emergency Plan. Notify the STA.

4.7 Verify 1HP-5 closed.

SRO 4.8 Dispatch an operator to 1HP-5 to establish communication with the CR.

TS 3.4.9 applies when PZR level > 260" (corrected value for 285").

Conditions where it is known that letdown CANNOT be restored do not require waiting until 260" to begin a rapid shutdown.

4.9 IAAT either of the following exist:

  • PZR level > 260 inches AND letdown cannot be established
  • Plant conditions exist such that letdown will not be restored THEN initiate unit shutdown per AP/29 (Rapid Unit Shutdown) 4.10 IAAT PZR level 375 inches, THEN trip Rx.

4.11 Determine the cause of loss of letdown:

  • Actual LD Temperature high: GO TO Step 4.28 This event is complete when step 4.42 of AP32 performed or when directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 9 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 3 Page 4 of 4 Event

Description:

Operating CC pump trips and standby fails to start Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Crew Response:

SRO/ 4.28 Notify SPOC to initiate repairs on failed equipment.

BOP/ 4.29 IAAT letdown can be re-established, THEN perform Steps 4.30 - 4.44.

OATC 4.30 Place CC System in operation.

4.31 Close 1HP-6 4.32 Close 1HP-7 4.33 Open 1HP-1, 1HP-2, 1HP-3, and 1HP-4.

4.34 Verify letdown temperature < 135 F.

RNO:

  • Verify NO deborating IXs in service
  • Select LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch to BYPASS 4.35 Open 1HP-5.

4.36 Throttle open 1HP-7 to establish ~20 gpm 4.37 WHEN letdown temperature < 130 F, THEN place LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch in NORMAL.

4.38 Open 1HP-6 4.39 Adjust 1HP-7 to control desired letdown flow.

4.40 Re-establish normal makeup through 1HP-120 4.41 Re-establish normal RCP seal injection flow 4.42 Position the standby HPI pump switch to AUTO EXAMINER NOTE: This concludes the event. Not required to put Purification IX in service at step 4.43 4.43 Verify any purification IX in service 4.44 EXIT this procedure.

SRO Tech Spec 3.4.1 (RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow DNB Limits) requires RCS pressure to stay > 2125 psig when in MODE 1 Steady State. During Letdown flow perturbations in this event it is possible that RCS pressure goes below 2125 psig, If that occurs the SRO will enter TS 3.4.1 Condition A (One or more RCS DNB parameters not within limits) which has a 2 hour2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> completion time to restore parameter to within limits.

This event is complete when step 4.42 of AP32 performed or when directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 10 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 4 Page 1 of 3 Event

Description:

1B loop Tcold Fails HIGH Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant Response:

  • Loop "1B" Tc Dixson meter high (620°F)
  • Loop "1B" T Dixson meter reads 0°F
  • Tc meter reads low (-10°F; B loop Hot)
  • Controlling NR Tave digital display reads 595.5°F
  • Controlling Tave Chessell display reads 595°F
  • 1SA-2/B4 (RC Average Temperature High/Low)
  • 1SA-2/B-5, RC COLD LEG DIFF TEMP HIGH
  • 1SA-2/A-12, ICS Tracking SRO EXAMINER NOTE: IF Reactor Power decreases below 85% during this event, the SRO will enter Tech Spec 3.10.1 Conditions A-E which all have a 7 day completion time (SSF OOS).

Crew Response:

  • When the Statalarms are received, the candidates should utilize the Plant Transient Response (PTR) process to stabilize the plant, which should include:

o ICS to HAND (Feedwater Masters and Diamond)

OATC BOP o Inserting Control Rods as needed to control RCS pressure (Performed by the BOP)

OATC o Decreasing or re-ratioing feedwater to control Reactor power and (CT-2) delta Tcold (Performed by the OATC) (CT-2)

  • The SRO should:

SRO Refer to AP/28, ICS Instrument Failures Direct the BOP to review ARGs AP/28 (ICS Instrument Failures) 4.1 Provide control bands as required.

4.2 Initiate notification of the following:

__ OSM to reference the following:

  • OMP 1-14 (Notifications)

__ STA 4.3 Verify a power transient 5% has occurred.

RNO: GO TO Step 4.5.

4.4 Notify Rx Engineering and discuss the need for a maneuvering plan.

BOOTH RESPONSE: We will prepare a maneuvering plan.

This event is complete when Section 4A Step 6 is reached, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 11 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 4 Page 2 of 3 Event

Description:

1B loop Tcold Fails HIGH Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/28 (continued)

SRO/OATC 4.5 Use the following, as necessary, to determine the applicable section from table in Step 4.6:

  • OAC alarm video
  • OAC display points
  • Control Board indications
  • SPOC assistance, as needed 4.6 GO TO Section 4A, RCS Temperature AP/1/A/1700/028 Section 4A RCS Temperature Failure
1. Ensure the following in HAND:

__ 1A FDW MASTER

__ 1B FDW MASTER

2. Ensure DIAMOND in MANUAL.
3. Notify SPOC to perform the following:
  • Select a valid RCS Tave and Delta Tc input to ICS per AM/1/A/0326/020 (Control of Unit 1 Star Module Signal Selection Function).
  • Investigate and repair the failed RCS temperature instrumentation.

BOP 4. PERFORM an instrumentation surveillance using applicable table in Encl.

5.2 (ICS Instrument Surveillances) for the failed instrument.

EXAMINER NOTE: This step will require the BOP to refer to Table 1 (RCS Temperature) of Enclosure 5.2 and determine if the surveillance for SR 3.4.1.2 can be met as it is written with the failed temperature instrument. Based on plant response to the failure the BOP will determine either:

1. The surveillance is not required to be met due to plant conditions
2. The surveillance can be met as written
3. The surveillance can NOT be met as written This information will be reported to the SRO when asked in Step 5.

This event is complete when Section 4A Step 6 is reached, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 12 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 4 Page 3 of 3 Event

Description:

1B loop Tcold Fails HIGH Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/28 (continued)

BOP 5. Verify instrumentation surveillance in Encl. 5.2 (ICS Instrument Surveillances) was performed satisfactorily as written.

6. WHEN notified by SPOC that a valid RCS Tave and Delta Tc input have been restored to ICS, THEN GO TO OP/1/A/1102/004 A Encl. (Placing ICS Stations To Auto).

EXAMINER NOTE: The ICS will remain in manual for the remainder of the scenario.

EXAMINER NOTE: The crew may initiate EOP Encl. 5.5 for inventory control. These steps are included beginning on page 35.

SRO The SRO may elect to perform a Crew Brief at this time.

This event is complete when Section 4A Step 6 is reached, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 13 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 5 Page 1 of 5 Event

Description:

Group 2 Rod 6 Control Rod drops requiring Manual power reduction Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant Response:

  • Group 2 Rod 6 drops into the core
  • Statalarm 1SA-2/A-10 (CRD GLOBAL SYSTEM FAULT)
  • Statalarm 1SA-2/B-10 (CRD ASYMMETRIC ROD POSITION ERROR)
  • Statalarm 1SA-4/C-1 (QUADRANT POWER TILT) (in at 2 minutes)

Crew Response:

SRO/BOP/ Crew should perform Plant Transient Response (PTR) and determine that a OATC runback condition exists but due to ICS being in manual it is not occurring.

  • OATC reports to the SRO reactor power level and direction of movement.
  • The BOP reports expected AUTO Runback did not occur, and monitors RCS pressure and inventory and inserts Control Rods as needed.
  • The OATC will adjust FDW and/or control rods as necessary to restore reactor power to the desired control band.

SRO should enter AP/1/A/1700/001 (Unit Runback)

AP/1/A/1700/001 4.1 GO TO the most limiting section per the following table:

Section Runback 4H Asymmetric Control Rod (1%/min to 55%power)

Section 4H

1. IAAT a more limiting runback occurs, THEN GO TO Subsequent Actions Step 4.1.
2. IAAT more than one control rod is dropped or misaligned 6.5% (9) from the group average, THEN trip the Rx.

NOTE NIs should NOT be calibrated per guidelines contained in OP/1/A/1102/004 (Operation at Power) due to actual power re-distribution within the core as a result of a dropped/misaligned rod.

3. Verify Rx is critical.
4. Verify power > 55% when the rod was dropped or misaligned.

This event is complete when Rx Power has been decreased to 55%, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 14 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 5 Page 2 of 5 Event

Description:

Group 2 Rod 6 Control Rod drops requiring Manual power reduction Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/1/A/1700/001 Section 4H (continued)

EXAMINER NOTE: ICS is in Manual. Candidate will proceed to RNO.

SRO/OATC 5. Verify Rx runback to 55% core thermal power in progress.

  • CTPD set at 55%
  • ASYMETRIC RODS Runback Light lit
  • CTP Demand decreasing
  • Reactor power will decrease when the runback catches up with the initial power decrease from the dropped rod.

SRO The SRO may perform a Focused Brief prior to initiating the power reduction RNO: 1. Initiate power reduction to 55% core thermal power at 1%/min.

2. IF control rods will not insert manually, THEN perform the following:

A. Trip reactor.

SRO/BOP B. GO TO Unit 1 EOP.

6. Initiate Encl. 5.1 (Control of Plant Equipment During Shutdown). (page 17)

NOTE The following actions should be performed as quickly as possible due to the complexity of resetting RPS trip setpoints and Tech Spec time limits.

7. Notify SPOC to perform the following:
  • Investigate cause of dropped or misaligned control rod.
  • Prepare to reduce the following trip setpoints:

o RPS Flux/Flow-Imbalance o RPS High Flux

8. Notify the OSM to ensure the requirements of the following Tech Specs are met:

BOOTH CUE: When SM is contacted, inform the team that the SM is occupied on Unit 3 and cannot verify TS requirements at this time. See page 17 for specific TS information.

This event is complete when Rx Power has been decreased to 55%, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 15 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 5 Page 3 of 5 Event

Description:

Group 2 Rod 6 Control Rod drops requiring Manual power reduction Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/1/A/1700/001 Section 4H (continued)

SRO/OATC/ 9. Notify OSM to make notifications as required per OMP 1-14 BOP (Notifications).

10. Verify > 1% SDM with allowance for the inoperable control rod per PT/1/A/1103/015 (Enclosure 13.18, Reactivity Balance Calculation) within one hour.

EXAMINER NOTE: Shutdown Margin will be adequate.

11. Reduce core thermal power the following limits, based on the number of RCPs operating, within two hours:

RCPs Allowable Thermal Power (% FP) 3 45 4 60

12. IAAT the power decrease is complete, AND any NI is > the following:

RCPs Maximum NI Power (% FP) 3 40 4 55 THEN reduce power until all NIs are the Maximum NI Power limit for the operating RCP combination per Encl. 5.4 (Power Reduction).

SRO

13. WHEN all NIs are < the Maximum NI Power limit for the operating RCP combination, THEN notify SPOC to reduce RPS trip setpoints per AM/1/A/0315/017 (TXS RPS Channel A, B, C, and D Parameter Changes For Abnormal/Normal Operating Conditions).

NOTE Due to the power decrease initiated in this AP, the current plant configuration must be compared to the normal plant configuration in OP/1/A/1102/004 (Operation at Power) power reduction enclosure. Equivalent steps performed by this AP should be signed off as intent met. Any steps NOT performed by this AP must be evaluated in preparation for power increase or continued shutdown.

14. Initiate OP/1/A/1102/004 (Operation at Power) power reduction enclosure.

This event is complete when Rx Power has been decreased to 55%, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 16 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 5 Page 4 of 5 Event

Description:

Group 2 Rod 6 Control Rod drops requiring Manual power reduction Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Tech. Specs.

SRO/BOP

  • TS 3.10.1 (Standby Shutdown Facility - SSF) Once Reactor Power is reduced below 85% the SSF must be declared inoperable. Conditions A-E apply, all of which have a 7 day completion time.
  • TS 3.1.4 (Control Rod Group Alignment Limits), Condition A applies which provides 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> to restore alignment or verify SDM and be below 60% Thermal Power in 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />.
  • TS 3.1.5 (Safety Rod Position Limits), Condition A applies (Safety rods are Groups 1 - 4) which requires verification of SDM and declaring the associated rod inoperable within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />.
  • TS 3.2.3 (Quadrant Power Tilt), Condition A applies when Incore QPT exceeds +3.5 (due to misaligned control rod). (If the highest Incore QPT exceeds +7.11 then Condition B would apply) The power reduction required by Condition A will be met due to the manual power reduction performed by the crew. RPS trip setpoints must be reduced within 10 hours1.157407e-4 days <br />0.00278 hours <br />1.653439e-5 weeks <br />3.805e-6 months <br /> and QPT restored within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />.

AP/1/A/1700/001 Enclosure 5.1

1. IAAT SRO determines all appropriate actions have been taken, AND the runback is complete, THEN EXIT this Enclosure.
2. Notify the WCC SRO to initiate Enclosure 5.2 (WCC SRO Support During Unit Runback).
3. Start the following pumps:
  • 1A FDWP SEAL INJECTION PUMP
  • 1A FDWP AUXILIARY OIL PUMP
  • 1B FDWP AUXILIARY OIL PUMP
  • 1B FDWP SEAL INJECTION PUMP.
4. WHEN CTP is 80%,

THEN stop the following pumps

  • 1E1 HTR DRN PUMP
  • 1E2 HTR DRN PUMP This event is complete when Rx Power has been decreased to 55%, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 17 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 5 Page 5 of 5 Event

Description:

Group 2 Rod 6 Control Rod drops requiring Manual power reduction Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/1/A/1700/001 Enclosure 5.1 (continued)

SRO/BOP 5. WHEN CTP 65%,

THEN continue this Enclosure.

6. Place the following in MANUAL and close:

1B FDWP is the preferred pump to shut down first.

7. Verify both Main FDWPs operating.
8. Verify 1B FDWP to be shut down first.
9. Adjust the FWP bias counter-clockwise to lower 1B FWP suction flow 1 x 106 lb/hr < 1A FWP suction flow.
10. GO TO Step 12.
12. IAAT both Main FDW pumps running, AND both of the following exist:
  • 1B Main FDW pump is first pump to be shut down
  • Any of the following alarms occur:

o 1SA-16/A-3 (FWP B FLOW MINIMUM) o 1SA-16/A-4 (FWP B FLOW BELOW MIN),

THEN trip 1B Main FDW Pump.

13. IAAT both Main FDW pumps running, AND both of the following exist:
  • 1A Main FDW pump is first pump to be shut down
  • Any of the following alarms occur:

o 1SA-16/A-1 (FWP A FLOW MINIMUM) o 1SA-16/A-2 (FWP A FLOW BELOW MIN),

THEN trip 1A Main FDW Pump.

14. IAAT the operating FDWP suction flow < 1.5 x 106 lb/hr, THEN slowly throttle the associated recirc control valve to establish 2300 - 6000 gpm total Condensate flow:
15. Maintain PZR level between 220- 250.

This event is complete when Rx Power has been decreased to 55%, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 18 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 6 Page 1 of 3 Event

Description:

PZR Spray Valve (1RC-1) Fails OPEN Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior BOOTH CUE: Call the Control Room as the WCC SRO and tell the BOP that during a key audit you have discovered that one of the RPS shutdown bypass keys is missing and ask the BOP to check all 4 RPS cabinets to determine if the key was inadvertently left in the switch. Once the BOP is at the RPS cabinets, FIRE TIMER 6 to initiate this event.

Plant Response:

  • RCS pressure will decrease
  • 1SA-2/D-3 (RC PRESS HIGH/LOW)

Crew Response:

Refer to Alarm Response Guide 1SA-2/D-3 (RC PRESS HIGH/LOW) 3.2 Low Alarm 3.2.1 Refer to AP/1/A/1700/044 (Abnormal Pressurizer Pressure Control)

SRO/OATC AP/1/A/1700/044 (Abnormal Pressurizer Pressure Control)

3. Immediate Manual Actions 3.1 IAAT PORV is open AND RC Press < setpoint (2400 psig (High) or 480 psig (Low)

THEN close 1RC-4 EXAMINER NOTE: The crew may perform Immediate Manual Action Step 3.2 from memory prior to the SRO entering AP/44.

3.2 IAAT RC Pressure < 2155 psig AND 1RC-1 indicates open, THEN select 1RC-1 to close.

EXAMINER NOTE: If the block valve (1RC-3) is not closed, the Reactor will trip on variable low pressure and ES actuation will occur 3.3 IAAT all the following exist:

(CT-3) ___ RC Press < 2155 psig

___ RC Press decreasing without a corresponding decrease in PZR level Then close 1RC-3.

This event is complete when 1RC-3 is re-opened and 1RC-1 is in Auto, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 19 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 6 Page 2 of 3 Event

Description:

PZR Spray Valve (1RC-1) Fails OPEN Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/1/A/1700/044 (Abnormal Pressurizer Pressure Control) (continued)

SRO/OATC 4.1 Announce AP entry using the PA system 4.2 GO TO the applicable per the following table:

Failure Caused Step RCS Pressure Decrease 4.3 Increase 4.18 4.3 Verify 1RC-4 is closed.

RNO: If PORV is open and 1RC-4 has failed to close (N/A) 4.4 Verify 1RC-3 is closed NOTE:

1RC-3 must NOT be allowed to be closed for > 36 minutes at a time to avoid a thermal transient in piping between 1RC-3 and the PZR spray nozzle.

4.5 Position 1RC-3 as required to maintain RC pressure within desired band.

4.6 Go to step 4.13 4.13 Verify PZR heaters maintaining RCS pressure within desired band 4.14 Notify SPOC to repair malfunctioning component 4.15 Ensure requirements of following are met:

SRO (applies during time RCS pressure < 2125 psig)

  • TS 3.4.9 (Pressurizer) (applies when level > 260")

This event is complete when 1RC-3 is re-opened and 1RC-1 is in Auto, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 20 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 6 Page 3 of 3 Event

Description:

PZR Spray Valve (1RC-1) Fails OPEN Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC AP/1/A/1700/044 (Abnormal Pressurizer Pressure Control) (continued) 4.16 WHEN repairs complete, THEN place the following components in desired position for current plant conditions as determined by CR SRO.

  • PZR heater bank #1 (auto)
  • PZR heater bank #2 (auto)
  • PZR heater bank #3 (auto)
  • PZR heater bank #4 (auto)

BOOTH CUE: Fire Timer 14 to repair 1RC-1 then call control room as SPOC and inform the crew that the control module for 1RC-1 had failed. It has been replaced and 1RC-1 can be returned to normal operation 4.17 When directed by the CR SRO, THEN EXIT this procedure.

This event is complete when 1RC-3 is re-opened and 1RC-1 is in Auto, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 21 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 7 Page 1 of 4 Event

Description:

Loss of Main Feedwater - Reactor Trip Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant Response:

When directed by the Lead Examiner, a Loss of Main Feedwater will occur.

Crew Response:

SRO/OATC Perform Immediate Manual Actions (IMAs) 3.1 Depress REACTOR TRIP pushbutton.

3.2 Verify reactor power < 5% FP and decreasing.

3.3 Depress turbine TRIP pushbutton.

3.4 Verify all turbine stop valves closed.

3.5 Verify RCP seal injection available.

BOP will perform a Symptom Check and initiate Rule 3 (Loss of Main and / or Emergency Feedwater) for a loss of Main FDW only.

SRO will transfer to the Subsequent Actions tab of the EOP.

SRO will refer to SA PAP (see page 34) to make notifications (plant page/SM).

SRO/BOP Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW)

1. Verify loss of Main FDW/EFDW is due to TBF.

RNO:GO TO Step 3

3. IAAT NO SGs can be fed with FDW (Main/CBP/Emergency/PSW),

AND any of the following exist:

  • RCS pressure reaches 2300 psig or NDT limit.
  • PZR level reaches 375 (340 acc)

THEN PERFORM Rule 4 (HPI Forced Cooling)

4. Start operable EFDW pumps, as required, to feed all intact SGs.
5. Verify any EFDW pump operating.
6. GO TO Step 38.

This event is complete when step 4.20 is reached in Subsequent Actions, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 22 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 7 Page 2 of 4 Event

Description:

Loss of Main Feedwater - Reactor Trip Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Rule 3 continued:

38. IAAT an EFDW valve CANNOT control in AUTO, OR manual operation of EFDW valve is SRO/BOP desired to control flow/level, THEN perform steps 39 - 43.

RNO: GO TO step 44

44. Verify any SCM < 0°F RNO: IF overcooling, OR exceeding limits in Rule 7 (SG Feed Control),

THEN throttle EFDW as necessary.

45. IAAT Unit 1 EFDW is in operation, THEN initiate Encl. 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation).
46. WHEN directed by CRS, THEN EXIT.

EOP Enclosure 5.9

1. Monitor EFDW parameters on EFW graphic display.
2. IAAT UST level is < 4',

THEN GO TO step 120.

3. IAAT feeding both SGs with one MDEFDWP is desired, THEN perform steps 4 -7.

RNO: GO TO step 8.

8. Perform as required to maintain UST level > 7.5':
  • Makeup with demin water
  • Place CST pumps in AUTO This event is complete when step 4.20 is reached in Subsequent Actions, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 23 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 7 Page 3 of 4 Event

Description:

Loss of Main Feedwater - Reactor Trip Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior

9. IAAT all exist:
  • Rapid cooldown NOT in progress
  • MDEFDWP operating for each available SG
  • EFDW flow in each header < 600 gpm SRO/OATC THEN place 1 TDEFDW Pump in Pull-to-Lock.
10. Verify 1 TDEFDW Pump operating.

RNO: GO TO step 12.

12. Notify CRS to set priority based on NOTE above and EOP activities.

EXAMINER NOTE: The CRS will most likely have the RO suspend Encl. 5.9 at step 12.

EOP Subsequent Actions 4.1 Verify all control rods in Groups 1-7 fully inserted.

RNO:

1. Open 1HP-24 1HP-25
2. Secure makeup to LDST 4.2 Verify Main FDW in operation.

RNO:

1. Ensure Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW) is in progress or complete. Page 22.
2. GO TO Step 4.5 4.5 IAAT Main FDW is operating, AND level in any SG is > 96% on the Operating Range, THEN perform Steps 4.6 - 4.8.

RNO: GO TO Step 4.9.

This event is complete when step 4.20 is reached in Subsequent Actions, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 24 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 7 Page 4 of 4 Event

Description:

Loss of Main Feedwater - Reactor Trip Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior EOP Subsequent Actions continued:

4.9 IAAT TBVs CANNOT control SG pressure at desired setpoint, and TBVs not intentionally isolated:

SRO/OATC THEN manually control pressure in affected SGs using either :

__ TBVs

__ Dispatch two operators to perform Encl 5.24 (Operation of ADVs) 4.10 Verify 1RIA-40 operable with CSAE OFF-GAS BLOWER operating.

RNO: GO TO Step 4.12 4.12 Verify abnormal RCS leakage existed prior to reactor trip.

RNO: GO TO Step 4.14 4.14 Verify both are closed:

1MS-17 1MS-26 RNO: Dispatch operator with Encl. 5.29 (MSRV Locations) to verify all MSRVs have reseated.

4.15 Verify ES is required.

RNO:

1. Initiate Encl 5.5 (Pzr and LDST Level Control) (Page 35).
2. GO TO Step 4.17.

4.17 Open:

PCB 20 PCB 21 4.18 Verify Generator Field Breaker open.

4.19 Verify EXCITATION is OFF.

4.20 Verify Aux Bldg and Turbine Bldg Instrument Air pressure > 90 psig.

4.21 Verify ICS/NNI power available.

4.22 Verify all 4160V switchgear (1TC, 1TD & 1TE) energized.

4.23 Verify both SGs > 550 psig.

This event is complete when step 4.20 is reached in Subsequent Actions, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 25 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 8 Page 1 of 8 Event

Description:

Loss of Heat Transfer - CBP feed Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant Response:

1A and 1B MDEFDW Pumps will trip.

Crew Response:

SRO/OATC/

BOP SRO may direct ROs to perform a Symptoms Check.

The crew may attempt to start the TDEFDW Pump (will NOT start).

The crew should re-perform Rule 3 for a Loss of Heat Transfer.

The SRO should review the EOP SA Parallel Actions page (see page 34) and transfer to the LOHT tab (page 31).

Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW)

1. Verify loss of Main FDW/EFDW is due to TBF.

RNO:GO TO Step 3

3. IAAT NO SGs can be fed with FDW (Main/CBP/Emergency/PSW),

AND any of the following exist:

  • RCS pressure reaches 2300 psig or NDT limit.
  • PZR level reaches 375 (340 acc)

THEN PERFORM Rule 4 (HPI Forced Cooling)

4. Start operable EFDW pumps, as required, to feed all intact SGs.
5. Verify any EFDW pump operating.

RNO: GO TO Step 7

7. Place 1FDW-315 and 1FDW-316 in MANUAL and closed.
8. Verify both:
  • Any CBP operating
  • TBVs available on an intact SG
9. Select OFF for both digital channels on AFIS HEADER A.
10. Select OFF for both digital channels on AFIS HEADER B.
11. Place 1FDW-33 and 1FDW-42 switches in OPEN
12. Simultaneously position 1FDW-35 and 1FDW-44 (Startup Control Valves) to 10 - 20% open.
13. Perform the following:

This event is complete when heat transfer is verified with EFDW in step 64 of LOHT, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 26 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 8 Page 2 of 8 Event

Description:

Loss of Heat Transfer - CBP feed Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW)

SRO/OATC/

14. Verify Rule 4 (HPI Forced Cooling) in progress.

BOP RNO:

CAUTION Until SGs are dry, lower SG pressure slowly to prevent overcooling.

  • Lower SG pressure in available SGs to ~500 psig
  • Control FDW flow to stabilize RCS P/T by throttling the SU CVs and TBVs as necessary
  • Notify CRS that CBP feed is in progress
  • GO TO Step 16
16. Verify 1TD EFDW Pump is operable and available for manual start.
17. Dispatch an operator to perform Encl. 5.26 (Manual Start of TD) (PS)
18. Verify cross-tie with Unit 2 is desired.
19. Dispatch an operator to open 2FDW-313 & 2FDW-314.
20. Dispatch an operator to 1FDW-313 and have them notify the CR when in position.
21. Notify alternate unit to
  • Place both EFDW control valves in MANUAL and closed.
  • Start their TD EFDW Pump
22. IAAT SGs are NOT being fed from any source and PSW SG Feed available, THEN establish SG feed from PSW using Encl. 5.45 (PSW Feed and RCP Seals).
23. When either exists:
  • Unit 1 TD EFDW Pump has been manually started THEN continue.

BOOTH CUE: Notify crew that AO is in position at 1FDW-313.

EXAMINER NOTE: EFDW will be cross-connected with Unit 2.

This event is complete when heat transfer is verified with EFDW in step 64 of LOHT, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 27 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 8 Page 3 of 8 Event

Description:

Loss of Heat Transfer - CBP feed Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW)

SRO/OATC/

BOP NOTE Procedure must continue while cross connects are being opened.

24. IAAT an operator is in position at 1FDW-313, AND Unit 1 TDEFDW Pump is NOT operating, THEN notify the operator to open:
  • 1FDW-313 (1A EFDW Line Disch to 1A S/G X-conn)
  • 1FDW-314 (1B EFDW Line Disch to 1B S/G X-conn)

BOOTH CUE: FIRE TIMER 15 and notify crew 1FDW-313/314 and 2FDW-313/314 are open.

25. Verify either exists:
  • HPI Forced Cooling is maintaining core cooling
  • CBP feed providing SG feed (applies)
26. WHEN either exists:
  • Unit 1 TDEFDW Pump running
  • Alignment complete from alternate unit THEN notify CRS of the following:
  • Source of EFDW availability
  • Rule 3 actions are continuing
27. IAAT CBPs were feeding the SGs, AND CBP feed has been lost, THEN:
28. IAAT an EFDW valve CANNOT control in AUTO, OR manual operation of EFDW valve is desired to control flow/level, THEN perform steps 29 - 33.

RNO: GO TO step 34

34. Verify any SCM < 0 °F.

RNO: IF overcooling, OR exceeding limits in Rule 7 (SG Feed Control),

THEN throttle EFDW , as necessary.

This event is complete when heat transfer is verified with EFDW in step 64 of LOHT, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 28 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 8 Page 4 of 8 Event

Description:

Loss of Heat Transfer - CBP feed Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW) continued.

SRO/OATC/

BOP

35. Notify the alternate unit to:
  • Monitor EFDW parameters
  • Maintain UST level > 7.5'.
  • Enter appropriate TS/SLC for EFDW valves closed in manual.
36. IAAT Unit 1 EFDW is in operation, THEN initiate Encl. 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation). (applies if Unit 1 TDEFDW Pump running).
37. WHEN directed by CRS, THEN EXIT.

Encl. 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation)

1. Monitor EFDW parameters on EFW graphic display.
2. IAAT UST level is < 4',

THEN GO TO Step 120.

3. IAAT feeding both SGs with one MD EFDWP is desired, THEN perform Steps 4 - 7.

RNO: GO TO step 8.

8. Perform as required to maintain UST level

> 7.5':

Makeup with demin water.

Place CST pumps in AUTO.

9. IAAT all exist:

Rapid cooldown NOT in progress MD EFDWP operating for each available SG EFDW flow in each header

< 600 gpm THEN place 1 TD EFDW PUMP switch in PULL TO LOCK.

This event is complete when heat transfer is verified with EFDW in step 64 of LOHT, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 29 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 8 Page 5 of 8 Event

Description:

Loss of Heat Transfer - CBP feed Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Encl. 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation) continued SRO/OATC/

BOP

10. Verify 1 TD EFDW PUMP operating.

RNO: GO TO step 12.

11. Start TD EFDWP BEARING OIL COOLING PUMP.

NOTE Loss of the condensate system for > 25 minutes results in cooling down to LPI using the ADVs. If NO HWPs are operating, continuing this enclosure to restore the condensate system is a priority unless the CRS deems EOP activities higher priority. The 25 minute criterion is satisfied when a HWP is started and 1C-10 is 10% open.

If the condensate system is operating, the remaining guidance establishes FDW recirc, monitors and maintains UST, and transfers EFDW suction to the hotwell if required.

12. Notify CR SRO to set priority based on the NOTE above and EOP activities.

EXAMINER NOTE: The CRS will most likely direct the RO to suspend Encl. 5.9 at this point due to higher priorities.

This event is complete when heat transfer is verified with EFDW in step 64 of LOHT, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 30 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 8 Page 6 of 8 Event

Description:

Loss of Heat Transfer - CBP feed Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Loss Of Heat Transfer Tab SRO

  • Announce plant conditions using PA system.
1. Ensure Rule 3 is in progress or complete SRO/BOP/ NOTE OATC Transfer to LOSCM tab is NOT required if RCS heats to the point where core SCM = 0°F.
2. IAAT the RCS heats to the point where core SCM = 0°F, THEN GO TO Step 4.
3. IAAT No SGs can be fed with FDW (Main/CBP/Emergency/PSW), AND any of the following exist:
  • RCS pressure reaches 2300 psig or NDT limit
  • PZR level reaches 375 " (340 " acc)

THEN GO TO Step 4 NOTE: 1A1 RCP provides the best Pzr spray.

RNO:

  • Reduce operating RCPs to one pump/loop.
  • WHEN any exists:

o EFDW or PSW SG feed flow has been re-established by existing Rules/Enclosures o EFDW aligned from another unit o Operator performing Rule 3 or Encl. 5.27 reports EFDW available THEN GO TO Step 50.

50. Verify EFDW or PSW flow has been re-established to any SG per Rule 3 or Encl. 5.27 (it has not).

RNO: GO TO step 52.

52. Verify Unit 1 EFDW available.

RNO: GO TO step 56.

This event is complete when heat transfer is verified with EFDW in step 64 of LOHT, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 31 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 8 Page 7 of 8 Event

Description:

Loss of Heat Transfer - CBP feed Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior

56. Confirm ability to feed any intact SG:

A. Throttle EFDW control valve on each intact SG until flow confirmed B. WHEN flow confirmed, THEN close valve on each intact SG

57. Perform a brief to discuss operator roles for restoring EFDW flow to the SGs.
58. Verify all:
  • Tcold > 510°F
59. Verify Tcold < 547°F RNO: 1. Set THP setpoint at ~885 psig
2. GO TO step 62
60. Determine Psat for existing RCS temperature (RCS Psat)
61. Adjust THP setpoint to RCS Psat minus 140 psi:

Setpoint = RCS Psat (psia) - 140 psi = ______ psig

62. Place TBVs in AUTO for available SGs.
63. Initiate feed to available SGs per Rule 7 (SG Feed Control)
64. IAAT heat transfer is established in any SG, THEN GO TO step 75.
75. Control feeding and steaming of available SGs to maintain SG level at setpoint and cooldown rate within Tech Spec limits:
  • Tcold > 270°F: < 50°F / 1/2 hour
  • Tcold < 270°F: < 25°F / 1/2 hour
76. Close all loop high point vents:
77. WHEN all SCMs are > 0°F, or HPI flow is established, THEN continue.
78. Verify indications of SGTR > 25 gpm.

RNO: GO TO step 80 This event is complete when heat transfer is verified with EFDW in step 64 of LOHT, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 32 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 8 Page 8 of 8 Event

Description:

Loss of Heat Transfer - CBP feed Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior BOP/OATC

80. Verify required RCS makeup flow within normal makeup capability.
81. Verify either:
  • Any SG isolated
  • Any SG has an unisolable steam leak RNO: GO TO step 83.
83. GO TO Subsequent Actions.

This event is complete when heat transfer is verified with EFDW in step 64 of LOHT, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 33 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Subsequent Actions EP/1/A/1800/001 Parallel Actions Page 1 of 1 CONDITION ACTIONS

1. PR NIs 5% FP OR GO TO UNPP tab. UNPP NIs NOT decreasing
2. All 4160V SWGR de-energized GO TO Blackout tab. BLACKOUT

{13}

3. Core SCM indicates superheat GO TO ICC tab. ICC
4. Any SCM = 0°F GO TO LOSCM tab. LOSCM
5. Both SGs intentionally isolated to stop excessive heat transfer GO TO EHT tab.
6. Loss of heat transfer (including LOHT loss of all Main and Emergency GO TO LOHT tab.

FDW)

7. Heat transfer is or has been GO TO EHT tab. EHT excessive
8. Indications of SGTR 25 gpm GO TO SGTR tab. SGTR
9. Turbine Building flooding NOT GO TO TBF tab. TBF caused by rainfall event
10. Inadvertent ES actuation occurred Initiate AP/1/A/1700/042 (Inadvertent ES ES Actuation).
11. Valid ES actuation has occurred Initiate Encl 5.1 (ES Actuation). ES or should have occurred
12. Power lost to all 4160V SWGR
  • Initiate AP/11 (Recovery from Loss and any 4160V SWGR of Power).

re-energized ROP

  • IF Encl 5.1 (ES Actuation) has been initiated, THEN reinitiate Encl 5.1.
13. RCS leakage > 160 gpm with Notify plant staff that Emergency Dose EDL letdown isolated Limits are in affect using PA system.
14. Individual available to make
  • Announce plant conditions using notifications PA system.
  • Notify OSM to reference the NOTIFY Emergency Plan and AD-LS-ALL-0006 (Reportability).

Page 34 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 EXAMINER NOTE At any time during this scenario the operator may choose to use Enclosure 5.5 to maintain RCS inventory control. See excerpt below.

ENCLOSURE 5.5 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE Maintaining Pzr level >100 [180 acc] will ensure Pzr heater bundles remain covered.

1. Utilize the following as necessary to maintain __ IF 1HP-26 will NOT open, desired Pzr level: THEN throttle 1HP-410 to maintain
  • 1A HPI Pump desired Pzr level.
2. IAAT makeup to the LDST is desired, THEN makeup from 1A BHUT.
3. IAAT it is desired to secure makeup to LDST, THEN secure makeup from 1A BHUT.
4. IAAT it is desired to bleed letdown flow to 1A BHUT, THEN perform the following:

A. Open:

__ 1CS-26

__ 1CS-41 B. Position 1HP-14 to BLEED.

C. Notify SRO.

5. IAAT letdown bleed is NO longer desired, THEN position 1HP-14 to NORMAL.

Page 35 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 2 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

6. IAAT 1C HPI PUMP is required, __ GO TO Step 10.

THEN perform Steps 7 - 9.

7. Open: 1. __ IF both BWST suction valves

B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.

C. Open:

__ 1LP-15

__ 1LP-16

__ 1LP-9

__ 1LP-10

__ 1LP-6

__ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.

E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A-1-119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end).

F. __ GO TO Step 8.

2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, THEN perform the following:

A. __ IF three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.

B. __ IF < 2 HPI pumps are operating, THEN start HPI pumps to obtain two HPI pump operation, preferably in opposite headers.

C. __ GO TO Step 9.

Page 36 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 3 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

8. Start 1C HPI PUMP. __ IF at least two HPI pumps are operating, THEN throttle 1HP-409 to maintain desired Pzr level.
9. Throttle the following as required to 1. __ IF at least two HPI pumps are operating, maintain desired Pzr level: AND 1HP-26 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP-410 to maintain
2. __ IF 1A HPI PUMP and 1B HPI PUMP are operating, AND 1HP-27 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP-409 to maintain desired Pzr level.

Page 37 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 4 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

10. IAAT LDST level CANNOT be maintained, __ GO TO Step 132.

THEN perform Step 11.

11. Perform the following: 1. __ IF both BWST suction valves

A. __ Start 1A LPI PUMP.

B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.

C. Open:

__ 1LP-15

__ 1LP-16

__ 1LP-9

__ 1LP-10

__ 1LP-6

__ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.

E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A-1-119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end).

F. __ GO TO Step 13.

2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, AND three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.

NOTE Maintaining Pzr level >100 [180 acc] will ensure Pzr heater bundles remain covered.

12. Operate PZR heaters as required to maintain heater bundle integrity.

Page 38 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 5 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

13. IAAT additional makeup flow to LDST is desired, AND 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP is operating, THEN dispatch an operator to close 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) (A-1-107, Unit 1 RC Bleed Transfer Pump Rm.).
14. IAAT two Letdown Filters are desired, THEN perform the following:
15. IAAT all of the following exist: __ GO TO Step 35.
  • Letdown isolated
  • Letdown restoration desired THEN perform Steps 16 - 34. {41}
16. Open: 1. __ Notify CR SRO that letdown CANNOT be
  • 1CC-7 restored due to inability to restart the CC
2. __ GO TO Step 35.
17. Ensure only one CC pump running.
18. Place the non-running CC pump in AUTO.
19. Verify both are open: 1. __ IF 1HP-1 is closed due to 1HP-3 failing to
  • 1HP-2 THEN GO TO Step 21.
2. __ IF 1HP-2 is closed due to 1HP-4 failing to close, THEN GO TO Step 21.
20. GO TO Step 23.

NOTE Verification of leakage requires visual observation of East Penetration Room.

21. Verify letdown line leak in East Penetration __ GO TO Step 23.

Room has occurred.

22. GO TO Step 35.

Page 39 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 6 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

23. Monitor for unexpected conditions while restoring letdown.
24. Verify both letdown coolers to be placed in 1. __ IF 1A letdown cooler is to be placed in service. service, THEN open:

__1HP-1

__1HP-3

2. __ IF 1B letdown cooler is to be placed in service, THEN open:

__1HP-2

__1HP-4

3. __ GO TO Step 26.
25. Open:
26. Verify at least one letdown cooler is aligned. Perform the following:

A. __ Notify CR SRO of problem.

B. __ GO TO Step 35.

27. Close 1HP-6.
28. Close 1HP-7.
29. Verify letdown temperature < 125°F. 1. __ Open 1HP-13.
2. Close:

__1HP-8

__1HP-9&11

3. __ IF any deborating IX is in service, THEN perform the following:

A. __Select 1HP-14 to NORMAL.

B. __Close 1HP-16.

4. __ Select LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch to BYPASS.

Page 40 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 7 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

30. Open 1HP-5.
31. Adjust 1HP-7 for 20 gpm letdown.
32. WHEN letdown temperature is < 125°F, THEN place LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch to NORMAL.
33. Open 1HP-6.
34. Adjust 1HP-7 to control desired letdown flow.

NOTE AP/32 (Loss of Letdown) provides direction to cool down the RCS to offset increasing pressurizer level.

35. IAAT it is determined that letdown is unavailable due to equipment failures or letdown system leakage, THEN notify CR SRO to initiate AP/32 (Loss of Letdown).
36. IAAT > 1 HPI pump is operating, AND additional HPI pumps are NO longer needed, THEN perform the following:

A. Obtain SRO concurrence to reduce running HPI pumps.

B. Secure the desired HPI pumps.

C. Place secured HPI pump switch in AUTO, if desired.

37. IAAT all the following conditions exist:
  • Makeup from BWST NOT required
  • LDST level > 55
  • Cooldown Plateau NOT being used THEN close:

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 8 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

38. Verify 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) has been __ GO TO Step 40.

closed to provide additional makeup flow to LDST.

39. WHEN 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) is NO longer needed to provide additional makeup flow to LDST, THEN perform the following:

A. Stop 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP.

B. Locally position 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) one turn open (A-1-107, Unit 1 RC Bleed Transfer Pump Rm.).

C. Close 1CS-46.

D. Start 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP.

E. Locally throttle 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) to obtain 90 - 110 psig discharge pressure.

F. Stop 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP.

40. Verify two Letdown Filters in service, __ GO TO Step 42.

AND only one Letdown filter is desired.

41. Perform one of the following:
42. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this enclosure.
  • *
  • END
  • Page 42 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 CRITICAL TASKS

1. CT-1 Start the standby CC pump prior to CRD temperatures reaching 180°F.
2. CT-2 Stabilize Plant Following Tcold Failure Prior to Reactor Trip Stabilizing the plant following the failure of Tcold (high) prevents a reactor trip.
3. CT-3 Close 1RC-3 prior to reactor trip.

Page 43 of 44

SAFETY: Take a Minute UNIT 0 (SM)

SSF Operable: Yes KHU's Operable: U1 - OH, U2 - UG LCTs Operable: 2 Fuel Handling: No UNIT STATUS (CRS)

Unit 1 Simulator Other Units Mode: 1 Unit 2 Unit 3 Reactor Power: 100% Mode: 1 Mode: 5 Gross MWE: 895 100% Power N/A RCS Leakage: 0.00 gpm EFDW Backup: Yes EFDW Backup: No RBNS Rate: 0.01 gpm Technical Specifications/SLC Items (CRS)

Component/Train OOS Restoration TS/SLC #

Date/Time Required Date/Time Shift Turnover Items (CRS)

Primary

  • Pressurize 1A CFT with N2 per OP/1/A/1104/001 Encl. 4.7.

Secondary

  • 1MS-82 and 1MS-84 closed in support of maintenance. TDEFWP supply from AS only.

Reactivity Management (CRS)

RCS Boron: 89 ppmB Gp 7 Rod Position: 90%

Human Performance Emphasis (SM)

Procedure Use and Adherence

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES D-1 ILT47 Facility: Oconee Scenario No.: 2 Op-Test No.: 1 Examiners: ________________________ Operators: ________________________SRO

________________________ ________________________OATC

________________________ ________________________BOP Initial Conditions:

  • Reactor power is 50% CTP Turnover:
  • 1MS-82 and 1MS-84 closed in support of maintenance. TDEFWP supply from AS only.

Event Malfunction Event Event Type* Description No. No.

0a Override AFIS disabled C: OATC, BOP, 1 Override Inadvertent ES Channel 1 actuation SRO(TS) 2 MEL020 C: SRO (TS) KHU 1 Emergency Lockout MPI 3 I: OATC, SRO 1A Loop RC Flow fails low MPI 4 Override C: BOP, SRO HPSW Jockey Pump trips Oil Leak on Main Turbine requires Manual Power 5 R: OATC, SRO Reduction 6 N: BOP, SRO Swap unit auxiliaries due to Oil Leak on B LP Turbine 1A Main Steam Line Break 7 MPS400 M: All

  • AFIS fails to actuate
  • (N)ormal, (R)eactivity, (I)nstrument, (C)omponent, (M)ajor

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 1 Page 1 of 6 Event

Description:

Inadvertent ES Channel 1 Actuation Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant response:

1SA-1/A-10 ES 1 Trip 1SA-16/B-1 EL CT-4 SB Bus 1 Breaker Closed 2SA-17/A-5 KEOWEE STATALARM PANEL ALARM 2SA-17/C-1 KHU 1 EMERGENCY START INITIATED 2SA-18/C-1 KHU 2 EMERGENCY START INITIATED 1SA-6/A-5, B-5, C-5, D-5, RC Pump Seal Cavity Press Hi/Low ( 1 min later) 1SA-6/D-7, E-5, E-6, E-7 RC Pump Seal Return Temp High Both Keowee Hydro Units Emergency Start EXAMINER NOTE: Over time, rods may withdraw in response to BWST water injecting into the core.

Crew Response:

The SRO will initiate AP/1/A/1700/042 Inadvertent ES Actuation SRO/OATC/ EXAMINER NOTE: The SRO may direct either the BOP or the OATC to BOP perform steps from this AP.

4.1 Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated:

__ Diverse HPI (not actuated)

__ ES Channel 1

__ ES Channel 2 (not actuated) 4.2 Perform the following on all inadvertently actuated system(s):

__ Ensure DIVERSE HPI BYPASS is in BYPASS (does not apply)

__ Ensure ES CH-1 is in MANUAL

__ Ensure ES CH-2 is in MANUAL (does not apply) 4.3 Throttle HPI, as required, to maintain desired Pzr level This event is complete when the SRO has referred to TS at step 4.25, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 2 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 1 Page 2 of 6 Event

Description:

Inadvertent ES Channel 1 Actuation Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/1/A/1700/042 Inadvertent ES Actuation (Continued)

SRO/OATC/

BOP 4.4 Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated:

__ ES Channel 5 (not actuated)

__ ES Channel 6 (not actuated)

RNO: 1. IF ES Channel 1, ES Channel 2, or Diverse HPI have inadvertently actuated, AND it is desired to restore letdown, THEN initiate AP/42 Encl 5.2 (Letdown Restoration) (page 7)

2. GO TO Step 4.10 4.10 Close 1HP-24 and 1HP-25 4.11 Ensure AP/42 Encl 5.1 (Required Operator Actions) is in progress (page 6) 4.12 Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated:

__ Diverse LPI

__ ES Channel 3

__ ES Channel 4 RNO: GO TO Step 4.17 4.17 Verify the Rx is critical 4.18 Verify ICS in Auto 4.19 Verify control rods are outside the desired control band RNO: GO TO Step 4.21 NOTE It is expected that the Control Room SRO will begin AP/39 and transfer completion of AP/42 to another licensed operator; however, priorities will depend on the specific situation.

EXAMINER NOTE: CRS may enter AP/39 due to withdrawal of control rods from the boration. (see page 45)

SRO 4.20. Initiate AP/39 (Unintentional Boration)

SRO 4.21 Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated:

__ ES Channel 1

__ Diverse HPI This event is complete when the SRO has referred to TS at step 4.25, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 3 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 1 Page 3 of 6 Event

Description:

Inadvertent ES Channel 1 Actuation Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior 4.22 Ensure DIVERSE HPI BYPASS is BYPASSED (NOT required)

SRO Ensure ES ELECTRICAL 1 is in MANUAL(Should be performed) 4.23 Dispatch an operator to perform Encl 5.3 (SSF Restoration) 4.24 Notify SPOC to investigate and repair the cause of the inadvertent ES actuation, as necessary AP/1/A/1700/042 Inadvertent ES Actuation (Continued) 4.25 Initiate logging TS/SLC Entry/Exit, as applicable, IAW Encl 5.4 (TS/SLC Requirements) (See below) 4.26 WHEN all of the following exist:

__ Reason for inadvertent ES Channel or Diverse HPI/LPI actuation SRO has been resolved

__ ES Channel or Diverse HPI/LPI reset is desired

__ OSM concurs THEN continue AP/1/A/1700/042 Enclosure 5.4 (TS/SLC Requirements)

EXAMINER NOTE: Complete Enclosure 5.4 is on next page Any ES Channel

  • TS 3.3.7 (Engineered Safeguards Protective System (ESPS) Digital Automatic Actuation Logic Channels) due to the automatic actuation logic being blocked if any ES channel is in MANUAL or ES Voters in OVERRIDE Condition A. 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> completion time.

ES Channel 1 or 2

  • TS 3.4.15 (RCS Leakage Detection Instrumentation) due to Rx Bldg RIAs being out of service (Applies until RIAs are returned to service.)

Condition B (24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> for grab samples) (30 days to restore)

  • TS 3.10.1 (Standby Shutdown Facility(SSF)) for SSF inoperability due to the SSF power loss (ES Channel 1 only) . While this does apply, the SSF is already inoperable due to being at a reduced power level.

Conditions A through E all apply (7 days)

  • TS 3.4.9 (Pressurizer) if PZR level is > 260 (Applies if Pzr exceeds 260)

Condition A (1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />)

This event is complete when the SRO has referred to TS at step 4.25, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 4 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 1 Page 4 of 6 Event

Description:

Inadvertent ES Channel 1 Actuation Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Enclosure 5.4 AP/1/A/1700/042 TS/SLC Requirements SRO/OATC/

BOP NOTE TS/SLCs below are included as a reference. This list may NOT be complete based on the specific situation. Reference TS/SLC manuals.

Any ES Channel

  • TS 3.3.7 (Engineered Safeguards Protective System (ESPS) Digital Automatic Actuation Logic Channels) due to the automatic actuation logic being blocked if any ES channel is in MANUAL or ES Voters in OVERRIDE
  • TS 3.3.5 (Engineered Safeguards Protective System (ESPS) Analog Instrumentation) due to inoperable ES instrumentation SRO
  • TS 3.5.4 (Borated Water Storage Tank (BWST) ) BWST level ES Channel 1 or 2
  • TS 3.4.15 (RCS Leakage Detection Instrumentation) due to Rx Bldg RIAs being out of service
  • TS 3.10.1 (Standby Shutdown Facility(SSF)) for SSF inoperability due to the SSF power loss (ES Channel 1 only)
  • TS 3.4.9 (Pressurizer) if PZR level is > 260 ES Channel 3 or 4

Any Diverse Actuation System

  • SLC 16.7.6 (Diverse Actuation Systems) due to the automatic actuation logic being blocked if any Diverse Actuation system in OVERRIDE or BYPASS.

This event is complete when the SRO has referred to TS at step 4.25, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 5 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 1 Page 5 of 6 Event

Description:

Inadvertent ES Channel 1 Actuation Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/1/A/1700/042 Enclosure 5.1 Required Operator Actions SRO/OATC/

BOP 1 Initiate announcement of AP entry using the PA system 2 Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated:

__ Diverse HPI (not actuated)

__ ES Channel 1

__ ES Channel 2(not actuated) 3 Open the following:

__ 1HP-20

__ 1HP-21 4 Open the following for operating RCPs:

__ 1HP-228 (1A1)

__ 1HP-226 (1A2)

__ 1HP-232 (1B1)

__ 1HP-230 (1B2) 5 Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated:

__ ES Channel 7 (not actuated)

__ ES Channel 8 (not actuated)

RNO: GO TO Step 9 9 Perform the following:

A. Open the following to restore RB RIAs:

__ 1PR-7

__ 1PR-8

__ 1PR-9

__ 1PR-10 B. From the ENABLE CONTROLS screen on the RIA View Node, perform the following: (For RIAs-47,48,49,49A)

1. Select OFF for RB RIA sample pump
2. Start the RB RIA sample pump
10. Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated:

__ Diverse HPI

__ ES Channel 1

11. Notify the following that the SSF is inop. due to the SSF power loss.

__Unit 2

__Unit 3

__Security

12. EXIT this enclosure This event is complete when the SRO has referred to TS at step 4.25, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 6 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 1 Page 6 of 6 Event

Description:

Inadvertent ES Channel 1 Actuation Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Crew Response:

SRO/OATC/ AP/1/A/1700/042 Enclosure 5.2 Letdown Restoration BOP 1. Verify a CC pump operating

2. Verify letdown is isolated
3. Close 1HP-5
4. Verify it is desired to place both letdown coolers in service
5. Open 1HP-1, 1HP-2, 1HP-3, and 1HP-4
6. Close 1HP-6
7. Close 1HP-7
8. Verify letdown temperature < 135°F
9. Open 1HP-5
10. Adjust 1HP-7 for 20 gpm letdown
11. WHEN letdown temperature < 130°F, THEN place LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch in NORMAL
12. Open 1HP-6
13. Adjust 1HP-7 to control desired letdown flow
14. IAAT it is desired to bleed letdown flow to 1A BHUT, THEN perform the following:

A. Open the following:

__ 1CS-26

__ 1CS-41 B. Position 1HP-14 to BLEED C. Notify SRO

15. IAAT letdown bleed is NO longer desired, THEN position 1HP-14 to NORMAL
16. WHEN SRO approves, THEN EXIT this enclosure This event is complete when the SRO has referred to TS at step 4.25, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 7 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 2 Page 1 of 2 Event

Description:

Keowee Unit 1 Emergency Lockout Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant Response:

Keowee Unit 1 will trip (running from Inadvertent ES Channel 1 in Event 1) 2SA-17/A1 GEN #1 EMERG. LOCKOUT Crew Response:

BOP Refer to ARG 2SA-17/A1

2. Automatic Action 2.1 Operates supervisory system points 2SA-17/5 (2SA-17/A-05) and 2SA-17/1 (2SA-17/A-01), and Keowee Statalarm 1SA2/03 (1SA2/A-03).

2.2 Trips and blocks closure of ACB-1 AND ACB-3 at Keowee.

2.3 Trips and blocks closure of field flashing, supply, AND field breakers.

SRO 2.4 Blocks startup of unit under all conditions.

2.5 Operates 86T (Main Step-up Transformer Lockout Relay, see 2SA-17/B-04) IF ACB-1 fails to trip (62-1/TD).

2.6 Operates 86EF (Emergency Feeder Lockout Relay, see 2SA-17/A-04)

IF ACB-3 fails to trip 62-1/TD).

3 Manual Action 3.1 Check and record statalarms before resetting 3.2 Contact Keowee Operating personnel at ext. 3326 OR 3327 for information concerning alarm and unit availability.

3.3 Ensure operability verification performed per OP/0/A/1106/019 (Keowee Hydro At Oconee) for unaffected KHU.

BOOTH CUE: If asked, Unit 2 will perform the operability verification for the unaffected KHU (Underground).

If the crew does not request Unit 2 to perform the operability verification, call as the SM and notify the crew that Unit 2 will perform the operability verification for the unaffected KHU (Underground).

EXAMINER NOTE: The intent is for the CRS to determine Tech Specs associated with the Keowee 1 ELO and NOT for the crew to perform the operability verification for the unaffected KHU.

This event is complete when the SRO has referred to TS, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 8 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 2 Page 2 of 2 Event

Description:

Keowee Unit 1 Emergency Lockout Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Refer to Technical Specification 3.8.1, AC Sources - Operating Condition C: KHU or its required overhead power path inoperable due to SRO reasons other than Condition A.

Required Action:

C.1 Perform SR 3.8.1.3 for OPERABLE KHU. Within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> if not performed in previous 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />.

AND C.2.1 Restore the KHU and its required overhead power path to OPERABLE status. Within 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br />.

This event is complete when the SRO has referred to TS, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 9 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 3 Page 1 of 3 Event

Description:

1A Loop RCS Flow Fails Low Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant Response:

  • 1SA-02/A-3, RC Loop A flow Low.
  • 1SA-04/C-1, Quadrant Power Tilt (after a couple of minutes)

Crew Response:

OATC

  • When the Statalarms are received, the candidates should utilize the Plant BOP Transient Response (PTR) process to stabilize the plant, which should include:

OATC o ICS to HAND (Feedwater Masters and Diamond) o Inserting Control Rods as needed to control RCS pressure (Performed by the BOP) o Decreasing or re-ratioing feedwater to control Reactor power and (CT-1) delta Tcold (Performed by the OATC (CT-1)

SRO/OATC SRO may direct the OATC to perform the actions of the ARG for 1SA-02/A-3 statalarm, but probably will move directly from PTR to AP/28.

ARG for 1SA-02/A-3 3.1. Ensure reactor power is reduced below the flux to flow minus imbalance trip ratio.

3.2. Ensure feedwater demand re-ratios properly.

EXAMINER NOTE: This failure will cause FDW flow to re-ratio. IF the crew immediately recognizes it is an instrument failure and not an actual loss of flow they may choose to adjust FDW and therefore prevent high delta Tc from being established causing high Quadrant Power Tilt values.

SRO The SRO should direct a band for delta Tc of 0 +2 degrees as he establishes bands for parameters being manually controlled.

SRO directs performance of AP/1/A/1700/028, ICS Instrument Failures. (see next page)

This event is completed when at Step 6 (WHEN notified by SPOC...) of AP/28 Section 4E, or when directed by the lead examiner.

Page 10 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 3 Page 2 of 3 Event

Description:

1A Loop RCS Flow Fails Low Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/1/A/1700/028 Subsequent Actions SRO 4.1. Provide control bands as required.

SRO 4.2. Initiate notification of the following:

  • OSM to reference the following:

o OMP 1-14 (Notifications) o Emergency Plan

RNO: GO TO Step 4.5 EXAMINER NOTE: If power change was 5%, then step 4.4 will be performed. It depends on the speed of crew response to the failure.

4.4. Notify Rx Engineering and discuss the need for a maneuvering plan.

BOOTH RESPONSE: We will develop a maneuvering plan.

SRO/OATC/

4.5. Use the following, as necessary, to determine the applicable section BOP from table in Step 4.6:

  • OAC alarm video
  • OAC display points
  • Control Board indications
  • SPOC assistance, as needed 4.6. GO TO the applicable section per the following table:

Section Failure 4A RCS Temperature 4B Turbine Header Pressure 4C Controlling NI 4D Feedwater Loop Flow 4E RCS Flow This event is completed when at Step 6 (WHEN notified by SPOC...) of AP/28 Section 4E, or when directed by the lead examiner.

Page 11 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 3 Page 3 of 3 Event

Description:

1A Loop RCS Flow Fails Low Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/1/A/1700/028 SECTION 4E NOTE The following will occur when an ICS RCS flow loop signal fails:

ICS RUNBACK Controlling Tave swaps to RCS loop with higher flow Delta Tc station re-ratios loop feedwater flows SRO/OATC/ 1. Ensure the following in HAND:

BOP

  • 1A FDW MASTER
  • 1B FDW MASTER
2. Ensure DIAMOND in MANUAL.
3. Notify SPOC to perform the following:
  • Select a valid RCS flow input to ICS per AM/1/A/0326/020 (Control of Unit 1 Star Module Signal Selection Function).
  • Investigate and repair the failed RCS flow instrumentation.
4. PERFORM an instrumentation surveillance using applicable table in BOP Encl 5.2 (ICS Instrument Surveillances) for the failed instrument.

The RO will refer to Table 3 and determine that the surveillances cannot be met as written with the failed instrument and therefore the SRO would ensure that a surveillance evaluation is initiated.

(surveillance is required in Mode 1, Steady State Operation.

Steady State is defined as operation within a 4% (e.g. 88% - 92%

RTP) power band for > 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />).

BOP

5. Verify instrumentation surveillance in Encl 5.2 (ICS Instrument SRO Surveillances) was performed satisfactorily as written.

Inform the SRO that the surveillance cannot be met as written Determine that a Surveillance Evaluation should be initiated BOOTH CUE: If crew requests Unit 2 to perform the surveillance evaluation, respond that Unit 2 will perform surveillance evaluation.

6. WHEN notified by SPOC that a valid RCS flow input has been restored to ICS, THEN GO TO OP/1/A/1102/004 A Encl (Placing ICS Stations To Auto).

EXAMINER NOTE: ICS will remain in Manual for the remainder of the scenario.

This event is completed when at Step 6 (WHEN notified by SPOC...) of AP/28 Section 4E, or when directed by the lead examiner.

Page 12 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 4 Page 1 of 1 Event

Description:

HPSW Jockey Pump trips Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant Response:

  • OAC Alarm - O1D2146 (HPSW Jockey Pump) OFF
  • HPSW header pressure decreases due to Jockey Pump trip Crew Response:

BOP Refer to ARG 1SA-9/D-8 3.1 Verify automatic action until jockey pump is restarted.

3.2 IF there is NO evidence of breaker and/or pump motor problem, attempt to restart jockey pump one time. If restart is unsuccessful, notify Maintenance Department.

BOOTH CUE: If the crew dispatches an AO or SPOC to determine if a problem exists with HPSW Jockey Pump motor/breaker, as SPOC, use TIME COMPRESSION and inform the RO that no problem was found with the Jockey Pump motor or breaker.

The crew may refer to ARG 1SA-9/A-8 3.1 Verify proper jockey pump operation 3.2 Refer to SLC 16.9.8a 3.3 Verify HPSW pumps start (start manually if NOT already in operation per OP/0/A/1104/011) when preset levels in EWST are reached 3.4 IF both HPSW Pumps NOT available, Go To EP/1/A/1800/001 Enclosure 5.31 for method of back charging the HPSW system.

3.5 IF HPSW Header Pressure continues to decrease AND Elevated Storage Tank Level is NOT dropping; i.e., altitude valve stuck closed and jockey pump not providing adequate supply, manually start a HPSW Pump.

3.6 Refer to AP/1-2/A/1700/030 (Aux Building Flood) 3.7 Investigate and correct reason for excessive HPSW usage 3.8 Verify BASE and STANDBY HPSW Pumps stop at 80,000 gals 3.9 IF manually started, return HPSW Pumps when NO longer needed The crew may refer to the ARG for O1D2146 (HPSW Jockey Pump)

1) IF there is NO evidence of breaker and/or pump motor problem, THEN attempt to restart jockey pump one time. If restart is unsuccessful, contact SPOC.
2) Refer to OP/0/A/1104/011 (High Pressure Service Water)

This event is complete when the Jockey Pump has been restarted, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 13 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 5 Page 1 of 2 Event

Description:

Oil Leak on Main Turbine requires Manual Power Reduction Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior EXAMINER/BOOTH CUE: The booth will call the Control Room as WCC SRO and inform them that there is a large oil leak on the north end of the B LP turbine. There does not appear to be a way to isolate the leak without shutting down the oil system.

When asked, inform the Control Room that Unit 2 will handle the spill response.

The SRO will initiate AP/29 (Rapid Unit Shutdown) to direct power reduction AP/29 SRO/BOP 4.1 Initiate Encl 5.1 (Support Actions During Rapid Unit Shutdown) (page 16) 4.2 Announce AP entry using the PA system.

SRO/OATC 4.3 IAAT both of the following apply:

__ It is desired to stop power decrease.

__ CTP > 18%

THEN perform Steps 4.4 - 4.7 (Does NOT apply now)

RNO: GO TO Step 4.8 4.8 Verify ICS in AUTO (It is NOT in Auto)

RNO: 1. Initiate manual power reduction to desired power level.

OATC OATC reduces power by first reducing feedwater and then inserting control rods as necessary.

2. GO TO Step 4.10 4.10 Verify both Main FDW pumps running:

RNO: GO TO Step 4.13 NOTE

  • 1B Main FDW Pump is the preferred pump to be shutdown first.
  • To lower 1B Main FDW Pump suction flow, bias is adjusted counter-clockwise.
  • To lower 1A Main FDW Pump suction flow, bias is adjusted clockwise.

SRO/BOP 4.11 Adjust bias for first Main FDW pump desired to be shutdown (1B) until its suction flow is 1 X 106 lbm/hr less than remaining Main FDW pump suction flow.

This event is complete when Rx power has been reduced 10%, or as directed by the lead examiner.

Page 14 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 5 Page 2 of 2 Event

Description:

Oil Leak on Main Turbine requires Manual Power Reduction Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/29 (continued)

SRO/OATC 4.12 WHEN core thermal power is < 65% FP, THEN continue.

4.13 IAAT both Main FDW pumps running, AND both of the following exist:

__ 1B Main FDW Pump is first pump to be shut down.

__ Any of the following alarms actuate and remain in alarm:

  • FWP B FLOW MINIMUM (1SA-16/A-3)
  • FWP B FLOW BELOW MIN (1SA-16/A-4)

THEN trip 1B Main FDW Pump.

SRO/OATC/ 4.14 IAAT both Main FDW pumps running, AND both of the following exists:

BOP

__ 1A Main FDW pump is the first pump to be shut down

__ Any of the following alarms actuate and remain in alarm:

  • FWP A FLOW MINIMUM (1SA-16/A-1)
  • FWP A FLOW BELOW MIN (1SA-16/A-2)

THEN trip 1A Main FDW Pump (Does not Apply) 4.15 Verify Turbine-Generator shutdown is required.

4.16 Start the TURBINE TURNING GEAR OIL PUMP.

4.17 Start 1A through 1E TURBINE BRNG OIL LIFT PUMPS.

4.18 Start the TURBINE MOTOR SUCTION PUMP.

4.19 IAAT both of the following apply:

ICS in automatic NI power is 18%

THEN deselect MAXIMUM RUNBACK. (Does Not Apply) 4.20 Verify Turbine-Generator shutdown is required (it is required) 4.21 WHEN NI power <18% THEN depress turbine TRIP pushbutton This event is complete when Rx power has been reduced 10%, or as directed by the lead examiner.

Page 15 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 6 Page 1 of 3 Event

Description:

Swapping Unit Auxiliaries due to Oil Leak Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/29 Encl. 5.1 BOP 1. Notify WCC SRO to initiate Encl 5.2 (WCC SRO Support During Rapid Unit Shutdown).

2. Start the following pumps:
  • 1A FDWP SEAL INJECTION PUMP
  • 1A FDWP AUXILIARY OIL PUMP
  • 1B FDWP AUXILIARY OIL PUMP
  • 1B FDWP SEAL INJECTION PUMP
3. WHEN CTP is 80%, THEN continue.
4. Stop 1E1 HTR DRN PUMP.
5. Place 1HD-254 switch to OPEN.
6. Stop 1E2 HTR DRN PUMP.
7. Place 1HD-276 switch to OPEN.
8. Verify Turbine-Generator shutdown is required. (It is)
9. Place the following transfer switches to MAN:
  • 1TA AUTO/MAN
  • 1TB AUTO/MAN
10. Close 1TA SU 6.9 KV FDR.
11. Verify 1TA NORMAL 6.9 KV FDR opens.
12. Close 1TB SU 6.9 KV FDR.
13. Verify 1TB NORMAL 6.9 KV FDR opens.
14. Place the following transfer switches to MAN:
  • MFB1 AUTO/MAN
  • MFB2 AUTO/MAN
15. __ Close E11 MFB1 STARTUP FDR.
16. __ Verify N11 MFB1 NORMAL FDR opens.
17. __ Close E21 MFB2 STARTUP FDR.
18. __ Verify N21 MFB2 NORMAL FDR opens.

This event is complete when Unit Auxiliaries have been transferred, or as directed by the lead examiner.

Page 16 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 6 Page 2 of 3 Event

Description:

Swapping Unit Auxiliaries due to Oil Leak Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/29 Encl. 5.1 (cont.)

19. __ Notify CR SRO that Unit auxiliaries have been transferred.

BOP

20. IAAT 1SSH-9 is NOT closed, AND CTP is 75%,

THEN throttle 1SSH-9 to maintain Steam Seal Header pressure 2.5 - 4.5 psig.

21. WHEN CTP 65%,

THEN place the following in MANUAL and close:

__ 1FDW-53

__ 1FDW-65

22. IAAT load is < 550 MWe, THEN perform steps 23 - 24.

RNO: GO TO step 25.

23. Ensure the following are stopped:

__ 1A MSRH DRN PUMP

__ 1B MSRH DRN PUMP

24. Place the following in DUMP:

__ 1HD-37

__ 1HD-52

25. WHEN CTP < 60%, THEN ensure 1SSH-9 closed.
26. IAAT load < 450 MWe, THEN perform steps 27 - 30.

RNO: GO TO step 31.

27. Verify the 1C CBP operating.

RNO: 1. Ensure only one CBP operating.

2. GO TO step 29.
28. Stop the following:

__ 1A CBP

__ 1B CBP

29. Place the control switch for one shutdown CBP in AUTO.
30. Ensure CBP LOAD SHED DEFEAT switch is positioned to a running CBP.

This event is complete when Unit Auxiliaries have been transferred, or as directed by the lead examiner.

Page 17 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 6 Page 3 of 3 Event

Description:

Swapping Unit Auxiliaries due to Oil Leak Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/29 Encl. 5.1 (cont.)

31. WHEN < 400 MWe, THEN stop the following pumps:

BOP

__ 1D1 HTR DRN PUMP

__ 1D2 HTR DRN PUMP

32. WHEN < 325 MWe, THEN verify < two HWPs operating.

RNO: 1. Stop one HWP

2. Place the idle HWP control switch in AUTO.
3. Ensure HWP LOAD SHED DEFEAT switch is positioned to a running HWP.
33. WHEN < 225 MWe, THEN stop all but one HWP.
34. Place control switch for one idle HWP in AUTO.
35. Ensure HWP LOAD SHED DEFEAT switch positioned to a running HWP.
36. WHEN CTP DEMAND is < 20%, THEN close the following valves:

__ 1MS-76

__ 1MS-79

37. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this enclosure.

This event is complete when Unit Auxiliaries have been transferred, or as directed by the lead examiner.

Page 18 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 7 Page 1 of 16 Event

Description:

1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant response:

  • 1SA-1/A-1, B-1, C-1, D-1, RPS Channel Trip
  • 1SA-2/D-3, RC Press High/Low
  • Statalarm 1SA-02/A-9 (MS PRESS HIGH/LOW)
  • AFIS will fail to actuate Crew response:

SRO will direct each RO to perform a Symptoms Check (per OMP 1-18 SRO Attachment C).

OATC/BOP will perform a Symptoms Check (per OMP 1-18 Attachment C) and OATC/BOP determine that a MSLB has occurred in the 1A Steam Generator BOP performs Rule 5 (Main Steam Line Break) after receiving concurrence from the SRO (details begin on next page)

BOP will perform Rule 3 (page 22) as directed by Rule 5 and Enclosure 5.9 (page 23) as directed by Rule 3.

SRO refers to Parallel Actions page of the Subsequent Actions Tab and transfers to the Excessive Heat Transfer Tab SRO will direct an RO to initiate EOP Enclosure 5.1 (ES Actuation) (page 24)

The SRO will direct Excessive Heat Transfer Tab actions (page 28)

The SRO will direct an RO to make a PA announcement and notify the OSM to reference the Emergency Plan and AD-LS-ALL-0006 (Notification/Reportability Evaluation)

EXAMINER NOTE: The crew should manually actuate ES Channel 1 using the trip P/B on 1UB1 or returning ES Channel 1 to AUTO on 1UB2. If they do not, all auto actions will still occur due to DHPIAS actuation.

EXAMINER NOTE: Loss of SCM may occur during this event. If so, the RO not performing Rule 5 (EHT) will perform Rule 2 (page

31) and the SRO will transfer to the LOSCM Tab of the EOP (page 34).

This event is complete when the SRO reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 19 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 7 Page 2 of 16 Event

Description:

1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior EOP Rule 5 OATC/BOP 1. Perform on affected headers:

(CT- 2)

  • Initiate AFIS 1A SG Digital Channels 1 and 2 (CT- 2)
  • Select OFF for 1A MDEFDW Pump NOTE: Overcooling must be stopped prior to violating NDT limits.

NOTE: The critical task is to stop feeding the affected SG which occurs when AFIS is manually initiated

  • Trip both Main FDW pumps
2. Verify 1 TD EFDW PUMP operating.

RNO: IF MD EFDWP for the intact SG is operating, THEN GO TO Step 5.

5. Verify 1B SG is an affected SG.

RNO: GO TO Step 7

7. WHEN overcooling is stopped, THEN adjust steaming of unaffected SG to maintain CETCs constant using either:
  • Dispatch two operators to perform Encl 5.24 (Operation of ADVs)

CAUTION Thermal shock conditions may develop if HPI is NOT throttled and RCS pressure NOT controlled.

8. WHEN all exist:

__ Core SCM >0° F

__ Rx Pwr 1%

__ Pzr Level increasing, THEN continue

9. Verify ES HPI actuated
10. Place Diverse HPI in BYPASS This event is complete when the SRO reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 20 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 7 Page 3 of 16 Event

Description:

1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior EOP Rule 5 (continued)

11. Place ES CH 1 and ES CH 2 in MANUAL
12. Perform the following to stabilize RCS P/T:

(CT-3)

  • Throttle HPI (CT-3)
  • Reduce 1HP-120 setpoint to control > 100 (180 ACC)

OATC/BOP

  • Adjust steaming of unaffected SG (1B SG) to maintain CETCs constant
13. WHEN CETCs have stabilized, THEN resume use of TC for RCS temperature control
14. Ensure Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW) is in progress or complete (next page)

EXAMINER NOTE: Conditions should not meet either of the entry conditions for Rule 8 below.

NOTE This rule is invoked under either of the following conditions:

  • A cooldown below 400°F Tc at > 100 °F/hr has occurred.
  • HPI has injected through an open or throttled open 1HP-26, 27, 409, 410 with all RCPs OFF.
15. Ensure Rule 8 (Pressurized Thermal Shock (PTS)) is in progress or complete
16. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THENEXIT this rule This event is complete when the SRO reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 21 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 7 Page 4 of 16 Event

Description:

1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Examiner Note: Rule 7 guidance for SG levels is located on page 36.

OATC/BOP Crew Response:

EOP Rule 3

1. Verify loss of Main FDW/EFDW is due to Turbine Building Flooding RNO: GO TO Step 3
3. IAAT NO SGs can be fed with FDW (Main/CBP/Emergency/PSW),

AND any of the following exist:

  • RCS pressure reaches 2300 psig OR NDT limit
  • Pzr level reaches 375 [340 acc]

THEN PERFORM Rule 4 (Initiation of HPI Forced Cooling)

4. Start operable EFDW pumps, as required, to feed all intact SGs
5. Verify any EFDW pump operating.
6. GO TO Step 38
38. IAAT an EFDW valve CANNOT control in AUTO OR manual operation of EFDW valve is desired to control flow/level, THEN perform Steps 39 - 43.

RNO: GO TO step 44.

39. Place EFDW valve in MANUAL.

RNO: GO TO step 42.

40. Control EFDW flow with EFDW valve in MANUAL RNO: GO TO step 42.
41. GOTO Step 44
44. Verify any SCM 0°F RNO: IF overcooling or exceeding limits in Rule 7, THEN throttle EFDW as necessary.
45. IAAT Unit 1 EFDW is in operation, THEN initiate Encl 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation) (next page)
46. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this rule This event is complete when the SRO reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 22 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 7 Page 5 of 16 Event

Description:

1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Crew Response:

OATC/BOP EOP Enclosure 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation)

1. Monitor EFDW parameters on EFW graphic display
2. IAAT UST level is < 4, THEN GO TO Step 120
3. IAAT feeding both SGs with one MD EFDWP is desired, THEN perform Steps 4-7 RNO: GOTO Step 8
8. Perform as required to maintain UST level > 7.5

__ Makeup with demin water

__ Place CST pumps in AUTO

9. IAAT all exist:

__ Rapid cooldown NOT in progress

__ MD EFDWP operating for each available SG

__ EFDW flow in each header < 600 gpm THEN place 1 TD EFDW PUMP switch in PULL TO LOCK 10 Verify 1 TD EFDW PUMP operating RNO: GO TO Step 12 NOTE

  • Loss of the condensate system for 25 minutes results in cooling down to LPI using the ADVs. If NO HWPs are operating, continuing this enclosure to restore the condensate system is a priority unless the CR SRO deems EOP activities higher priority. The 25 minute criterion is satisfied when a HWP is started and 1C-10 is 10% open.
  • If the condensate system is operating, the remaining guidance establishes FDW recirc, monitors and maintains UST, and transfers EFDW suction to the hotwell if required.
12. Notify CR SRO to set priority based on the NOTE above and EOP activities The SRO should determine that continuing in Encl 5.9 is not a priority at this SRO time and direct the RO from the EHT Tab of the EOP.

This event is complete when the SRO reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 23 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 7 Page 6 of 16 Event

Description:

1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Crew Response:

EOP Enclosure 5.1 (ES Actuation)

OATC/BOP

1. Determine all ES channels that should have actuated based on RCS pressure and RB pressure.
  • RB 3 psig: Channels 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 & 6
  • RB 10 psig: Channels 7 & 8
2. Verify all ES channels associated with actuation setpoints have actuated.
3. IAAT additional ES actuation setpoints are exceeded, THEN perform Steps 1 - 2.
4. Place Diverse HPI in BYPASS
5. Place ES CH 1 and ES CH 2 in MANUAL
6. IAAT all exist:

__ Voter associated with ES channel is in OVERRIDE

__ An ES channel is manually actuated

__ Components on that channel require manipulation THEN depress RESET on the required channel

7. Verify Rule 2 in progress or complete.

RNO: GO TO Step 73

73. Open 1HP-24 and 1HP-25
74. Ensure at least two HPI pumps are operating
75. Verify 1HP-26 and 1HP-27 are open
76. IAAT at least two HPI pumps are operating, AND HPI flow in any header that has NOT been intentionally throttled is in the Unacceptable Region of Figure 1, THEN open the following in the affected header:

1A Header 1B Header 1HP-410 1HP-409

77. Verify any RCP operating
78. Open 1HP-20 and 1HP-21 This event is complete when the SRO reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 24 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 7 Page 7 of 16 Event

Description:

1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC/BOP EOP Enclosure 5.1 (ES Actuation) (continued)

79. IAAT any RCP is operating, AND ES Channels 5 and 6 actuate, THEN perform Steps 80 - 83.
80. Place ES CH 5 and ES CH 6 in MANUAL
81. Open:

__ 1CC-7

__ 1CC-8

__ 1LPSW-15

__ 1LPSW-6

82. Ensure only one CC pump operating
83. Ensure Standby CC pump in AUTO
84. IAAT ES Channels 3 & 4 are actuated, THEN GO TO Step 85
85. Place Diverse LPI in BYPASS
86. Place ES CH 3 and ES CH 4 in MANUAL CAUTION LPI pump damage may occur if operated in excess of 30 minutes against shutoff head
87. IAAT any LPI pump is operating against shutoff head, THEN at the CR SROs discretion, stop affected LPI pumps
88. IAAT RCS pressure is < LPI pump shutoff head, THEN perform Steps 89 -

90 RNO: GO TO Step 91

91. IAAT 1A and 1B LPI PUMPs are off/tripped, AND all of the following exists..

RNO: GO TO Step 94

94. IAAT 1A LPI PUMP fails while operating, AND 1B LPI PUMP is operating, THEN close 1LP-17
95. IAAT 1B LPI PUMP fails while operating, AND 1A LPI PUMP is operating, THEN close 1LP-18
96. Start A and B OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FANS
97. Notify Unit 3 to start 3A and 3B OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FANS This event is complete when the SRO reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 25 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 7 Page 8 of 16 Event

Description:

1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC/BOP EOP Enclosure 5.1 (ES Actuation) (continued)

98. Verify 1CF-1 and 1CF-2 are open
99. Verify 1HP-410 closed 100. Secure makeup to the LDST 101. Verify all ES channel 1-4 components are in the ES position 102. Verify Unit 2 turbine tripped RNO: GO TO Step 105 105. Close 1LPSW-139 106. Place 1LPSW-251 and 1LPSW-252 FAIL SWITCH in FAIL OPEN 107. Start all available LPSW pumps 108. Verify either:

__ Three LPSW pumps operating

__ Two LPSW pumps operating when TS only requires two operable 109. Open 1LPSW-4 and 1LPSW-5 110. IAAT BWST level 19, THEN initiate Encl 5.12 (ECCS Suction Swap to RBES)

RNO: 1. Display BWST level using OAC Turn-on code "SHOWDIG O1P1600".

2. Notify crew of BWST level IAAT step.

111. Dispatch an operator to perform Encl 5.2 (Placing RB Hydrogen Analyzers In Service) (PS) 112. Select DECAY HEAT LOW FLOW ALARM SELECT switch to ON 113. IAAT ES channels 5 & 6 have actuated, THEN perform Step 114 SRO 114. Verify all ES channel 5 & 6 components in the ES position RNO: Notify SRO to evaluate components NOT in ES position and initiate action to place in ES position if desired This event is complete when the SRO reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 26 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 7 Page 9 of 16 Event

Description:

1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC/BOP EOP Enclosure 5.1 (ES Actuation) (continued) 115. IAAT ES channels 7 & 8 have actuated, THEN perform Step 116 - 117.

RNO: GO TO Step 118.

118. Notify U2 CR SRO that SSF is inoperable due to OTS1-1 open.

119. Ensure any turnover sheet compensatory measures for ES actuation are complete as necessary.

120. IAAT conditions causing ES actuation have cleared, THEN initiate Encl 5.41 (ES Recovery).

121. WHEN CR SRO approves, THEN EXIT this enclosure.

This event is complete when the SRO reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 27 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 7 Page 10 of 16 Event

Description:

1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Crew Response: (EHT PAP actions):

SRO/OATC/

  • Announce plant conditions using PA system.

BOP

1. Verify any SG pressure < 550 psig
2. Ensure Rule 5 (Main Steam Line Break) in progress or complete
3. Place the following in HAND and decrease demand to zero on all affected SGs:
4. Close the following on all affected SGs:
5. Verify level in both SGs < 96% O.R.
6. IAAT core SCM is > 0°F, THEN perform Steps 7 and 8 (CT- 3) 7. Throttle HPI per Rule 6 (HPI) (CT- 3)

EXAMINER NOTE: HPI flow must be throttled and RCS temperature controlled to prevent a solid Pzr and subsequent operation of the PORV.

8. Verify letdown in service RNO: IF desired to restore letdown, THEN initiate Encl 5.5 (Pzr and LDST Level Control) (page 37)
9. Verify any SG has an intact secondary boundary (1B SG is intact)

NOTE: If only one SG is intact and has been isolated for SGTR, the following steps will unisolate and use it for heat removal.

10. Open the following on all intact SGs
11. Start MDEFDWP associated with all intact SGs (1B)
  • 1B MD EFDWP (already running)
12. Feed and steam all intact SGs to stabilize RCS P/T using either:
  • Dispatch two operators to perform Encl 5.24 (Operation of the ADVs
13. GO TO Step 32
32. Verify any:

__ HPI has operated in the injection mode while NO RCPs were operating

__ A cooldown below 400°F at > 100°F/hr has occurred RNO: GO TO Step 34 This event is complete when the SRO reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 28 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 7 Page 11 of 16 Event

Description:

1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior EOP Excessive Heat Transfer Tab (continued)

SRO/OATC/ 34. Verify 1MS-24 and 1MS-33 are closed BOP RNO: 1. IF an unaffected Unit 1 SG is available to supply aux steam, THEN:

A. Open aux steam supply from unaffected SG: (1MS-33)

B. Close aux steam supply from affected SG: (1MS-24)

C. GO TO Step 35

35. Open 1AS-8
36. Close 1SSH-9
37. Perform notifications:
  • Notify Chemistry to determine RCS boron concentration
  • Notify Secondary Chemistry to check for indications of SGTR
  • Notify RP to check for indications of a SGTR
38. IAAT RCS boron is determined to be insufficient for adequate SDM, THEN initiate Encl 5.11 (RCS Boration)
39. IAAT all exist:
  • ES Bypass Permit satisfied
  • All SCMs > 0°F
  • RCS pressure controllable THEN perform Steps 40 - 41 (Bypass applicable ES)

RNO: GO TO Step 42

42. Verify any SG is dry NOTE:

Minimizing SCM reduces tensile stress on the SG.

PORV should be used if Pzr spray is not available.

Procedure progression may continue when actions to minimize SCM are in progress.

43. Maintain minimum SCM using the following methods as necessary:

__ De-energize all Pzr heaters

__ Use Pzr spray

__ Throttle HPI to maintain Pzr level > 100 [180 acc]

__ Use PORV This event is complete when the SRO reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 29 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 7 Page 12 of 16 Event

Description:

1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior EOP Excessive Heat Transfer Tab (continued)

SRO/OATC/ 44. Verify any RCP operating BOP 45. Maintain RCP NPSH

  • OAC
  • Encl 5.18 (P/T Curves)

EXAMINER NOTE: SG tube to shell T is not approaching either limit so the crew enters Encl 5.16 and then immediately Exits.

46. Initiate Encl 5.16 (SG Tube-to-Shell T Control)
47. IAAT all exist:
  • <one RCP operating in any loop
  • All SCMs > 0°F
  • RCP available in an idle loop THEN initiate Encl 5.6 (RCP Restart) to start one RCP in each idle loop.
48. IAAT all exist:
  • RB pressure < 10 psig
49. IAAT Tcold approaches 470°F, AND all RCPs are operating, THEN ensure < four RCPs are operating.
50. IAAT BWST level is 19',

THEN initiate Encl 5.12 (ECCS Suction Swap to RBES).

51. Verify all SCMs > 0°F
52. Verify indications of SGTR 25 gpm.

RNO: GO TO Step 54

54. Verify required RCS makeup flow within normal makeup capability.
55. Verify either:
  • Any SG isolated
  • Any SG has an unisolable steam leak
56. GO TO FCD Tab This event is complete when the SRO reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 30 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 7 Page 13 of 16 Event

Description:

1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Rule 2

1. IAAT all exist:

SRO/OATC/

  • Rx power 1%
  • 2 minutes elapsed since loss of SCM THEN perform Steps 2 and 3
2. Stop all RCPs
3. Notify CRS of RCP status.
4. Verify Blackout exists.

RNO: GO TO Step 6

6. Open 1HP-24 and 1HP-25
7. Start all available HPI pumps
8. GO TO Step 13.
13. Open 1HP-26 and 1HP-27
14. Verify at least two HPI pumps are operating.
15. IAAT 2 HPI pumps operating, AND HPI flow in any header is in the unacceptable region of Figure 1, THEN perform Steps 16 - 21.

RNO: GO TO Step 17

17. IAAT flow limits are exceeded, THEN perform Steps 18-20 RNO: GO TO Step 21
21. Notify CRS of HPI status.
22. Verify RCS pressure > 550 psig
23. IAAT either exists:
  • Total LPI flow 3400 gpm
  • Flow is one LPI header 2900 gpm THEN GO TO Step 24 RNO: GO TO Step 35 This event is complete when the SRO reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 31 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 7 Page 14 of 16 Event

Description:

1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Rule 2 (continued)

35. IAAT TBVs are unavailable:

SRO/OATC/

  • Dispatch two operators to perform Encl 5.24 (Operation of ADVs)

BOP

  • Notify CRS that ADVs are being aligned for use.
36. Verify 1SA-2/C-8 (AFIS HEADER A INITIATED) lit.

RNO: Select OFF for both digital channels on AFIS HEADER A.

37. Verify 1SA-2/D-8 (AFIS HEADER B INITIATED) lit.

RNO: Select OFF for both digital channels on AFIS HEADER B.

38. Verify any EFDW pump operating.
39. Start MD EFDW pumps on all intact SGs (1B)
40. Verify any EFDW pump operating.
41. Verify both SGs intact.

RNO:

  • Establish 450 gpm flow to the intact SG
  • GO TO Step 43
43. Verify both MD EFDWPs operating.

RNO:

  • IF 1 TD EFDW PUMP is operating, or NO MFDW pumps operating, THEN GO TO Step 45
  • GO TO Step 47
45. Trip both Main FDW pumps.
46. Place FDW block valve switches in CLOSE:
  • 1FDW-40 This event is complete when the SRO reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 32 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 7 Page 15 of 16 Event

Description:

1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Rule 2 (continued)

NOTE SRO/OATC/

  • SG levels must continue to increase until the SG Level Control BOP Point is reached.
  • If Main FDW is feeding any SG, Rule 7 provides a different SG Level Control Point.
  • TS cooldown rates are 50°F/1/2 hr when Tcold > 270°F and 25°F/1/2 hr when Tcold < 270°F.
47. Begin feeding all intact SGs to the appropriate SG level control point in Rule 7.
48. IAAT SG level control point is reached, THEN maintain SG level control point by feeding and steaming as necessary.
49. Notify CRS of SG feed status.
50. IAAT SG pressure is > RCS pressure, THEN reduce SG pressure < RCS pressure using either:
  • Dispatch two operators to perform Encl 5.24 (Operation of ADVs)
51. Verify any Main FDW pump operating.

RNO: GO TO Step 58

58. Ensure Rule 3 is in progress or complete.
59. WHEN directed by CRS, THEN EXIT.

This event is complete when the SRO reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 33 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 7 Page 16 of 16 Event

Description:

1A MSLB inside RB & AFIS fails to actuate Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior LOSCM Tab SRO/OATC/ Parallel Actions Page:

BOP

  • Announce plant conditions using PA system.
1. Ensure Rule 2 (Loss of SCM) is in progress or complete.
2. Verify LOSCM caused by excessive heat transfer.
3. Verify EHT tab has been performed.

RNO: GO TO EHT tab. (Page 28)

This event is complete when the SRO reaches step 37 in the EHT Tab, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 34 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 RULE 6 HPI Pump Throttling Limits

  • HPI must be throttled to prevent violating the RV-P/T limit.
  • HPI pump operation must be limited to two HPIPs when only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open.
  • HPI must be throttled 475 gpm/pump (including seal injection for A header) when only one HPI pump is operating in a header.
  • Total HPI flow must be throttled 950 gpm including seal injection when 1A and 1B HPI pumps are operating with 1HP-409 open.
  • Total HPI flow must be throttled < 750 gpm when all the following exist:

- LPI suction is from the RBES

- piggyback is aligned

- either of the following exist:

  • only one LPI pump operating
  • HPI may be throttled under the following conditions:

HPI Forced Cooling in Progress: HPI Forced Cooling NOT in Progress:

All the following conditions must exist: All the following conditions must exist:

  • Core SCM > 0
  • All WR NIs 1%
  • Core SCM > 0
  • Pzr level increasing
  • CRS concurrence required if throttling following emergency boration HPI Pump Minimum Flow Limit
  • Maintain 170 gpm indicated/pump. This is an instrument error adjusted value that ensures a real value of 65 gpm/pump is maintained. HPI pump flow less than minimum is allowed for up to 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />.

Page 35 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Rule 7 guidance for SG levels during ACC conditions Table 4 SG Level Control Points NOTE Flow may be throttled as necessary to control cooldown during the approach to the SG Level Control Point.

Plant Condition Main FDW Pump EFDW Pump SSF ASW Pump or PSW Pump 25 - 35 30 [60 acc] XSUR (use All SCMs > 0°F

[55 - 65 acc] MFDW setpoint if feeding 30 [60 acc] XSUR AND any RCP on S/U level via S/U CVs) 240 [270 acc] XSUR (use All SCMs > 0°F 50% [50% acc] Operating MFDW setpoint if feeding 240 [270 acc] XSUR AND all RCPs off Range via S/U CVs)

LOSCM setpoint LOSCM setpoint (Band: +0/-5) (Band: +0/-5)

Any SCM = 0°F 95% [95% acc] Operating (Turn-on code "EFW" (Turn-on code "EFW" AND NO SSF Event* Range or or Per Table 5) Per Table 5)

Any SCM = 0°F AND SSF Event* N/A 240 [270 acc] XSUR Per AP/25 Any SCM = 0°F AND SSF Event AND feeding with PSW N/A N/A Per PSW Enclosure LOSCM setpoint LOSCM setpoint (Band: +0/-5)

(Band: +0/-5) (Turn-on code "EFW" Superheated with CETCs 95% [95% acc] Operating (Turn-on code "EFW" or 1200°F Range or Per Table 5)

Per Table 5)

Superheated with CETCs > Per Encl 5.15 Per Encl 5.15 Per Encl 5.15 1200°F (ICC Full Range SG Level) (ICC Full Range SG Level) (ICC Full Range SG Level)

SSF Event* - SSF activated per AP/25 with SSF RC Makeup required.

Page 36 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 EXAMINER NOTE At any time during this scenario the operator may choose to use Enclosure 5.5 to maintain RCS inventory control. See excerpt below.

ENCLOSURE 5.5 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE Maintaining Pzr level >100 [180 acc] will ensure Pzr heater bundles remain covered.

1. Utilize the following as necessary to maintain __ IF 1HP-26 will NOT open, desired Pzr level: THEN throttle 1HP-410 to maintain
  • 1A HPI Pump desired Pzr level.
2. IAAT makeup to the LDST is desired, THEN makeup from 1A BHUT.
3. IAAT it is desired to secure makeup to LDST, THEN secure makeup from 1A BHUT.
4. IAAT it is desired to bleed letdown flow to 1A BHUT, THEN perform the following:

A. Open:

__ 1CS-26

__ 1CS-41 B. Position 1HP-14 to BLEED.

C. Notify SRO.

5. IAAT letdown bleed is NO longer desired, THEN position 1HP-14 to NORMAL.

Page 37 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 2 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

6. IAAT 1C HPI PUMP is required, __ GO TO Step 10.

THEN perform Steps 7 - 9.

7. Open: 1. __ IF both BWST suction valves

B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.

C. Open:

__ 1LP-15

__ 1LP-16

__ 1LP-9

__ 1LP-10

__ 1LP-6

__ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.

E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A-1-119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end).

F. __ GO TO Step 8.

2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, THEN perform the following:

A. __ IF three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.

B. __ IF < 2 HPI pumps are operating, THEN start HPI pumps to obtain two HPI pump operation, preferably in opposite headers.

C. __ GO TO Step 9.

Page 38 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 3 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

8. Start 1C HPI PUMP. __ IF at least two HPI pumps are operating, THEN throttle 1HP-409 to maintain desired Pzr level.
9. Throttle the following as required to 1. __ IF at least two HPI pumps are operating, maintain desired Pzr level: AND 1HP-26 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP-410 to maintain
2. __ IF 1A HPI PUMP and 1B HPI PUMP are operating, AND 1HP-27 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP-409 to maintain desired Pzr level.

Page 39 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 4 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

10. IAAT LDST level CANNOT be maintained, __ GO TO Step 132.

THEN perform Step 11.

11. Perform the following: 1. __ IF both BWST suction valves

A. __ Start 1A LPI PUMP.

B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.

C. Open:

__ 1LP-15

__ 1LP-16

__ 1LP-9

__ 1LP-10

__ 1LP-6

__ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.

E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A-1-119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end).

F. __ GO TO Step 13.

2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, AND three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.

NOTE Maintaining Pzr level >100 [180 acc] will ensure Pzr heater bundles remain covered.

12. Operate PZR heaters as required to maintain heater bundle integrity.

Page 40 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 5 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

13. IAAT additional makeup flow to LDST is desired, AND 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP is operating, THEN dispatch an operator to close 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) (A-1-107, Unit 1 RC Bleed Transfer Pump Rm.).
14. IAAT two Letdown Filters are desired, THEN perform the following:
15. IAAT all of the following exist: __ GO TO Step 35.
  • Letdown isolated
  • Letdown restoration desired THEN perform Steps 16 - 34. {41}
16. Open: 1. __ Notify CR SRO that letdown CANNOT be
  • 1CC-7 restored due to inability to restart the CC
2. __ GO TO Step 35.
17. Ensure only one CC pump running.
18. Place the non-running CC pump in AUTO.
19. Verify both are open: 1. __ IF 1HP-1 is closed due to 1HP-3 failing to
  • 1HP-2 THEN GO TO Step 21.
2. __ IF 1HP-2 is closed due to 1HP-4 failing to close, THEN GO TO Step 21.
20. GO TO Step 23.

NOTE Verification of leakage requires visual observation of East Penetration Room.

21. Verify letdown line leak in East Penetration __ GO TO Step 23.

Room has occurred.

22. GO TO Step 35.

Page 41 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 6 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

23. Monitor for unexpected conditions while restoring letdown.
24. Verify both letdown coolers to be placed in 1. __ IF 1A letdown cooler is to be placed in service. service, THEN open:

__1HP-1

__1HP-3

2. __ IF 1B letdown cooler is to be placed in service, THEN open:

__1HP-2

__1HP-4

3. __ GO TO Step 26.
25. Open:
26. Verify at least one letdown cooler is aligned. Perform the following:

A. __ Notify CR SRO of problem.

B. __ GO TO Step 35.

27. Close 1HP-6.
28. Close 1HP-7.
29. Verify letdown temperature < 125°F. 1. __ Open 1HP-13.
2. Close:

__1HP-8

__1HP-9&11

3. __ IF any deborating IX is in service, THEN perform the following:

A. __Select 1HP-14 to NORMAL.

B. __Close 1HP-16.

4. __ Select LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch to BYPASS.

Page 42 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 7 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

30. Open 1HP-5.
31. Adjust 1HP-7 for 20 gpm letdown.
32. WHEN letdown temperature is < 125°F, THEN place LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch to NORMAL.
33. Open 1HP-6.
34. Adjust 1HP-7 to control desired letdown flow.

NOTE AP/32 (Loss of Letdown) provides direction to cool down the RCS to offset increasing pressurizer level.

35. IAAT it is determined that letdown is unavailable due to equipment failures or letdown system leakage, THEN notify CR SRO to initiate AP/32 (Loss of Letdown).
36. IAAT > 1 HPI pump is operating, AND additional HPI pumps are NO longer needed, THEN perform the following:

A. Obtain SRO concurrence to reduce running HPI pumps.

B. Secure the desired HPI pumps.

C. Place secured HPI pump switch in AUTO, if desired.

37. IAAT all the following conditions exist:
  • Makeup from BWST NOT required
  • LDST level > 55
  • Cooldown Plateau NOT being used THEN close:

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 8 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

38. Verify 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) has been __ GO TO Step 40.

closed to provide additional makeup flow to LDST.

39. WHEN 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) is NO longer needed to provide additional makeup flow to LDST, THEN perform the following:

A. Stop 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP.

B. Locally position 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) one turn open (A-1-107, Unit 1 RC Bleed Transfer Pump Rm.).

C. Close 1CS-46.

D. Start 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP.

E. Locally throttle 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) to obtain 90 - 110 psig discharge pressure.

F. Stop 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP.

40. Verify two Letdown Filters in service, __ GO TO Step 42.

AND only one Letdown filter is desired.

41. Perform one of the following:
42. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this enclosure.
  • *
  • END
  • Page 44 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 AP/39 (Unintentional Boration)

CAUTION Do NOT add demin water to counter the boration until RCS boron concentration stabilizes to prevent a positive reactivity event.

4.1 __ Announce AP entry using PA system.

4.2 __ IAAT CTP < 6%,

THEN perform the following:

A. __ Trip the Rx.

B. __ GO TO Unit 1 EOP.

4.3 __ IAAT all the following exist:

__ ICS is in Automatic

__ Control rods approach upper limit of desired operating band THEN perform the following:

A. __ Establish desired shutdown rate.

B. __ Decrease CTP demand setpoint, as necessary.

C. __ Adjust shutdown rate, as necessary, to maintain control rods within the desired band.

4.4 __ IAAT all the following exist:

__ ICS is in Manual

__ Tave is outside the control band THEN manually adjust FDW, as necessary, to maintain Tave within the control band until both SGs are on Low Level Limits.

4.5 __ IAAT a power decrease is initiated, THEN initiate Encl 5.1 (Unit Shutdown Support Actions).

4.6 __ Take action to identify and terminate the boration, as necessary.

4.7 __ Verify the source of the boration has been identified and terminated.

RNO: __ GO TO Step 4.12.

4.8 __ Notify Chemistry to sample/analyze the following for boron concentration, as frequently as possible, until RCS boron concentration stabilizes:

  • LDST 4.9 __ Evaluate NI operability in accordance with OP/1/A/1102/004 (Operation At Power) Limits and Precautions.

Page 45 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 NOTE Due to the power decrease initiated in this AP, the current plant configuration must be compared to the normal plant configuration in OP/1/A/1102/004 (Operation at Power) power reduction enclosure and/or OP/1/A/1102/010 (Controlling Procedure For Unit Shutdown), as appropriate. Equivalent steps performed by this AP should be signed off as intent met. Any steps NOT performed by this AP must be evaluated by the SRO in preparation for power increase or continued shutdown.

4.10 Initiate the following procedures, as appropriate based on plant conditions:

__ OP/1/A/1102/004 (Operation at Power) power reduction enclosure.

__ OP/1/A/1102/010 (Controlling Procedure For Unit Shutdown) Encl (SD To Mode 3 Following Rx Trip Or Rapid SD).

4.11 __ WHEN the plant is stable, THEN perform the following:

A. __ Develop a Power Maneuver plan, as necessary.

B. __ EXIT this procedure.

Page 46 of 48

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 CRITICAL TASKS

1. CT-1 Stabilize following instrument failure Adjust feedwater such that a Reactor Trip does not occur as a result of the instrument failure.
2. CT-2 (BWOG CT-17) Isolate Overcooling SG(s)

Manual actuation of AFIS must occur within 10 minutes of the Main Steam Line Break.

3. CT-3 (BWOG CT-5) Throttle HPI Control HPI following the MSLB such that RV P-T limits are not exceeded Page 47 of 48

SAFETY: Take a Minute UNIT 0 (SM)

SSF Operable: Yes KHU's Operable: U1 - OH, U2 - UG LCTs Operable: 2 Fuel Handling: No (Unit 2 Only)

UNIT STATUS (CRS)

Unit 1 Simulator Other Units Mode: 1 Unit 2 Unit 3 Reactor Power: 50% Mode: 1 Mode: 5 Gross MWE: 450 100% Power N/A RCS Leakage: 0.00 gpm EFDW Backup: Yes EFDW Backup: No RBNS Rate: 0.01 gpm Technical Specifications/SLC Items (CRS)

Component/Train OOS Restoration TS/SLC #

Date/Time Required Date/Time SSF 2 days ago / 0400 5 days / 0400 3.10.1 A,B,C,D,E Shift Turnover Items (CRS)

Primary

  • Holding power at 50% per the dispatcher.

Secondary

  • 1MS-82 and 1MS-84 closed in support of maintenance. TDEFWP supply from AS only.

Reactivity Management (CRS)

RCS Boron: 82 ppmB Gp 7 Rod Position: 45%

Human Performance Emphasis (SM)

Procedure Use and Adherence

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES D-1 ILT47 Facility: Oconee Scenario No.: 3 Op-Test No.: 1 Examiners: ________________________ Operators: ________________________SRO

________________________ ________________________OATC

________________________ ________________________BOP Initial Conditions:

  • Reactor power is 3.5% CTP Turnover:
  • RCS boration from CBAST (~75 gallons)

Event Malfunction Event Event Type* Description No. No.

0b Override Standby LPSW Pump auto start disabled 1 R: OATC, SRO RCS Boration From CBAST (75 gal) 2 MPS090 C: OATC, SRO 1HP-120 fails closed C: BOP, SRO 3 Updater A LPSW Pump trips and C LPSW Pump fails to start (TS)

C: BOP, SRO 4 MSS470 1C RBCU Cooler Rupture (TS)

C, BOP, SRO 5 MSS200 Vacuum Leak on 1B FDW Pumping Trap Sight Glass (TS) 6 MCR061 C: OATC, SRO Continuous Control Rod Withdrawal SBLOCA 7 MPS400 M: All

  • 1A MD EFDW Pump trips (after TD in Pull to Lock)
  • (N)ormal, (R)eactivity, (I)nstrument, (C)omponent, (M)ajor

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 1 Page 1 of 5 Event

Description:

RCS Boration from CBAST in Automatic Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior OP/1/A/1103/004A, Encl 4.1 (RCS Boration From CBAST With CBAST Pump)

During this activity, the BOP will be performing Peer Checks as required BOP and responding to direction from the SRO when needed.

NOTE:

  • OP/1/A/1103/004 (Soluble Poison Control) provides guidance for RCS boron change calculation or computer calculation for determining required volumes. (R.M.)
  • LDST temperature may increase from adding CBAST because of CBAST temperature.
  • 50 gal flush must be performed to ensure calculated volume of CBAST is added.
  • Main process piping between CBAST and LDST contains 25 gallons of DW. {16}
  • If RCS boration is for a Forced Outage, targeted boron should not exceed 200 ppm above the required SDM to prevent excessive RCS boration.

The 200 ppm above required SDM will borate the Pressurizer to the required SDM since the Pressurizer usually lags the RCS by approximately 200 ppm.

Section 2: Procedure OATC 2.1 Determine required volume of CBAST needed for desired RCS boron changes. (R.M.)

  • 50 gal of DW added due to flushing must be included in determination
  • Volume required ____________gallons.

2.2 CBAST required volume approved (SRO). (R.M.)

NOTE:

Placing an idle Letdown Filter in service can change RCS boron by adding 60 gals of water to RCS at different boron (negligible for RCS boration). (R.M.)

2.3 IF two Letdown Filters are available, perform the following:

  • Ensure open 1HP-17 (1A LETDOWN FILTER INLET)
  • Ensure open 1HP-18 (1B LETDOWN FILTER INLET) 2.4 Ensure open 1CS-64 (CBAST OUTLET).

2.5 Open 1CS-72 (CBAST Header to Letdown Filter Inlet). (A-2 LDST Hatch area)

This event is complete when the 50 gallon piping flush is complete or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 2 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 1 Page 2 of 5 Event

Description:

RCS Boration from CBAST in Automatic Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC OP/1/A/1103/004A, Encl 4.1 (continued) 2.6 Ensure 1HP-15 Controller reset for Normal Operations.

2.7 WHILE RCS boration in progress, monitor the following indication: {19}

  • Appropriate Range NIs
  • Primary Tank Levels
  • CRD position (if applicable)
  • Neutron error (if applicable)

NOTE:

If RCS Boration is being performed during a unit shutdown, CBAST pump should NOT be started until directed by OP/1/A/1102/010 (Controlling Procedure For Unit Shutdown).

2.8 IF desired, operate the 1A CBAST pump in manual per Section 3 (Make-Up With 1A CBAST Pump In Manual).

NOTE:

If a Deborating IX is in service the CBAST pump must be operated in manual.

2.9 IF desired, operate the 1A CBAST pump in auto per Section 4 (Make-Up With 1A CBAST Pump In Auto) (Page 5)

NOTE:

50 gal flush must be performed to ensure calculated volume of CBAST is added. (R.M.)

2.10 Perform piping flush per Section 6 (Piping Flush From CBAST)(page 6).

2.11 IF a Deborating IX is NOT in service, verify closed 1HP-16 (LDST MAKEUP ISOLATION) (R.M.)

NOTE:

If during RCS makeup the wrong volume is added an SRO should evaluate the effect on reactivity and take action to minimize reactivity management events.

(R.M.)

2.12 Perform one of the following: (R.M.)

  • Verify correct volume added
  • Notify appropriate SRO This event is complete when the 50 gallon piping flush is complete or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 3 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 1 Page 3 of 5 Event

Description:

RCS Boration from CBAST in Automatic Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC OP/1/A/1103/004A, Encl 4.1 (continued) 2.13 Ensure 1HP-15 Controller reset for Normal Operation 2.14 IF "Continuous Boron Dilution Bypass Keyswitch" was bypassed, place "Continuous Boron Dilution Bypass Keyswitch" to "Normal" (Cable Rm).

(Continue) 2.15 Close 1CS-72 (CBAST to Letdown Filter Inlet). (A-2 LDST Hatch area) (R.M.)

2.16 Record RCS make-up volume in Auto Log.

2.17 IF desired, request RCS and Pzr sample for boron. (R.M.)

Person Notified Date NOTE:

1B Letdown Filter is the preferred filter to leave in service for ALARA.

BOOTH CUE: If asked, inform the candidate it is not desired to remove one letdown filter from service.

2.18 IF desired, remove one Letdown Filter from service by performing the following:

2.18.1 Verify > 10 minutes since RCS makeup was secured. {7} (R.M.)

2.18.2 Position one of the following:

  • 1HP-17 (1A LETDOWN FILTER INLET) switch to "CLOSE"
  • 1HP-18 (1B LETDOWN FILTER INLET) switch to "CLOSE" 2.18.3 Record current RCS boron in Component Boron Log for OOS Letdown Filter. {10} (R.M.)

This event is complete when the 50 gallon piping flush is complete or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 4 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 1 Page 4 of 5 Event

Description:

RCS Boration from CBAST in Automatic Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC OP/1/A/1103/004A, Encl 4.1 (continued)

Section 4. Make-Up With 1A CBAST Pump In Auto NOTE: If a Deborating IX is in service the CBAST pump should be operated in manual.

4.1 Verify a Deborating IX is NOT in service.

4.2 Verify open 1CS-64 (CBAST OUTLET).

NOTE: If "BLEED" is required, use enclosure for reducing RCS inventory in OP/1/A/1103/004(Soluble Poison Control).

4.3 Perform one of the following:

  • IF "BLEED" NOT required for makeup, open 1HP-16
  • IF "BLEED" required during makeup AND 1SA-2/D-10 (CRD Continuous Boron Dilute Inhibit) in alarm, perform one of the following:

o Open 1HP-16 (LDST Makeup Isolation) (Waste Disposal Panel) o Perform the following:

A. Place "Continuous Boron Dilution Bypass Key switch" to "Bypass" (Cable Rm)

B. Ensure open 1HP-16 (LDST MAKEUP ISOLATION) 4.4 Select "S" on 1HP-15 Controller and enter batch size. (75 gal.)

4.5 Select "P" on 1HP-15 Controller.

4.6 Place 1A CBAST pump to "AUTO".

NOTE: LDST temperature may increase from adding CBAST because of CBAST temperature.

4.7 Place 1A CBAST pump to "ON".

NOTE: Increased makeup flow may be required during RCS boration, ZPPT, etc.

4.8 IF AT ANY TIME increased makeup flow is required, perform Section 5 (Throttling 1CS-70 For Increased Make-up Flow).

NOTE: CBAST should NOT be pumped < 6" using 1A CBAST pump.

4.9 WHEN desired volume is added, ensure 1A CBAST pump off.

4.10 Place 1A CBAST pump to "MAN".

4.11 Ensure 1HP-15 Controller reset for Normal Operations.

4.12 Close 1HP-16 (LDST MAKEUP ISOLATION).

4.13 WHEN desired return to next step in Section 2 (Procedure).

This event is complete when the 50 gallon piping flush is complete or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 5 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 1 Page 5 of 5 Event

Description:

RCS Boration from CBAST in Automatic Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC OP/1/A/1103/004A, Encl 4.1 (continued)

Section 6. Piping Flush from CBAST NOTE:

Flush prevents boron from crystallizing in piping if heat tracing fails.

50 gal flush must be performed to ensure calculated volume of CBAST is added. (R.M.)

Failure to properly position valves could affect CBAST boron. (R.M.)

6.1 After CBAST make-up flush header:

6.1.1 Ensure 1A CBAST pump is "OFF".

6.1.2 Ensure DW make-up stopped to all units UST(s) (ensures adequate DW pressure).

6.1.3 Close 1CS-64 (CBAST OUTLET). (R.M.)

6.1.4 Ensure closed 1CS-70 (CBAST Recirc). (Unit 1 CBAST Rm)

(R.M.)

6.1.5 Ensure open 1HP-16 (LDST MAKEUP ISOLATION).

6.1.6 Throttle 1DW-87 (DW To 1A CBAST Pump Suction) to establish flow. (Unit 1 CBAST Rm) 6.1.7 Flush 50 gallons. (R.M.)

6.1.8 Close 1DW-87 (DW To 1A CBAST Pump Suction). (Unit 1 CBAST Rm) (R.M.)

6.1.9 Open 1CS-70 (CBAST Recirc). (Unit 1 CBAST Rm) (R.M.)

6.1.10 Open 1CS-64 (CBAST OUTLET).

6.1.11 IF a Deborating IX is NOT in service, close 1HP-16 (LDST MAKEUP ISOLATION). (R.M.)

6.2 IF make-up from CBAST is no longer needed, continue with Step 2.11 for normal alignment (page 3).

This event is complete when the 50 gallon piping flush is complete or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 6 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 2 Page 1 of 4 Event

Description:

1HP-120 fails closed Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior BOOTH CUE: Call as the WCC SRO and read the following to the BOP:

"Report 1CA Battery voltage reading from the meter on the back side of the Electrical Board. This is a follow up to meter calibration".

Plant Response:

  • RCS makeup flow goes to 8 - 10 gpm (HPI Warming Flow)
  • PZR level begins to decrease
  • LDST level begins to increase
  • Valve position demand for 1HP-120 begins to increase to the 100%

demand value and valve position indication will indicate closed (green light)

  • 1SA-02/ B-1, HP LETDOWN TANK LEVEL HIGH/LOW, will illuminate after several minute time delay SRO/OATC Crew Response:

EXAMINER NOTE: If the 1HP-120 failure is recognized before the LDST statalarm actuates, the SRO will make a direct entry into AP/14 (next page). Otherwise they may perform the ARG and OP below and enter AP/14 when the SRO determines the entry conditions are met The crew may refer to ARG 1SA-02/B-1, HP LETDOWN TANK LEVEL HIGH/LOW and perform the required actions.

3.1 Instrument Failed:

3.1.1 Compare alternate channels to verify alarm validity:

  • O1A1042 LDST LEVEL 1
  • O1A1043 LDST LEVEL 2 3.2 Verify LDST pressure does not exceed LDST level/pressure operability requirement per OP/0/A/1108/001 (Curves and General Information).

3.3 IF High Level alarm is received:

3.3.1 Bleed as required by OP/1/A/1103/004 (Soluble Poison Concentration Control).

This event is complete when normal HPI makeup and letdown flow have been restored, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 7 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 2 Page 2 of 4 Event

Description:

1HP-120 fails closed Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior EXAMINER NOTE: The crew may perform Enclosure 4.8 as necessary to reduce inventory. Enclosure 4.6 is performed to makeup/batch.

OP/1/A/1103/004, Soluble Poison Concentration Control (Enclosure 4.8 SRO/OATC Reducing RCS Inventory) 2.1 Verify HPI System operating.

2.2 Ensure open 1CS-26 (LETDOWN TO RC BHUT).

2.3 Ensure open 1CS-41 (1A RC BHUT INLET).

2.4 Position 1HP-14 (LDST BYPASS) to BLEED.

2.5 WHEN desired LDST level achieved, position 1HP-14 to NORMAL.

EXAMINER NOTE: The crew may initiate EOP Encl 5.5 for RCS inventory control due LDST level increase (page 28)

Crew Response:

AP/1/A/1700/014, Loss of Normal Makeup and/or RCP Seal Injection 3.1 IAAT RCP seal injection flow is lost, AND Component Cooling is lost, THEN perform the following:

A. Trip the Rx B. Stop all RCPs C. Initiate AP/25 (SSF EOP) 3.2 IAAT loss of suction to operating HPI pumps is indicated:

  • Motor amps low or cycling
  • Discharge pressure low or cycling
  • Abnormal LDST level trend THEN GO TO Step 3.3 RNO: GO TO Step 4.7 4.7 Announce AP entry using PA System 4.8 Verify any HPI pump operating This event is complete when normal HPI makeup and letdown flow have been restored, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 8 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 2 Page 3 of 4 Event

Description:

1HP-120 fails closed Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/1/A/1700/014, Loss of Normal Makeup and/or Seal Injection (Continued)

SRO/OATC/ 4.9 Verify RCP seal injection or HPI makeup line leak indicated by any of the BOP following:

  • Report of line leak
  • Abnormal LDST level decrease
  • RB RIAs in alarm
  • Abnormal RBNS level increase
  • Abnormal LAWT or HAWT level increase RNO: GO TO Step 4.11 4.11 Verify RCP seal injection flow exists to any RCP 4.12 Verify 1HP-120 operable in AUTO RNO: 1. Attempt to operate 1HP-120 in HAND (Will NOT operate)
2. IF 1HP-120 fails to operate, THEN GO TO Step 4.176 4.176 Perform the following as necessary to maintain Pzr level > 200
  • Throttle 1HP-26 4.177 Place 1HP-120 in HAND and close This event is complete when normal HPI makeup and letdown flow have been restored, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 9 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 2 Page 4 of 4 Event

Description:

1HP-120 fails closed Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/1/A/1700/014, Loss of Normal Makeup and/or Seal Injection SRO/OATC/ (Continued)

BOP 4.178 Notify SPOC to investigate and repair 1HP-120 BOOTH CUE: FIRE TIMER 13 to remove 1HP-120 failure, then call the CR and inform them that 1HP-120 has been repaired.

4.179 WHEN 1HP-120 is repaired, THEN slowly re-establish flow through 1HP-120 4.180 Place 1HP-120 in AUTO.

4.181 Close 1HP-26.

4.182 Verify 1HP-122 (RC VOLUMECONTROL BYPASS) throttled.

RNO: GO TO Step 4.184 4.184 Verify 1HP-5 open.

4.185 Verify 1HP-6 open.

RNO: 1. Throttle 1HP-7 for 20 gpm letdown flow.

2. Open 1HP-6.

4.186 Adjust 1HP-7 for desired letdown 4.187 WHEN conditions permit, THEN EXIT this procedure.

This event is complete when normal HPI makeup and letdown flow have been restored, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 10 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 3 Page 1 of 3 Event

Description:

A LPSW Pump trips and C LPSW Pump fails to start Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant response:

Statalarm:

OAC Alarm:

  • LPSW Header A/B Pressure Low SRO/BOP Crew response:
  • Refer to OAC alarm response
1. Refer to AP/24 (Loss of LPSW)
2. Notify engineering
3. Refer to TS 3.7.7
  • Refer to ARG for 1SA-9/A-9 (LPSW Header A Press Low) 3.1 Refer to AP/1/A/1700/024 (Loss of LPSW) 3.2 Have Unit 2 refer to AP/2/A/1700/024 (Loss of LPSW).

BOOTH CUE: If notified to refer to AP/2/A/1700/024, inform operator that AP/2/A/1700/024 will be referenced.

AP/1/A/1700/024 (Loss of LPSW) steps begin on next page.

This event is complete when the SRO has referred to TS, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 11 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 3 Page 2 of 3 Event

Description:

A LPSW Pump trips and C LPSW Pump fails to start Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP AP/1/A/1700/024 (Loss of LPSW)

NOTE Unit 1 normally handles LPSW System operation unless otherwise directed by the CRS 4.1 Verify Unit 1 is going to handle LPSW system operations.

4.2 IAAT any LPSW pump is cavitating, THEN perform Steps 4.3 - 4.4 RNO: GOTO Step 4.5 4.5 Verify LPSW pressure 70 psig 4.6 Ensure Unit 1/2 Standby LPSW Pump Auto Start Circuit in Disable 4.7 IAAT a non-operating LPSW Pump is available and pump start is desired, then start the available pump (C LPSW Pump will start).

4.8 IAAT LPSW to all RBCUs has been isolated, AND LPSW header pressure is > 25 psig, THEN perform Step 4.9 RNO: GO TO Step 4.10 4.10 Verify normal LPSW System operation is restored.

NOTE

  • 1LPSW-1054, 1055, 1061, and 1062 will close to isolate RB Auxiliary Coolers on low LPSW pressure.
  • If RB Auxiliary Coolers are aligned for outage cooling with the portable chiller, sliding links have been positioned such that 1LPSW-1054, 1055, 1061, and 1062 will NOT close.

4.11 Verify that RB Auxiliary Coolers have isolated:

  • 1LPSW-1062 closed RNO:GO TO Step 4.14 4.14 EXIT this procedure This event is complete when the SRO has referred to TS, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 12 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 3 Page 3 of 3 Event

Description:

A LPSW Pump trips and C LPSW Pump fails to start Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO The SRO should refer to TS:

TS 3.7.7 (Low Pressure Service Water System) o Condition A applies. Restore required LPSW pump to operable status. 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> completion time.

o Condition B applies due to LPSW Leakage Accumulator Level Alarm. Restore in 7 days (exit TS Condition when the alarm clears).

TS 3.3.28 (LPSW pump Auto-Start Circuitry) Condition A. Restore Auto-Start Circuitry to operable. 7 day completion time.

This event is complete when the SRO has referred to TS, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 13 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No 3 Event No.: 4 Page 1 of 2 Event

Description:

1C RBCU Cooler Rupture Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant Response:

  • RB normal sump level will increase
  • 1C RBCU LPSW flow indicator indicates low on 1VB2 Crew Response:

ARG for 1SA-9/D-9 (Manual Actions) 3.1 Verify alarm is valid by checking RBCU 1C Inlet Flow and RBCU 1C delta flow.

SRO/BOP 3.2 Verify 1LPSW-24 (RBCU 1C Outlet) throttled 3.3 Verify adequate LPSW flow is available; check LPSW pump operation 3.3.1 Verify 1LPSW-22 (1C RBCU INLET) is open.

3.3.2 IF 1LPSW-22 (1C RBCU INLET) is NOT open, refer to Technical Specifications and Selected Licensee Commitments 3.4 Monitor RBNS Level for any unexplained increase 3.5 IF RBNS Level is increasing AND ES has actuated, notify Chemistry to sample the RBNS for boron concentration to determine if a cooler rupture has occurred based on sample results.

3.6 IF RBCU 1C Cooler rupture or line break is indicated, then:

NOTE: This sequence prevents having to call LPSW and Containment inoperable per SLC 16.9.12.

3.6.1 Isolate the 1C RBCU Cooler as follows:

A. Close 1LPSW-22 (1C RBCU INLET).

B. Close 1LPSW-24 (RBCU 1C OUTLET).

C. Evaluate TS 3.6.3 Condition C (Does NOT apply)

D. Evaluate TS 3.6.5 for inoperable RBCU E. Continue to monitor RBNS level for increase.

F. IF RBNS level is still increasing, notify Engineering to evaluate further isolation of 1C RBCU.

This event is complete when the 1C RBCU rupture is isolated, or as directed by the lead examiner.

Page 14 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No 3 Event No.: 4 Page 2 of 2 Event

Description:

1C RBCU Cooler Rupture Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior ARG 1SA-9 / D-9 (RBCU C Cooler Rupture) (cont.):

SRO 3.6.2 Refer to Technical Specifications 3.6.3 Refer to SLC 16.9.12 (Does NOT apply) 3.6.4 Refer to OP/1/A/1104/010 (LPSW) 3.6.5 Refer to OP/1/A/1104/015 (RB Cooling System)

EXAMINER NOTE: The crew may decide to pump the RB Normal Sump. If so, see the steps below from OP/1/A/1104/007 LWD System, Enclosure 4.1 Pumping RBNS to 1" OP/1/A/1104/007 Enclosure 4.1 SRO/BOP 3.1 Verify MWHUT level adequate to receive waste volume.

3.2 Position the following:

  • Ensure open 1LWD-2 (RB NORMAL SUMP ISOLATION) 3.3 Start one or both of the following:
  • 1B RB NORM SUMP PUMP 3.4 WHEN RBNS is at desired level OR at 1" (low level alarm), ensure the following:

3.5 IF required to close the valves, position the following:

SRO Identify that 1C RBCU is inoperable and enter TS 3.6.5 Condition B (7 days and 14 days from discovery of failure to meet LCO).

TS 3.6.3 Condition C does not apply since no Containment Isolation Valves are inoperable.

This event is complete when the 1C RBCU rupture is isolated, or as directed by the lead examiner.

Page 15 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.:ILT47 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 5 Page 1 of 2 Event

Description:

Vacuum Leak on 1B FDW Pumping Trap Sight Glass Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant Response:

  • 1SA-3/A-6, Condenser Vacuum Low (25 Hg)

Crew response:

1SA-3/A-6, Condenser Vacuum Low 3.1 Refer to AP/1/A/1700/027 (Loss of Condenser Vacuum)

OATC During this event the OATC will:

  • Monitor the plant
  • Respond to direction from the SRO

4.2 IAAT both of the following apply:

__ Condenser vacuum 22 Hg

__ MODE 1 or 2 THEN trip the Rx.

4.3 Dispatch operators to perform the following:

__ Perform Encl 5.1 (Main Vacuum Pump Alignment)(PS)

__ Look for vacuum leaks (CT-1) 4.4 Ensure all available Main Vacuum Pumps operating (A, B, & C) (CT-1)

BOOTH CUE: After all MVPs are running, call the Control Room to notify the operator that the Main Vacuum Pumps are aligned to Unit 1.

4.5 Ensure 1V-186 is closed 4.6 Ensure Steam to Steam Air Ejector A, B, C > 255 psig 4.7 Verify Steam Seal Header Press > 1.5 psig 4.8 Ensure all available CCW pumps operating This event is complete when SRO reaches Step 4.10 of AP/27, or as directed by the lead examiner.

Page 16 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.:ILT47 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 5 Page 2 of 2 Event

Description:

Vacuum Leak on 1B FDW Pumping Trap Sight Glass Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior EXAMINER NOTE: Soon after the 4th CCW Pump is started, OAC point O1E0507 (LPSW Leakage Accumulator Level) will come into alarm.

BOOTH CUE: Call Control Room as the AO sent out to look for vacuum leaks and report that a leak was found on the 1B Main FDW Pump pumping trap sight glass. FIRE TIMER 15 to stop the vacuum leak once directed to isolate the leaking sightglass.

SRO/BOP EXAMINER NOTE: The leak will be removed after the control room directs the AO to isolate the sight glass.

4.9 Verify Condensate flow 2300 gpm SRO 4.10 WHEN condenser vacuum is stable, AND Encl 5.1 (Main Vacuum Pump Alignment) is complete, THEN EXIT this procedure Due to receiving the OAC point O1E0507 (LPSW Leakage Accumulator Level) alarm, the SRO will make the following Tech Spec determination.

Tech Spec 3.7.7 (LPSW) Condition B (LPSW WPS inoperable on Units with LPSW RB Waterhammer Modification installed)

Required Actions: Restore the LPSW WPS to Operable status Completion Time: 7 days This condition applies for the duration of the OAC alarm above being in alarm.

Once the alarm clears the Condition can be exited.

This event is complete when SRO reaches Step 4.10 of AP/27, or as directed by the lead examiner.

Page 17 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 6 Page 1 of 1 Event

Description:

Continuous Rod Withdrawal Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant response:

  • NI-5 thru NI-8 indicate increasing reactor power
  • SURs on Wide Range NIs increasing SRO/OATC Crew response:
  • The candidates should utilize the Plant Transient Response process to stabilize the plant and recognize that control rods are withdrawing without a valid signal.
  • Verbalize to the SRO reactor power level and direction of movement.
  • Place the Diamond and both FDW Masters in MANUAL to stabilize the plant.

The crew should insert control rods and monitor reactor power and wide range startup rate to stabilize the plant

  • Report no valid (ICS) Runback and monitor RCS pressure and inventory Contact SPOC to investigate the continuous rod withdrawal.

EXAMINER NOTE: The OATC may elect to trip the Rx during this transient per SOMP 01-02 and OMP 1-18 Attachment J (Plant Transient Response).

6.3.3 During abnormal operating conditions a manual reactor trip shall be initiated if any of the following conditions occur:

  • Reactor power level approaches any operating limit
  • Reactor power level exceeds the pre-transient power level by greater than 5% AND the cause of the power change is NOT understood, OR is NOT controllable
  • Any time plant conditions are considered uncontrollable or unsafe EXAMINER/BOOTH CUE: If the crew does NOT manually trip the reactor, then once they have completed PTR, FIRE TIMER 7 to initiate Event 7.

This event is complete once the Reactor has tripped or as directed by the Lead Examiner Page 18 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 7 Page 1 of 8 Event

Description:

SBLOCA and 1A MDEFDW Pump Trips Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant response:

Control board indications:

  • 1SA-2/D-3 (RC PRESS HI/LOW)
  • RCS Pressure and PZR level decreasing
  • ES 1-6 actuate
  • RCS subcooling margin will indicate 0°F
  • Reactor Building level increasing Crew response:

SRO OATC

  • The SRO will direct the OATC to perform IMAs.

BOP

  • The SRO will direct the BOP to perform a Symptoms Check.

SRO will transfer from the Subsequent Actions Tab to the LOSCM tab to direct SRO crew activities (page 23).

BOP/OATC Once the RCS saturates, one of the ROs will perform Rule 2 (next page).

The RO not performing Rule 2 will begin performing Enclosure 5.1 due to ES OATC/BOP actuation (page 36).

This event is complete when the SRO transfers to Step 87 of the LOSCM Tab and the Unit 1 TDEFDW Pump is operating, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 19 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 7 Page 2 of 8 Event

Description:

SBLOCA and 1A MDEFDW Pump Trips Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Crew Response:

SRO Rule 2 ( Loss of SCM)

OATC 1. IAAT all the following exist:

BOP

  • Any SCM 0°F
  • Rx power 1%
  • 2 minutes elapsed since loss of SCM THEN perform steps 2 & 3 (CT- 2) 2. Stop all RCPs (CT- 2)
3. Notify CRS of RCP status.
4. Verify Blackout exists.

RNO: GO TO Step 6

6. Open 1HP-24 & 25
7. Start all available HPI Pumps
8. GO TO step 13.
13. Open 1HP-26 & 27
14. Verify at least two HPI pumps are operating using two diverse indications.
15. IAAT > 2 HPI pumps operating and HPI flow in any header is in Unacceptable Region of Fig. 1, THEN perform Steps 16-21.

RNO: GO TO step 17

17. IAAT flow limits are exceeded THEN perform Steps 18 - 20 RNO: GO TO Step 21
18. Place Diverse HPI in BYPASS.
19. Perform both:
  • Place ES CH 1 in MANUAL.
  • Place ES CH 2 in MANUAL.
20. Throttle HPI to maximize flow flow limit.

This event is complete when the SRO transfers to Step 87 of the LOSCM Tab and the Unit 1 TDEFDW Pump is operating, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 20 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 7 Page 3 of 8 Event

Description:

SBLOCA and 1A MDEFDW Pump Trips Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Rule 2 ( Loss of SCM) (Continued)

SRO 21. Notify CRS of HPI status.

OATC 22. Verify RCS pressure >550 psig BOP

23. IAAT either exists:
  • LPI FLOW TRAIN A plus LPI FLOW TRAIN B 3400 gpm
  • Only one LPI header in operation with header flow 2900 gpm THEN GO TO Step 24.

RNO: GO TO Step 35

35. IAAT TBV's are unavailable, THEN A Dispatch two operators to perform Encl 5.24 (Operation of ADVs)

B Notify CRS the ADVs are being aligned for use.

36. Select OFF for both Digital Channels on AFIS HEADER A
37. Select OFF for both Digital Channels on AFIS HEADER B
38. Verify any EFDW pump operating.

RNO: Place 1FDW 315 and 1FDW-316 in MANUAL and close.

39. Start MD EFDW pumps on all intact SGs:
  • 1A MD EFDWP
  • 1B MD EFDWP
40. Verify any EFDW pump operating.
41. Verify both SGs intact.
42. Establish 300 gpm EFDW flow to each SG
43. Verify both MD EFDWPs operating.
44. Place TD EFDW PUMP in PULL TO LOCK.
45. Trip both Main FDW pumps.
46. Place FDW block valve switches in CLOSE:
  • 1FDW-40 This event is complete when the SRO transfers to Step 87 of the LOSCM Tab and the Unit 1 TDEFDW Pump is operating, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 21 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 7 Page 4 of 8 Event

Description:

SBLOCA and 1A MDEFDW Pump Trips Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Rule 2 ( Loss of SCM) (Continued)

SRO OATC 47. Utilize Rule 7 (SG Feed Control) to feed all intact SGs to the appropriate BOP SG Level Control Point using available feed sources; EFDW/Main FDW.

48. IAAT SG Level Control Point is reached, THEN maintain SG Level Control Point by feeding and steaming as necessary.
49. Notify CRS of SG feed status.

CAUTION If 1 TD EFDW PUMP is being used for SG feed and Unit 1 is supplying the Auxiliary Steam header, reducing SG pressure below 250 psig can result in reduced pumping capability.

50. IAAT SG pressure is > RCS pressure, THEN reduce SG pressure < RCS pressure using either:
  • Dispatch two operators to perform Encl 5.24 (operation of the ADVs)
51. Verify any Main FDW pump operating.

RNO: GO TO Step 58.

58. Ensure Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW) is in progress or complete.
59. WHEN directed by CRS, THEN EXIT.

BOOTH CUE: Once Rule 3 is complete, FIRE TIMER 8 to trip 1A MDEFDW Pump.

EXAMINER NOTE: When the 1A MDEFDW Pump failure is recognized, the crew should re-initiate Rule 3 (page 25) and start the TDEFDW pump .

This event is complete when the SRO transfers to Step 87 of the LOSCM Tab and the Unit 1 TDEFDW Pump is operating, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 22 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 7 Page 5 of 8 Event

Description:

SBLOCA and 1A MDEFDW Pump Trips Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior LOSCM tab SRO 1. Ensure Rule 2 (Loss of SCM) is in progress or complete.

OATC

2. Verify LOSCM caused by excessive heat transfer BOP RNO: GO TO Step 4
4. IAAT either exists:

LPI FLOW TRAIN A plus LPI FLOW TRAIN B 3400 gpm Only one LPI header in operation with header flow 2900 gpm THEN GO TO LOCA CD tab.

5. Verify SSF activated per AP/25 with SSF RC Makeup required.

RNO: GO TO Step 7

7. Verify all exist:
  • Adequate total HPI flow per Figure 1 (Total Required HPI Flow)
8. GO TO Step 87.
87. Open 1AS-40 while closing 1MS-47.
88. Verify HPI forced cooling in progress.

RNO: Close 1RC-4

89. Close 1GWD-17, 1HP-1, 1HP-2, and 1RC-3
90. Verify either:
  • Core superheated
  • Rx vessel head level at 0 RNO: GO TO Step 92
92. IAAT BWST level is 19', THEN initiate Encl 5.12 (ECCS Suction Swap to RBES).

This event is complete when the SRO transfers to Step 87 of the LOSCM Tab and the Unit 1 TDEFDW Pump is operating, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 23 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 7 Page 6 of 8 Event

Description:

SBLOCA and 1A MDEFDW Pump Trips Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior LOSCM tab(Continued)

SRO OATC CAUTION BOP If TDEFDWP is being used for SG feed, reducing SG pressure below 250 psig can result in reduced pumping capability 93 Maintain SG pressure < RCS pressure utilizing either:

__TBVs

__ADVs 94 Verify any SG available for feeding/steaming.

95 Initiate Encl 5.16 (SG Tube-to-Shell T Control).

96 Verify indications of SGTR exist.

RNO: GO TO Step 99 99 Verify HPI forced cooling in progress.

RNO: GO TO Step 101 101 Verify CETCs trend decreasing.

102 Verify primary to secondary heat transfer is excessive.

RNO: GO TO Step 104 104 Verify indications of SGTR 25 gpm.

RNO: GO TO Step 106 106 Verify required RCS makeup flow within normal makeup capability.

RNO: GO TO LOCA CD tab This event is complete when the SRO transfers to Step 87 of the LOSCM Tab and the Unit 1 TDEFDW Pump is operating, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 24 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 7 Page 7 of 8 Event

Description:

SBLOCA and 1A MDEFDW Pump Trips Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW)

1. Verify loss of Main FDW/EFDW is due to TBF.

SRO/OATC/

BOP RNO:GO TO Step 3

3. IAAT NO SGs can be fed with FDW (Main/CBP/Emergency/PSW),

AND any of the following exist:

  • RCS pressure reaches 2300 psig or NDT limit.
  • PZR level reaches 375 (340 acc)

THEN PERFORM Rule 4 (HPI Forced Cooling)

4. Start operable EFDW pumps, as required, to feed all intact SGs.

EXAMINER NOTE: The TDEFDW Pump should be started here to supply feed to the 1A SG.

5. Verify any EFDW pump operating.
6. GO TO Step 38
38. IAAT an EFDW valve CANNOT control in AUTO, OR manual operation of EFDW valve is desired to control flow/level, THEN perform Steps 39 - 43.

RNO:GO TO Step 44

44. Verify any SCM 0°F RNO: IF overcooling OR exceeding limits in Rule 7, THEN throttle EFDW as necessary.
45. IAAT Unit 1 EFDW is in operation, THEN initiate Encl 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation).
46. WHEN directed by CRS, THEN EXIT.

This event is complete when the SRO transfers to Step 87 of the LOSCM Tab and the Unit 1 TDEFDW Pump is operating, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 25 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Op-Test No.: ILT47 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 7 Page 8 of 8 Event

Description:

SBLOCA and 1A MDEFDW Pump Trips Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Enclosure 5.9 Extended EFDW Operation

1. Monitor EFDW parameters on EFW graphic display.

SRO/OATC/ 2. IAAT UST level is < 4', THEN GO TO Step 120 BOP 3. IAAT feeding both SGs with one MD EFDWP is desired, THEN perform steps 4 - 7.

RNO: GO TO Step 8

8. Perform as required to maintain UST level > 7.5':
  • Makeup with demin water.
  • Place CST pumps in AUTO.
9. IAAT all exist:

__ Rapid cooldown NOT in progress

__ MD EFDWP operating for each available SG

__ EFDW flow in each header

< 600 gpm THEN place 1 TD EFDW PUMP switch in PULL TO LOCK

10. Verify 1 TD EFDW PUMP operating.

RNO: GO TO Step 12

11. Start TD EFDWP BEARING Oil Cooling Pump.

NOTE

  • Loss of the condensate system for 25 minutes results in cooling down to LPI using the ADVs. If NO HWPs are operating, continuing this enclosure to restore the condensate system is a priority unless the CR SRO deems EOP activities higher priority. The 25 minute criterion is satisfied when a HWP is started and 1C-10 is 10% open.
  • If the condensate system is operating, the remaining guidance establishes FDW recirc, monitors and maintains UST, and transfers EFDW suction to the hotwell if required.
12. Notify CR SRO to set priority based on the NOTE above and EOP activities.

SRO The SRO should determine that continuing in Encl 5.9 is not a priority at this time and direct the RO from the LOSCM Tab of the EOP.

This event is complete when the SRO transfers to Step 87 of the LOSCM Tab and the Unit 1 TDEFDW Pump is operating, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 26 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 RULE 6 HPI Pump Throttling Limits

  • HPI must be throttled to prevent violating the RV-P/T limit.
  • HPI pump operation must be limited to two HPIPs when only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open.
  • HPI must be throttled 475 gpm/pump (including seal injection for A header) when only one HPI pump is operating in a header.
  • Total HPI flow must be throttled 950 gpm including seal injection when 1A and 1B HPI pumps are operating with 1HP-409 open.
  • Total HPI flow must be throttled < 750 gpm when all the following exist:

- LPI suction is from the RBES

- piggyback is aligned

- either of the following exist:

  • only one LPI pump operating
  • HPI may be throttled under the following conditions:

HPI Forced Cooling in Progress: HPI Forced Cooling NOT in Progress:

All the following conditions must exist: All the following conditions must exist:

  • Core SCM > 0
  • All WR NIs 1%
  • Core SCM > 0
  • Pzr level increasing
  • CRS concurrence required if throttling following emergency boration HPI Pump Minimum Flow Limit
  • Maintain 170 gpm indicated/pump. This is an instrument error adjusted value that ensures a real value of 65 gpm/pump is maintained. HPI pump flow less than minimum is allowed for up to 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />.

Page 27 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 EXAMINER NOTE At any time during this scenario the operator may choose to use Enclosure 5.5 to maintain RCS inventory control. See excerpt below.

ENCLOSURE 5.5 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE Maintaining Pzr level >100 [180 acc] will ensure Pzr heater bundles remain covered.

1. Utilize the following as necessary to maintain __ IF 1HP-26 will NOT open, desired Pzr level: THEN throttle 1HP-410 to maintain
  • 1A HPI Pump desired Pzr level.
2. IAAT makeup to the LDST is desired, THEN makeup from 1A BHUT.
3. IAAT it is desired to secure makeup to LDST, THEN secure makeup from 1A BHUT.
4. IAAT it is desired to bleed letdown flow to 1A BHUT, THEN perform the following:

A. Open:

__ 1CS-26

__ 1CS-41 B. Position 1HP-14 to BLEED.

C. Notify SRO.

5. IAAT letdown bleed is NO longer desired, THEN position 1HP-14 to NORMAL.

Page 28 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 2 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

6. IAAT 1C HPI PUMP is required, __ GO TO Step 10.

THEN perform Steps 7 - 9.

7. Open: 1. __ IF both BWST suction valves

B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.

C. Open:

__ 1LP-15

__ 1LP-16

__ 1LP-9

__ 1LP-10

__ 1LP-6

__ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.

E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A-1-119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end).

F. __ GO TO Step 8.

2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, THEN perform the following:

A. __ IF three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.

B. __ IF < 2 HPI pumps are operating, THEN start HPI pumps to obtain two HPI pump operation, preferably in opposite headers.

C. __ GO TO Step 9.

Page 29 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 3 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

8. Start 1C HPI PUMP. __ IF at least two HPI pumps are operating, THEN throttle 1HP-409 to maintain desired Pzr level.
9. Throttle the following as required to 1. __ IF at least two HPI pumps are operating, maintain desired Pzr level: AND 1HP-26 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP-410 to maintain
2. __ IF 1A HPI PUMP and 1B HPI PUMP are operating, AND 1HP-27 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP-409 to maintain desired Pzr level.

Page 30 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 4 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

10. IAAT LDST level CANNOT be maintained, __ GO TO Step 132.

THEN perform Step 11.

11. Perform the following: 1. __ IF both BWST suction valves

A. __ Start 1A LPI PUMP.

B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.

C. Open:

__ 1LP-15

__ 1LP-16

__ 1LP-9

__ 1LP-10

__ 1LP-6

__ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.

E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A-1-119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end).

F. __ GO TO Step 13.

2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, AND three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.

NOTE Maintaining Pzr level >100 [180 acc] will ensure Pzr heater bundles remain covered.

12. Operate PZR heaters as required to maintain heater bundle integrity.

Page 31 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 5 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

13. IAAT additional makeup flow to LDST is desired, AND 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP is operating, THEN dispatch an operator to close 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) (A-1-107, Unit 1 RC Bleed Transfer Pump Rm.).
14. IAAT two Letdown Filters are desired, THEN perform the following:
15. IAAT all of the following exist: __ GO TO Step 35.
  • Letdown isolated
  • Letdown restoration desired THEN perform Steps 16 - 34. {41}
16. Open: 1. __ Notify CR SRO that letdown CANNOT be
  • 1CC-7 restored due to inability to restart the CC
2. __ GO TO Step 35.
17. Ensure only one CC pump running.
18. Place the non-running CC pump in AUTO.
19. Verify both are open: 1. __ IF 1HP-1 is closed due to 1HP-3 failing to
  • 1HP-2 THEN GO TO Step 21.
2. __ IF 1HP-2 is closed due to 1HP-4 failing to close, THEN GO TO Step 21.
20. GO TO Step 23.

NOTE Verification of leakage requires visual observation of East Penetration Room.

21. Verify letdown line leak in East Penetration __ GO TO Step 23.

Room has occurred.

22. GO TO Step 35.

Page 32 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 6 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

23. Monitor for unexpected conditions while restoring letdown.
24. Verify both letdown coolers to be placed in 1. __ IF 1A letdown cooler is to be placed in service. service, THEN open:

__1HP-1

__1HP-3

2. __ IF 1B letdown cooler is to be placed in service, THEN open:

__1HP-2

__1HP-4

3. __ GO TO Step 26.
25. Open:
26. Verify at least one letdown cooler is aligned. Perform the following:

A. __ Notify CR SRO of problem.

B. __ GO TO Step 35.

27. Close 1HP-6.
28. Close 1HP-7.
29. Verify letdown temperature < 125°F. 1. __ Open 1HP-13.
2. Close:

__1HP-8

__1HP-9&11

3. __ IF any deborating IX is in service, THEN perform the following:

A. __Select 1HP-14 to NORMAL.

B. __Close 1HP-16.

4. __ Select LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch to BYPASS.

Page 33 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 7 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

30. Open 1HP-5.
31. Adjust 1HP-7 for 20 gpm letdown.
32. WHEN letdown temperature is < 125°F, THEN place LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch to NORMAL.
33. Open 1HP-6.
34. Adjust 1HP-7 to control desired letdown flow.

NOTE AP/32 (Loss of Letdown) provides direction to cool down the RCS to offset increasing pressurizer level.

35. IAAT it is determined that letdown is unavailable due to equipment failures or letdown system leakage, THEN notify CR SRO to initiate AP/32 (Loss of Letdown).
36. IAAT > 1 HPI pump is operating, AND additional HPI pumps are NO longer needed, THEN perform the following:

A. Obtain SRO concurrence to reduce running HPI pumps.

B. Secure the desired HPI pumps.

C. Place secured HPI pump switch in AUTO, if desired.

37. IAAT all the following conditions exist:
  • Makeup from BWST NOT required
  • LDST level > 55
  • Cooldown Plateau NOT being used THEN close:

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Page 8 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

38. Verify 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) has been __ GO TO Step 40.

closed to provide additional makeup flow to LDST.

39. WHEN 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) is NO longer needed to provide additional makeup flow to LDST, THEN perform the following:

A. Stop 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP.

B. Locally position 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) one turn open (A-1-107, Unit 1 RC Bleed Transfer Pump Rm.).

C. Close 1CS-46.

D. Start 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP.

E. Locally throttle 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) to obtain 90 - 110 psig discharge pressure.

F. Stop 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP.

40. Verify two Letdown Filters in service, __ GO TO Step 42.

AND only one Letdown filter is desired.

41. Perform one of the following:
42. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this enclosure.
  • *
  • END
  • Page 35 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 EOP Enclosure 5.1 (ES Actuation)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

1. __ Determine all ES channels that should have actuated based on RCS pressure and RB pressure:

Actuation Associated ES Setpoint Channel (psig) 1600 (RCS) 1&2 550(RCS) 3&4 3(RB) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, & 6 10(RB) 7&8

2. __ Verify all ES channels associated with NOTE actuation setpoints have actuated. Voter OVERRIDE extinguishes the TRIPPED light on the associated channels that have auto actuated. Pressing TRIP on channels previously actuated will reposition components that may have been throttled or secured by this Enclosure.

__ Depress TRIP on affected ES logic channels that have NOT previously been actuated.

3. __ IAAT additional ES actuation setpoints are exceeded, THEN perform Steps 1 - 2.
4. __ Place Diverse HPI in BYPASS. __ Place Diverse HPI in OVERRIDE.
5. Perform both: NOTE

__ Place ES CH 1 in MANUAL.

  • Voter OVERRIDE affects all channels of the

__ Place ES CH 2 in MANUAL. affected ODD and/or EVEN channels.

  • In OVERRIDE, all components on the affected ODD and/or EVEN channels can be manually operated from the component switch.
1. __ IF ES CH 1 fails to go to MANUAL, THEN place ODD voter in OVERRIDE.
2. __ IF ES CH 2 fails to go to MANUAL, THEN place EVEN voter in OVERRIDE.

Page 36 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

6. __ IAAT all exist:

__ Voter associated with ES channel is in OVERRIDE

__ An ES channel is manually actuated

__Components on that channel require manipulation THEN depress RESET on the required channel.

7. __ Verify Rule 2 in progress or complete. __ GOTO Step 73.
8. __ Verify any RCP operating. __ GOTO Step 10.
9. Open:

__ 1HP-20

__ 1HP-21

10. __ IAAT any RCP is operating, __ GOTO Step 15.

AND ES Channels 5 and 6 actuate, THEN perform Steps 11 - 14.

11. Perform all: NOTE

__ Place ES CH 5 in MANUAL.

  • Voter OVERRIDE affects all channels of the

__ Place ES CH 6 in MANUAL. affected ODD and/or EVEN channels.

  • In OVERRIDE, all components on the affected ODD and/or EVEN channels can be manually operated from the component switch.
1. __ IF ES CH 5 fails to go to MANUAL, THEN place ODD voter in OVERRIDE.
2. __ IF ES CH 6 fails to go to MANUAL, THEN place EVEN voter in OVERRIDE.
12. Open:

__ 1CC-7

__ 1CC-8

__ 1LPSW-15

__ 1LPSW-6

13. __ Ensure only one CC pump operating.
14. __ Ensure Standby CC pump in AUTO.

Page 37 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47

  • ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE
  • RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
15. __ IAAT ES Channels 3 & 4 are actuated, __ GO TO Step 53.

THEN GO TO Step 16.

16. __ Place Diverse LPI in BYPASS. __ Place Diverse LPI in OVERRIDE.
17. Perform both: NOTE

__ Place ES CH 3 in MANUAL.

  • Voter OVERRIDE affects all channels of the

__ Place ES CH 4 in MANUAL. affected ODD and/or EVEN channels.

  • In OVERRIDE, all components on the affected ODD and/or EVEN channels can be manually operated from the component switch.
1. __ IF ES CH 3 fails to go to MANUAL, THEN place ODD voter in OVERRIDE.
2. __ IF ES CH 4 fails to go to MANUAL, THEN place EVEN voter in OVERRIDE.

CAUTION LPI pump damage may occur if operated in excess of 30 minutes against a shutoff head. {6}

18. __ IAAT any LPI pump is operating against a shutoff head, THEN at the CR SRO's discretion, stop affected LPI pumps. {6, 22}
19. __ IAAT RCS pressure is < LPI pump __ GOTO Step 22.

shutoff head, THEN perform Steps 20 - 21.

20. Perform the following: 1. __ Stop 1A LPI PUMP.

__ Open 1LP-17. 2. __ Close 1LP-17.

__ Start 1A LPI PUMP.

21. Perform the following: 1. __ Stop 1B LPI PUMP.

__ Open 1LP-18. 2. __ Close 1LP-18.

__ Start 1B LPI PUMP.

Page 38 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

22. __IAAT 1A and 1B LPI PUMPs are __ GO TO Step 25.

off / tripped, AND all exist:

__ RCS pressure < LPI pump shutoff head

__ 1LP-19 closed

__ 1LP-20 closed THEN perform Steps 23 - 24.

23. Open:

__ 1LP-9

__ 1LP-10

__ 1LP-6

__ 1LP-7

__ 1LP-17

__ 1LP-18

__ 1LP-21

__ 1LP-22

24. __ Start 1C LPI PUMP.
25. __ IAAT 1A LPI PUMP fails while operating, AND 1B LPI PUMP is operating, THEN close 1LP-17.
26. __ IAAT 1B LPI PUMP fails while operating, AND 1A LPI PUMP is operating, THEN close 1LP-18.
27. Start:

__ A OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN (CT- 3)

__ B OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN

28. Notify Unit 3 to start:

__ 3A OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN

__ 3B OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN Page 39 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

29. Verify open: __ IF CR SRO desires 1CF-1 and 1CF-2

__ 1CF-1 open,

__ 1CF-2 THEN open:

__ 1CF-1

__ 1CF-2

30. __ Verify 1HP-410 closed. 1. __ Place 1HP-120 in HAND.
2. __ Close 1HP-120.
31. __ Secure makeup to the LDST.
32. __ Verify all ES channel 1 - 4 components 1. __ IF 1HP-3 fails to close, are in the ES position. THEN close 1HP-1.
2. __ IF 1HP-4 fails to close, THEN close 1HP-2.
3. __ IF 1HP-20 fails to close, AND NO RCPs operating, THEN close:

__ 1HP-228

__ 1HP-226

__ 1HP-232

__ 1HP-230

4. __ Notify SRO to evaluate components NOT in ES position and initiate action to place in ES position if desired.
33. __ Verify Unit 2 turbine tripped. __ GOTO Step 36.
34. __ Close 2LPSW-139.
35. __ Verify total LPSW flow to Unit 2 LPI __ Reduce LPSW to Unit 2 LPI coolers to coolers 6000 gpm. obtain total LPSW flow 6000 gpm.
36. __ Close 1LPSW-139.
37. Place in FAIL OPEN:

__ 1LPSW-251 FAIL SWITCH

__ 1LPSW-252 FAIL SWITCH

38. __ Start all available LPSW pumps.

Page 40 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

39. Verify either: __ GOTO Step 41.

__ Three LPSW pumps operating

__ Two LPSW pumps operating when Tech Specs only requires two operable

40. Open: __ IF both are closed:

__ 1LPSW-4 __ 1LPSW-4

__ 1LPSW-5 __ 1LPSW-5 THEN notify SRO to initiate action to open at least one valve prior to BWST level 19'.

41. __ IAAT BWST level 19', 1. __ Display BWST level using OAC Turn-on THEN initiate Encl 5.12 (ECCS Suction Code "SHOWDIG O1P1600".

Swap to RBES). 2. __ Notify crew of BWST level IAAT step.

42. __ Dispatch an operator to perform Encl 5.2 (Placing RB Hydrogen Analyzers In Service). (PS)
43. __ Select DECAY HEAT LOW FLOW ALARM SELECT switch to ON.
44. __ IAAT ES channels 5 & 6 have actuated, __ GOTO Step 46.

THEN perform Step 45.

NOTE RBCU transfer to low speed will NOT occur until 3 minute time delay is satisfied.

45. __ Verify all ES channel 5 & 6 components __ Notify SRO to evaluate components NOT are in the ES position. in ES position and initiate action to place in ES position if desired.

Page 41 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

46. __ IAAT ES channels 7 & 8 have actuated, __ GOTO Step 49.

THEN perform Steps 47 - 48.

47. Perform all: NOTE

__ Place ES CH 7 in MANUAL.

  • Voter OVERRIDE affects all channels of the

__ Place ES CH 8 in MANUAL. affected ODD and/or EVEN channels.

  • In OVERRIDE, all components on the affected ODD and/or EVEN channels can be manually operated from the component switch.
1. __ IF ES CH 7 fails to go to MANUAL, THEN place ODD voter in OVERRIDE.
2. __ IF ES CH 8 fails to go to MANUAL, THEN place EVEN voter in OVERRIDE.
48. __ Verify all ES channel 7 & 8 components __ Notify SRO to evaluate components NOT are in the ES position. in ES position and initiate action to place in ES position if desired.
49. __ Notify U2 CR SRO that SSF is inoperable due to OTS1-1 open.
50. __ Ensure any turnover sheet compensatory measures for ES actuation are complete as necessary.
51. __ IAAT conditions causing ES actuation have cleared, THEN initiate Encl 5.41 (ES Recovery).
52. __ WHEN CR SRO approves, THEN EXIT.
      • END ***

Page 42 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED Unit Status ES Channels 3 & 4 have NOT actuated.

53. Start:

__ A OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN

__ B OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN

54. Notify Unit 3 to start:

__ 3A OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN

__ 3B OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN

55. Verify open: __ IF CR SRO desires 1CF-1 and 1CF-2

__ 1CF-1 open,

__ 1CF-2 THEN open:

__ 1CF-1

__ 1CF-2

56. __ Verify 1HP-410 closed. 1. __ Place 1HP-120 in HAND.
2. __ Close 1HP-120.
57. __ Secure makeup to the LDST.
58. __ Verify all ES channel 1 & 2 components 1. __ IF 1HP-3 fails to close, are in the ES position. THEN close 1HP-1.
2. __ IF 1HP-4 fails to close, THEN close 1HP-2.
3. __ IF 1HP-20 fails to close, AND NO RCPs operating, THEN close:

__ 1HP-228

__ 1HP-226

__ 1HP-232

__ 1HP-230

4. __ Notify SRO to evaluate components NOT in ES position and initiate action to place in ES position if desired.
59. __ Verify Unit 2 turbine tripped. __ GOTO Step 62.
60. __ Close 2LPSW-139.
61. __ Verify total LPSW flow to Unit 2 LPI __ Reduce LPSW to Unit 2 LPI coolers to coolers 6000 gpm. obtain total LPSW flow 6000 gpm.
62. __ Close 1LPSW-139.

Page 43 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

63. Place in FAIL OPEN:

__ 1LPSW-251 FAIL SWITCH

__ 1LPSW-252 FAIL SWITCH

64. __ Start all available LPSW pumps.
65. Verify either: __ GOTO Step 67.

__ Three LPSW pumps operating

__ Two LPSW pumps operating when Tech Specs only requires two operable

66. Open: __ IF both are closed:

__ 1LPSW-4 __ 1LPSW-4

__ 1LPSW-5 __ 1LPSW-5 THEN notify SRO to initiate action to open at least one valve prior to BWST level 19'.

67. __ IAAT BWST level 19', 1. __ Display BWST level using OAC Turn-on THEN initiate Encl 5.12 (ECCS Suction Code "SHOWDIG O1P1600".

Swap to RBES). 2. __ Notify crew of BWST level IAAT step.

68. __ Dispatch an operator to perform Encl 5.2 (Placing RB Hydrogen Analyzers In Service). (PS )
69. __ Notify U2 CR SRO that SSF is inoperable due to OTS1-1 open.
70. __ Ensure any turnover sheet compensatory measures for ES actuation are complete as necessary.
71. __ IAAT conditions causing ES actuation have cleared, THEN initiate Encl 5.41 (ES Recovery).
72. __ WHEN CR SRO approves, THEN EXIT.
      • END ***

Page 44 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

73. Open: 1. __ IF both BWST suction valves

__ 1HP-24 (1HP-24 and 1HP-25) are closed,

__ 1HP-25 THEN:

A. __ Start 1A LPI PUMP.

B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.

C. Open:

__ 1LP-15

__ 1LP-16

__ 1LP-9

__ 1LP-10

__ 1LP-6

__ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.

E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A-1-119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end).

F. __ GOTO Step 74.

2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, THEN:

A. __ IF three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.

B. __ IF< 2 HPI pumps are operating, THEN start HPI pumps to obtain two HPI pump operation, preferably in opposite headers.

C. __ GO TO Step 75.

Page 45 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

74. __ Ensure at least two HPI pumps are operating.
75. Verify open: 1. __ IF HPI has been intentionally throttled,

__ 1HP-26 THEN GOTO Step 76.

__ 1HP-27 2. Open:

__ 1HP-26

__ 1HP-27 Page 46 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

76. __ IAAT at least two HPI pumps are operating, AND HPI flow in any header that has NOT been intentionally throttled is in the Unacceptable Region of Figure 1, THEN open the following in the affected header:

1A Header 1B Header 1HP-410 1HP-409 Figure 1 Required HPI Flow Per Header HPI Pump Runout Unacceptable Region Region (excluding seal For 1 injection) Pump In Header (including seal injection for A header)

Page 47 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

77. __ Verify any RCP operating. __ GOTO Step 79.
78. Open:

__ 1HP-20

__ 1HP-21

79. __ IAAT any RCP is operating, __ GOTO Step 84.

AND ES Channels 5 and 6 actuate, THEN perform Steps 800 - 83.

80. Perform all: NOTE

__ Place ES CH 5 in MANUAL.

  • Voter OVERRIDE affects all channels of the

__ Place ES CH 6 in MANUAL. affected ODD and/or EVEN channels.

  • In OVERRIDE, all components on the affected ODD and/or EVEN channels can be manually operated from the component switch.
1. __ IF ES CH 5 fails to go to MANUAL, THEN place ODD voter in OVERRIDE.
2. __ IF ES CH 6 fails to go to MANUAL, THEN place EVEN voter in OVERRIDE.
81. Open:

__ 1CC-7

__ 1CC-8

__ 1LPSW-15

__ 1LPSW-6

82. __ Ensure only one CC pump operating.
83. __ Ensure Standby CC pump in AUTO.

Page 48 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

84. __ IAAT ES Channels 3 & 4 are actuated, __ GO TO Step 122.

THEN GO TO Step 855.

85. __ Place Diverse LPI in BYPASS. __ Place Diverse LPI in OVERRIDE.
86. Perform both: NOTE

__ Place ES CH 3 in MANUAL.

  • Voter OVERRIDE affects all channels of the

__ Place ES CH 4 in MANUAL. affected ODD and/or EVEN channels.

  • In OVERRIDE, all components on the affected ODD and/or EVEN channels can be manually operated from the component switch.
1. __ IF ES CH 3 fails to go to MANUAL, THEN place ODD voter in OVERRIDE.
2. __ IF ES CH 4 fails to go to MANUAL, THEN place EVEN voter in OVERRIDE.

CAUTION LPI pump damage may occur if operated in excess of 30 minutes against a shutoff head. {6}

87. __ IAAT any LPI pump is operating against a shutoff head, THEN at the CR SRO's discretion, stop affected LPI pumps.{6, 22}

Page 49 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

88. __ IAAT RCS pressure is < LPI pump __ GOTO Step 91.

shutoff head, THEN perform Steps 89 - 90.

89. Perform the following: 1. __ Stop 1A LPI PUMP.

__ Open 1LP-17. 2. __ Close 1LP-17.

__ Start 1A LPI PUMP.

90. Perform the following: 1. __ Stop 1B LPI PUMP.

__ Open 1LP-18. 2. __ Close 1LP-18.

__ Start 1B LPI PUMP.

91. __ IAAT 1A and 1B LPI PUMPs are __ GO TO Step 94.

off / tripped, AND all exist:

__ RCS pressure < LPI pump shutoff head

__ 1LP-19 closed

__ 1LP-20 closed THEN perform Steps 92 -93.

92. Open:

__ 1LP-9

__ 1LP-10

__ 1LP-6

__ 1LP-7

__ 1LP-17

__ 1LP-18

__ 1LP-21

__ 1LP-22

93. __ Start 1C LPI PUMP.
94. __ IAAT 1A LPI PUMP fails while operating, AND 1B LPI PUMP is operating, THEN close 1LP-17.
95. __ IAAT 1B LPI PUMP fails while operating, AND 1A LPI PUMP is operating, THEN close 1LP-18.

Page 50 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

96. Start:

__ A OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN

__ B OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN

97. Notify Unit 3 to start:

__ 3A OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN

__ 3B OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN

98. Verify open: __ IF CR SRO desires 1CF-1 and 1CF-2

__ 1CF-1 open,

__ 1CF-2 THEN open:

__ 1CF-1

__ 1CF-2

99. __ Verify 1HP-410 closed. 1. __ Place 1HP-120 in HAND.
2. __ Close 1HP-120.

100. __ Secure makeup to the LDST.

101. __ Verify all ES channel 1 - 4 components 1. __ IF 1HP-3 fails to close, are in the ES position. THEN close 1HP-1.

2. __ IF 1HP-4 fails to close, THEN close 1HP-2.
3. __ IF 1HP-20 fails to close, AND NO RCPs operating, THEN close:

__ 1HP-228

__ 1HP-226

__ 1HP-232

__ 1HP-230

4. __ Notify SRO to evaluate components NOT in ES position and initiate action to place in ES position if desired.

102. __ Verify Unit 2 turbine tripped. __ GOTO Step 105.

103. __ Close 2LPSW-139.

104. __ Verify total LPSW flow to Unit 2 LPI __ Reduce LPSW to Unit 2 LPI coolers to coolers 6000 gpm. obtain total LPSW flow 6000 gpm.

105. __ Close 1LPSW-139.

Page 51 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 106. Place in FAIL OPEN:

__ 1LPSW-251 FAIL SWITCH

__ 1LPSW-252 FAIL SWITCH 107. __ Start all available LPSW pumps.

108. Verify either: __ GOTO Step 110.

__ Three LPSW pumps operating

__ Two LPSW pumps operating when Tech Specs only requires two operable 109. Open: __ IF both are closed:

__ 1LPSW-4 __ 1LPSW-4

__ 1LPSW-5 __ 1LPSW-5 THEN notify SRO to initiate action to open at least one valve prior to BWST level 19'.

110. __ IAAT BWST level 19', 1. __ Display BWST level using OAC Turn-on THEN initiate Encl 5.12 (ECCS Suction Code "SHOWDIG O1P1600".

Swap to RBES). 2. __ Notify crew of BWST level IAAT step.

111. __ Dispatch an operator to perform Encl 5.2 (Placing RB Hydrogen Analyzers In Service). (PS) 112. __ Select DECAY HEAT LOW FLOW ALARM SELECT switch to ON.

113. __ IAAT ES channels 5 & 6 have actuated, __ GOTO Step 115.

THEN perform Step 114.

NOTE RBCU transfer to low speed will NOT occur until 3 minute time delay is satisfied.

114. __ Verify all ES channel 5 & 6 components __ Notify SRO to evaluate components NOT are in the ES position. in ES position and initiate action to place in ES position if desired.

Page 52 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 115. __ IAAT ES channels 7 & 8 have actuated, __ GOTO Step 118.

THEN perform Step 116 - 117.

116. Perform all: NOTE

__ Place ES CH 7 in MANUAL.

  • Voter OVERRIDE affects all channels of the

__ Place ES CH 8 in MANUAL. affected ODD and/or EVEN channels.

  • In OVERRIDE, all components on the affected ODD and/or EVEN channels can be manually operated from the component switch.
1. __ IF ES CH 7 fails to go to MANUAL, THEN place ODD voter in OVERRIDE.
2. __ IF ES CH 8 fails to go to MANUAL, THEN place EVEN voter in OVERRIDE.

117. __ Verify all ES channel 7 & 8 components __ Notify SRO to evaluate components NOT are in the ES position. in ES position and initiate action to place in ES position if desired.

118. __ Notify U2 CR SRO that SSF is inoperable due to OTS1-1 open.

119. __ Ensure any turnover sheet compensatory measures for ES actuation are complete as necessary.

120. __ IAAT conditions causing ES actuation have cleared, THEN initiate Encl 5.41 (ES Recovery).

121. __ WHEN CR SRO approves, THEN EXIT.

Page 53 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 Unit Status ES Channels 3 & 4 have NOT actuated.

122. Start:

__ A OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN

__ B OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN 123. Notify Unit 3 to start:

__ 3A OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN

__ 3B OUTSIDE AIR BOOSTER FAN 124. Verify open: __ IF CR SRO desires 1CF-1 and 1CF-2

__ 1CF-1 open,

__ 1CF-2 THEN open:

__ 1CF-1

__ 1CF-2 125. __ Verify 1HP-410 closed. 1. __ Place 1HP-120 in HAND.

2. __ Close 1HP-120.

126. __ Secure makeup to the LDST.

127. __ Verify all ES channel 1 & 2 components 1. __ IF 1HP-3 fails to close, are in the ES position. THEN close 1HP-1.

2. __ IF 1HP-4 fails to close, THEN close 1HP-2.
3. __ IF 1HP-20 fails to close, AND NO RCPs operating, THEN close:

__ 1HP-228

__ 1HP-226

__ 1HP-232

__ 1HP-230

4. __ Notify SRO to evaluate components NOT in ES position and initiate action to place in ES position if desired.

128. __ Verify Unit 2 turbine tripped. __ GOTO Step 131.

129. __ Close 2LPSW-139.

130. __ Verify total LPSW flow to Unit 2 LPI __ Reduce LPSW to Unit 2 LPI coolers to coolers 6000 gpm. obtain total LPSW flow 6000 gpm.

131. __ Close 1LPSW-139.

Page 54 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 132. Place in FAIL OPEN:

__ 1LPSW-251 FAIL SWITCH

__ 1LPSW-252 FAIL SWITCH 133. __ Start all available LPSW pumps.

134. Verify either: __ GOTO Step 136.

__ Three LPSW pumps operating

__ Two LPSW pumps operating when Tech Specs only requires two operable 135. Open: __ IF both are closed:

__ 1LPSW-4 __ 1LPSW-4

__ 1LPSW-5 __ 1LPSW-5 THEN notify SRO to initiate action to open at least one valve prior to BWST level 19'.

136. __ IAAT BWST level 19', 1. __ Display BWST level using OAC Turn-on THEN initiate Encl 5.12 (ECCS Suction Code "SHOWDIG O1P1600".

Swap to RBES). 2. __ Notify crew of BWST level IAAT step.

137. __ Dispatch an operator to perform Encl 5.2 (Placing RB Hydrogen Analyzers In Service). (PS )

138. __ Notify U2 CR SRO that SSF is inoperable due to OTS1-1 open.

139. __ Ensure any turnover sheet compensatory measures for ES actuation are complete as necessary.

140. __ IAAT conditions causing ES actuation have cleared, THEN initiate Encl 5.41 (ES Recovery).

141. __ WHEN CR SRO approves, THEN EXIT.

      • END ***

Page 55 of 57

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT47 CRITICAL TASKS

1. CT-1 Start Main Vacuum Pumps Start Main Vacuum Pumps prior to a Main Turbine or Main Feedwater Pump trip on low vacuum.
2. CT-2 (BWOG CT-1) Trip RCPs Trip RCPs within two minutes of RCS SCM reaching zero.
3. CT-3 (BWOG CT-27) Start the Outside Air Booster Fans Start the Outside Air Booster Fans within 30 minutes of the LOCA to control the Control Room radiation levels due to ingression of airborne fission products during a LOCA event.

Page 56 of 57

SAFETY: Take a Minute UNIT 0 (SM)

SSF Operable: Yes KHU's Operable: U1 - OH, U2 - UG LCTs Operable: 2 Fuel Handling: No (Unit 2 & 3 only)

UNIT STATUS (CRS)

Unit 1 Simulator Other Units Mode: 1 Unit 2 Unit 3 Reactor Power: 3.5% Mode: 1 Mode: 1 Gross MWE: 100% Power 100% Power RCS Leakage: 0.00 gpm EFDW Backup: Yes EFDW Backup: Yes RBNS Rate: 0.01 gpm Technical Specifications/SLC Items (CRS)

Component/Train OOS Restoration TS/SLC #

Date/Time Required Date/Time SSF 2 days ago / 0400 5 days / 0400 3.10.1 A,B,C,D,E Shift Turnover Items (CRS)

Primary

  • Add ~75 gallons of CBAST to the LDST with 1A CBAST Pump in AUTO to withdraw Group 7 rods approx. 10 % over the next 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />.
  • Power holding at 3.5% awaiting PT/1/A/0630/001 (Mode Change Verification "Prior to Entry into Mode 1") and updates to the maneuvering plan by Reactor Engineering.

Secondary

Reactivity Management (CRS)

RCS Boron: 1778 ppmB Gp 7 Rod Position: 9%

Human Performance Emphasis (SM)

Procedure Use and Adherence